etr-4000 eaton transformer relay - · pdf fileetr-4000 eaton transformer relay ... etr-4000....
TRANSCRIPT
ETR-4000 EATON TRANSFORMER RELAYInstruction Manual for Installing, Operating, and Maintaining the ETR-4000
www.eaton.com
IM02602004ERev. A
IM02602004E ETR-4000
2 www.eaton.com
Fault recorder
Event recorder
Waveform recorder
Current Max/Min/AvgTHD Current
Current PhasorsSequence Currents
Diff CurrentsHarmonic Currents
Metering
ETR-4000
W174TC
W186
W1Inrush
W150
W151
W151Q
W1 or W2CLPU
W274TC
W286
W2Inrush
W250
W251
W251Q
W1 or W2SOTF
W150N
W151N
W187N
W250N
W251N
W287N
8787N
Typical Configuration
3 3
Winding Side 1 Winding Side 2
49
W150BF
W250BF
Zone
Inte
rlock
ing
Car
d 1
Zone
Inte
rlock
ing
Car
d 2
UR
TD in
terf
ace
Bre
aker
Wea
r (2
elem
ents
)
RTD Prot
IRIG
W1ZI
W2ZI
Com
m In
terf
ace(
s)+P
roto
cols
Prog
ram
mab
le L
ogic
Trend recorder
SNTP
URTD Assembly
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Comments on the Manual....................................................................................................................7What Is Included with the Device......................................................................................................................... 10Storage................................................................................................................................................................ 10Important Information........................................................................................................................................... 10Symbols............................................................................................................................................................... 11General Conventions........................................................................................................................................... 16
Device.................................................................................................................................................. 17Device Planning................................................................................................................................................... 17Device Planning Parameters of the Device..........................................................................................................17
Installation and Wiring.......................................................................................................................21Three-Side-View.................................................................................................................................................. 21Overview of Slots - Assembly Groups.................................................................................................................. 22Slot X1: Power Supply Card with Digital Inputs....................................................................................................24Slot X2: Relay Output Card, Zone Interlock.........................................................................................................27Slot X3: Current Transformer Measuring Inputs...................................................................................................29Slot X4: Current Transformer Measuring Inputs...................................................................................................29Slot X5: Relay Output Card, Zone Interlock.........................................................................................................35Slot X100: Ethernet Interface............................................................................................................................... 36Slot X101: URTD Interface.................................................................................................................................. 37Slot X103: Data Communication.......................................................................................................................... 38Slot X104: IRIG-B00X and Supervision Contact..................................................................................................42Slot X120 - PC Interface...................................................................................................................................... 43
Control Wiring Diagram.....................................................................................................................44Input, Output, and LED Settings........................................................................................................45
Digital Input Configuration.................................................................................................................................... 45DI-8P X................................................................................................................................................................ 45Wired Inputs (Aliases).......................................................................................................................................... 47Relay Output Configuration.................................................................................................................................. 51RO-4ZI X - Settings.............................................................................................................................................. 54LED Configuration................................................................................................................................................ 65The »System OK (Operational)« LED.................................................................................................................. 68LED Settings........................................................................................................................................................ 68
Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................... 80Basic Menu Control.............................................................................................................................................. 85PowerPort-E Keyboard Commands..................................................................................................................... 86
PowerPort-E........................................................................................................................................ 88Installation of PowerPort-E................................................................................................................................... 88Uninstalling PowerPort-E..................................................................................................................................... 88Setting up the Serial Connection PC - Device......................................................................................................89Loading of Device Data When Using PowerPort-E..............................................................................................97Restoring Device Data When Using PowerPort-E...............................................................................................97Backup and Documentation When Using PowerPort-E.......................................................................................98Off-line Device Planning Via PowerPort-E...........................................................................................................99
Measuring Values.............................................................................................................................101Read Out Measured Values............................................................................................................................... 101Current - Measured Values................................................................................................................................ 102
Statistics............................................................................................................................................ 105Read Out Statistics............................................................................................................................................ 105Statistics (Configuration).................................................................................................................................... 105Direct Commands.............................................................................................................................................. 106Global Protection Parameters of the Statistics Module......................................................................................106States of the Inputs of the Statistics Module......................................................................................................107Signals of the Statistics Module......................................................................................................................... 107Counters of the Module Statistics...................................................................................................................... 108
System Alarms..................................................................................................................................111Demand Management........................................................................................................................................ 111Peak Demand.................................................................................................................................................... 113Min. and Max. Values......................................................................................................................................... 113THD Protection................................................................................................................................................... 113Device Planning Parameters of the Demand Management................................................................................113Signals of the Demand Management (States of the Outputs)............................................................................113Global Protection Parameter of the Demand Management................................................................................114
www.eaton.com 3
IM02602004E ETR-4000
States of the Inputs of the Demand Management..............................................................................................114Resets................................................................................................................................................ 115
Manual Acknowledgment................................................................................................................................... 116Manual Acknowledgment Via PowerPort-E........................................................................................................116External Acknowledgments................................................................................................................................ 116External Acknowledge Via PowerPort-E.............................................................................................................117External LED - Acknowledgment Signals...........................................................................................................117Manual Resets................................................................................................................................................... 126Manual Resets Via PowerPort-E........................................................................................................................ 126Reset to Factory Defaults................................................................................................................................... 127
Status Display...................................................................................................................................128Status Display via PowerPort E.......................................................................................................................... 128
Operating Panel (HMI)......................................................................................................................129Special Parameters of the Panel........................................................................................................................ 129Direct Commands of the Panel.......................................................................................................................... 129Global Protection Parameters of the Panel........................................................................................................129
Recorders.......................................................................................................................................... 130Waveform Recorder........................................................................................................................................... 130Fault Recorder................................................................................................................................................... 137Event Recorder.................................................................................................................................................. 141Trend Recorder.................................................................................................................................................. 143
Communication Protocols...............................................................................................................147Modbus®........................................................................................................................................................... 147IEC 61850.......................................................................................................................................................... 152
Time Synchronization.......................................................................................................................159SNTP................................................................................................................................................................. 163IRIG-B00X......................................................................................................................................................... 167
Parameters........................................................................................................................................ 171Parameter Definitions........................................................................................................................................ 171Adaptive Parameters via HMI............................................................................................................................ 175Operational Modes (Access Authorization)........................................................................................................186Password........................................................................................................................................................... 187Changing of Parameters - Example................................................................................................................... 187Changing of Parameters When Using the PowerPort-E - Example...................................................................189Protection Parameters....................................................................................................................................... 191Setting Groups................................................................................................................................................... 191Comparing Parameter Files Via PowerPort-E....................................................................................................201Converting Parameter Files Via PowerPort-E....................................................................................................201Program Mode................................................................................................................................................... 202
Device Parameters............................................................................................................................204Date and Time................................................................................................................................................... 204Version............................................................................................................................................................... 204Version Via PowerPort-E.................................................................................................................................... 204TCP/IP Settings................................................................................................................................................. 205Direct Commands of the System Module...........................................................................................................205Global Protection Parameters of the System.....................................................................................................206System Module Input States.............................................................................................................................. 208System Module Signals...................................................................................................................................... 208Special Values of the System Module................................................................................................................209
System Parameters..........................................................................................................................210General System Parameters.............................................................................................................................. 210Generator Specific System Parameters.............................................................................................................210Current Depending System Parameters............................................................................................................210
Blocking............................................................................................................................................ 212Permanent Blocking........................................................................................................................................... 212Temporary Blocking........................................................................................................................................... 212To Activate or Deactivate the Tripping Command of a Protection Module..........................................................214Activate, Deactivate Respectively to Block Temporary Protection Functions.....................................................215
Protection (Prot) Module..................................................................................................................217How to Block All Protective and Supervisory Functions......................................................................................217Direct Commands of the Protection Module.......................................................................................................224
4 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Global Protection Parameters of the Protection Module....................................................................................224Protection Module Input States.......................................................................................................................... 224Protection Module Signals (Output States)........................................................................................................224Protection Module Values.................................................................................................................................. 225
Switchgear/Breaker - Manager........................................................................................................226Breaker Configuration........................................................................................................................................ 226Switching the Breaker at the Panel.................................................................................................................... 247Breaker Wear.................................................................................................................................................... 257Control - Example: Switching of a Breaker.........................................................................................................262
Protective Elements.........................................................................................................................26587 - Differential Protection.................................................................................................................................. 26587 GD - Restricted Ground Fault Protection......................................................................................................29087GDH - High Set Restricted Ground Fault Protection......................................................................................29350P- DEFT Overcurrent Protection.................................................................................................................... 29751P - INV Overcurrent-Protection...................................................................................................................... 30250X DEFT Measured Ground Fault Protection...................................................................................................30951X INV Measured Ground Fault Protection......................................................................................................31550R DEFT Calculated Ground Fault Protection Module.....................................................................................32151R INV Calculated Ground Fault Protection.....................................................................................................326ZI - Zone Interlocking......................................................................................................................................... 33149 - Thermal Overload Protection...................................................................................................................... 345
RTD Protection Module....................................................................................................................353General – Principle Use..................................................................................................................................... 353Device Planning Parameters of the RTD Temperature Protection Module.........................................................355Global Protection Parameters of the RTD Temperature Protection Module.......................................................355Setting Group Parameters of the RTD Temperature Protection Module............................................................355RTD Temperature Protection Module Input States.............................................................................................366RTD Temperature Protection Module Signals (Output States)...........................................................................367RTD Temperature Protection Module Counter Values.......................................................................................369
URTDII Module Interface..................................................................................................................370Principle – General Use..................................................................................................................................... 370URTDII Module Fiber Optic Connection to the Protective Device......................................................................370Wiring RTDs to the URTDII Module................................................................................................................... 371Direct Commands of the URTD Module.............................................................................................................374Global Protection Parameters of the URTD Module...........................................................................................375URTD Signals (Output States)........................................................................................................................... 375URTD Module Statistics..................................................................................................................................... 376URTD Measured Values.................................................................................................................................... 377IH2 – Inrush Blocking......................................................................................................................................... 37851Q - Negative-Sequence Overcurrent Protection.............................................................................................382SOTF - Switch Onto Fault Protection................................................................................................................. 388ExP - External Protection................................................................................................................................... 392Ext Temp Superv – External Temperature Supervision......................................................................................396Ext Oil Temp – External Oil Temperature Protection..........................................................................................400Sudden Pressure Protection.............................................................................................................................. 404
Supervision....................................................................................................................................... 40850BF – Breaker Failure Supervision.................................................................................................................. 408CLPU - Cold Load Pickup Supervision...............................................................................................................42474TC - Trip Circuit Monitoring............................................................................................................................ 430CTS – Current Transformer Supervision............................................................................................................436Self Supervision................................................................................................................................................. 441
Programmable Logic........................................................................................................................443General Description........................................................................................................................................... 443Programmable Logic at the Panel...................................................................................................................... 447Programmable Logic Via PowerPort-E...............................................................................................................447
Commissioning.................................................................................................................................491Commissioning/Protection Test.......................................................................................................................... 491Decommissioning – Removing the Plug from the Relay....................................................................................492
Service and Commissioning Support.............................................................................................494Maintenance Mode............................................................................................................................................ 494Principle – General Use..................................................................................................................................... 494Before Use......................................................................................................................................................... 494
www.eaton.com 5
IM02602004E ETR-4000
How to Use the Maintenance Mode................................................................................................................... 495Forcing the Relay Output Contacts.................................................................................................................... 497Disarming the Relay Output Contacts................................................................................................................497Forcing RTDs*...................................................................................................................................................498Forcing Analog Outputs*....................................................................................................................................499Forcing Analog Inputs*....................................................................................................................................... 500Failure Simulator (Sequencer)*.......................................................................................................................... 500
Technical Data...................................................................................................................................513Climatic Environmental Conditions..................................................................................................................... 513Degree of Protection EN 60529......................................................................................................................... 513Routine Test....................................................................................................................................................... 513Housing.............................................................................................................................................................. 513Current and Ground Current Measurement.......................................................................................................513Voltage Supply................................................................................................................................................... 514Power Consumption........................................................................................................................................... 515Display............................................................................................................................................................... 515Front Interface RS232........................................................................................................................................ 515Real Time Clock................................................................................................................................................. 515Digital Inputs...................................................................................................................................................... 515Relay Output Contacts....................................................................................................................................... 516Supervision Contact (SC)................................................................................................................................... 516Time Synchronization IRIG-B00X...................................................................................................................... 516Zone Interlocking............................................................................................................................................... 517RS485*.............................................................................................................................................................. 517Fiber Optic*........................................................................................................................................................ 517URTD-Interface*................................................................................................................................................ 517Boot Phase........................................................................................................................................................ 517
Standards.......................................................................................................................................... 518Approvals........................................................................................................................................................... 518Design Standards.............................................................................................................................................. 518High Voltage Tests (IEC 60255-6)...................................................................................................................... 518EMC Immunity Tests.......................................................................................................................................... 518EMC Emission Tests.......................................................................................................................................... 519Environmental Tests........................................................................................................................................... 519Mechanical Tests............................................................................................................................................... 520
Specifications...................................................................................................................................521Specifications of the Real Time Clock................................................................................................................521Specifications of the Measured Value Acquisition..............................................................................................521Protection Elements Accuracy........................................................................................................................... 521
Appendix........................................................................................................................................... 526Instantaneous Current Curves (Phase)..............................................................................................................532Time Current Curves (PHASE).......................................................................................................................... 533Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Calculated).............................................................................545Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Measured)..............................................................................546Time Current Curves (Ground Current)..............................................................................................................547Instantaneous Current Curves (I2)..................................................................................................................... 559
Assignment List................................................................................................................................571
05dd817af00994fa274cf0ba95b640e2472cc158bdeabc0922f6e0a2a428cbbd
RMS Handoff: 0File: C:\p4_data\deliverETR-4000\generated\ETR-4000_user_manual_eaton_en.odtThis manual applies to devices (version):
Version 2.0.a
Build: 17100
6 www.eaton.com
Comments on the ManualThis manual gives a general explanation of the tasks of device planning, parameter setting, installation, commissioning, operation, and maintenance of the Eaton devices.
The manual serves as reference document for:
• Engineers in the protection field;• Commissioning engineers;• Personnel dealing with the setting, testing, and maintenance of protection and control devices; and• Well trained personnel involved in electrical installations and power stations.
All functions concerning the type code will be defined. Should there be a description of any functions, parameters, or inputs/outputs that do not apply to the device in use, please ignore that information.
All details and references are explained to the best of our knowledge and are based on our experience and observations.
This manual describes the full featured versions of the devices, including all options.
All technical information and data included in this manual reflect their state at the time this document was issued. Eaton Corporation reserves the right to carry out technical modifications in line with further development without changing this manual and without previous notice. Therefore no claim can be brought based on the information and descriptions included in this manual.
Text, graphics, and formulas do not always apply to the actual delivery scope. The drawings and graphics are not true to scale. Eaton Corporation does not accept any liability for damage and operational failures caused by operating errors or disregarding the directions of this manual.
No part of this manual is allowed to be reproduced or passed on to others in any form, unless Eaton Corporation has issued advanced approval in writing.
This User manual is part of the delivery scope when purchasing the device. In case the device is passed on (sold) to a third party, the manual has to be passed on as well.
Any repair work carried out on the device requires skilled and competent personnel with verifiable knowledge and experienced with local safety regulations and have the necessary experience with working on electronic protection devices and power installations.
IMPORTANT DEFINITIONS
The symbol/word combinations detailed below are designed to call the User's attention to issues that could affect User safety and well being as well as the operating life of the device.
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION, used with the safety alert symbol, indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
CAUTION, without the safety alert symbol, is used to address practices not related to personal injury.
www.eaton.com
IM02602004E ETR-4000
NOTICE is used to address information and practices not related to personal injury.
FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS
Read this entire manual and all other publications pertaining to the work to be performed before installing, operating, or servicing this equipment. Practice all plant and safety instructions and precautions. Failure to follow the instructions can cause personal injury and/or property damage.
PROPER USE
Any unauthorized modifications to or use of this equipment outside its specified mechanical, electrical, or other operating limits may cause personal injury and/or property damage, including damage to the equipment. Any such unauthorized modifications: (1) constitute "misuse" and/or "negligence" within the meaning of the product warranty, thereby excluding warranty coverage for any resulting damage; and (2) invalidate product certifications or listings.
The programmable devices subject to this manual are designed for protection and also control of power installations and operational devices that are fed by voltage sources with a fixed frequency, i.e. fixed at 50 or 60 Hertz. They are not intended for use with Variable Frequency Drives. The devices are further designed for installation in low voltage (LV) compartments of medium voltage (MV) switchgear panels or in de-centralized protection panels. The programming and settings have to meet all requirements of the protection concept (of the equipment that is to be protected). The User must ensure that the device will properly recognize and manage (e.g.: switch off the breaker) on the basis of User selected programming and settings all operational conditions (failures). Before starting any operation and after any modification of the programming/settings, make a documented proof that the programming and settings meet the requirements of the protection concept.
Typical applications for this product family/device line are for example:
• Feeder protection;
• Mains protection;
• Transformer Protection and
• Machine protection.
This device is not designed for any usage beyond these applications. This applies also to the use as a partly completed machinery. The manufacturer cannot be held liable for any resulting damage. The User alone bears the risk if this device is used for any application for which it was not designed. As to the appropriate use of the device: the technical data specified by Eaton Corporation has to be met.
8 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
OUT-OF-DATE PUBLICATION
This publication may have been revised or updated since this copy was produced. To verify that you have the latest revision, be sure to check the Eaton Corporation website:
www. e aton.com
The latest versions of most publications are available at this site.
If the User's publication is not found on the web site, please contact Eaton Customer Support to get the latest copy.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE AWARENESS
All electronic equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge, some components more than others. To protect these components from electrostatic damage, the User must take special precautions to minimize or eliminate electrostatic discharges.
Follow these precautions when working with or near the device.
1. Before performing maintenance on the electronic device, discharge the static electricity on your body to ground by touching and holding a grounded metal object (pipes, cabinets, equipment, etc.).
2. Avoid the build-up of static electricity on your body by not wearing clothing made of synthetic materials. Wear cotton or cotton-blend materials as much as possible because these do not store static electric charges as much as synthetics.
3. Keep plastic, vinyl, and Styrofoam materials (such as plastic or Styrofoam cups, cup holders, cigarette packages, cellophane wrappers, vinyl books or folders, plastic bottles, and plastic ash trays) away from the device, the modules, and the work area as much as possible.
4. Do not remove any printed circuit board (PCB) from the device cabinet unless absolutely necessary. If you must remove the PCB from the device cabinet, follow these precautions:
• Do not touch any part of the PCB except the edges.
• Do not touch the electrical conductors, the connectors, or the components with conductive devices or with your hands.
• When replacing a PCB, keep the new PCB in the plastic, anti-static protective bag it comes in until you are ready to install the PCB. Immediately after removing the old PCB from the device cabinet, place it in the anti-static protective bag.
Eaton Corporation reserves the right to update any portion of this publication at any time. Information provided by Eaton Corporation is believed to be correct and reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed by Eaton Corporation unless otherwise expressly undertaken.
© Eaton Corporation, 2012. All Rights Reserved.
www.eaton.com 9
IM02602004E ETR-4000
What Is Included with the DeviceThe device package includes all connection terminals, except communication connectors, but does not include the fastening material. Please check the package for completeness upon delivery.
Device Package Contents:
• 1 – Protective Relay;• 1 – Mount (Standard or Projection);• 1 – Quick Start Guide; and• 2 – CDs
Disk 1 - Contains the User's Manual, Modbus Register Maps, IEC 61850 Communication Documentation, Wiring Diagrams, and Device Model (Template) for Off-line Parameter Setting;
Disk 2 - Contains PowerPort-E and Quality Manager software applications.
Disk1 contains the device templates. The device templates MUST BE installed to allow PowerPort-E to configure a device off-line.
Please make sure the product label, wiring diagram, type code, and materials and description pertain to this device. If you have any doubts, please contact Eaton Corporation's Customer Service Department.
StorageThe devices must not be stored outdoors. If stored, it must be stored in an area with temperature and humidity control (see the Technical Data section contained in this manual).
Important Information
In line with the customer’s requirement, the devices are combined in a modular way (in compliance with the order code). The terminal assignment of the device can be found on the top of the device (wiring diagram). In addition, it can be found within the Appendix of this manual (see Wiring Diagrams).
10 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Symbols
www.eaton.com 11
Inac
tive
Activ
e
IG.D
ir n
poss
->N
ondi
r Trip
1 2
Setti
ng V
alue
:<N
ame>
.I
Dev
ice
Plan
ning
:<N
ame>
Sign
al:
IGM
easu
red
Valu
es:
<Nam
e>.*i
nt A
lm L
1In
tern
al m
essa
ge
Func
tiona
l des
crip
tion:
If th
e se
tting
va
lue
"IG.B
lock
at V
G=0
" is
set t
o "in
activ
e", t
he o
utpu
t 1 is
act
ive
and
outp
ut 2
is in
activ
e. If
the
setti
ng v
alue
"IG
.Blo
ck a
t VE=
0" is
set
to "a
ctive
", th
e ou
tput
2 is
act
ive a
nd th
e ou
tput
1
is in
activ
e.
Prot
.I di
r fw
d
AR.t-
D
0t-D
φ
"φ"=
Elem
ents
with
com
plex
func
tions
"g
ray-
box"
.
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Bkr.L
atch
edO
ptio
n/fe
atur
es to
be
real
ised
in th
e fu
ture
.
Para
met
er o
f a M
odul
e-In
put w
ith a
Se
lect
ionL
ist/D
ropD
own.
An
(1..n
) si
gnal
/out
put f
rom
the
list o
r a p
re-
defin
ed v
alue
can
be
sele
cted
.1.
.n, A
ssig
nmen
t Lis
t
<Nam
e>
1..n
, VeE
nabl
e
No a
ssig
nmen
t,1..n
No
assi
gnm
ent
1
<Nam
e>
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Para
met
er o
f a M
odul
e-In
put (
with
sp
ecia
l val
ues)
: An
(1..n
) out
put f
rom
the
list w
ill be
ass
igne
d to
the
inpu
t "<
nam
e>.id
entif
ier".
If th
e pa
ram
eter
is
set t
o "It
emN
ull",
an
"inac
tive"
-sig
nal w
ill be
giv
en o
ut.
Lim
it va
lue
mon
itorin
g wi
th th
ree
anal
og in
put v
alue
s. C
ompa
res
3 an
alog
val
ues
with
the
set l
imit;
out
put
valu
es a
re th
ree
diffe
rent
bin
ary
valu
es a
s a
resu
lt of
the
com
paris
ion.
If
the
anal
og s
igna
l exc
eeds
the
limit
I/In
, the
cor
resp
ondi
ng o
utpu
t sig
nal
beco
mes
"1".
I/ In
IA IB IC
<20%
VnV
Lim
it va
lue
mon
itorin
g (C
ompa
red
to
a fix
ed v
alue
). C
ompa
res
a va
lue
with
th
e fix
ed s
et li
mit;
out
put v
alue
is
bina
ry a
s a
resu
lt of
the
com
paris
ion.
If
the
signa
l exc
eeds
the
limit,
the
corre
spon
ding
out
put s
igna
l bec
omes
"1
".
Ada
ptiv
e Pa
ram
eter
Sele
ctio
n Li
st
<Nam
e>
Dire
ct C
omm
and
IM02602004E ETR-4000
12 www.eaton.com
And
Or
Neg
ated
Inpu
t
Neg
ated
Out
put
Band
-pas
s (fi
lter)
IH1
Band
-pas
s (fi
lter)
IH2
Quo
tient
of A
nalo
g Va
lues
t1
Del
ay T
imer
1
Bkr.t
-Trip
Cm
d
t
Anal
og V
alue
s
AND
S
Q
R1
Q
a bc d
RS fl
ip-fl
opa
b c
d0
0 U
ncha
nged
0 1
0 1
1 0
1 0
1 1
0 1
Tim
e st
age:
A "1
" at t
he
inpu
t sta
rts th
e el
emen
t. If
the
time
<nam
e>.t
is
expi
red,
the
outp
ut b
ecom
es
"1" t
oo. T
he ti
me
stag
e w
ill be
rese
t by
"0" a
t the
inpu
t. Th
us th
e ou
tput
will
be s
et to
"0
" at t
he s
ame
time.
Tim
e st
age
min
imum
pul
se
widt
h: T
he p
ulse
wid
th
<nam
e>.t
will b
e st
arte
d if
a "1
" is
feed
to th
e in
put.
By
star
ting
<nam
e>.t,
the
outp
ut b
ecom
es "1
". If
the
time
is e
xpire
d, th
e ou
tput
be
com
es "0
" ind
epen
dent
fro
m th
e in
put s
igna
l.
IH1
IH2
Exclu
sive
-XR
Anal
og V
alue
C
ompa
rato
r
+ R+
Incr
emen
tR
Rese
t
Edge
trig
gere
d co
unte
r
IH2
IH1OR
XOR
Inve
rting
t2
t1: S
witc
h O
n D
elay
t2: S
witc
h O
ff D
elay
Del
ay T
imer
t1t2
t1t2 C
ount
er
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 13
22
Inpu
t Sig
nal
Out
put S
igna
l
2Na
me.
Activ
e
3N
ame.
Blo
Trip
Cm
d
4Na
me.
Activ
e
5IH
2.Bl
o Ph
ase
A
6IH
2.Bl
o Ph
ase
B
7IH
2.Bl
o Ph
ase
C
8IH
2.Bl
o IG
9N
ame.
Fau
lt in
Pro
ject
ed D
irect
ion
10N
ame.
Fau
lt in
Pro
ject
ed D
irect
ion
10a
Prot
-50
R -
Dire
ctio
n D
etec
tion
10b
Prot
-50
X -D
irect
ion
Det
ectio
n
14 15Na
me.
Trip
Cm
d
1Pr
ot.A
vaila
ble
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
**
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: P
rot
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: D
irect
ion
Dec
isio
n Ph
ase
over
curre
nt
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: D
irect
ion
Dec
isio
n G
roun
d Fa
ult
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: D
irect
ion
Dec
isio
n G
roun
d Fa
ult
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: D
irect
ion
Dec
isio
n G
roun
d Fa
ult
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Each
pic
kup
of a
mod
ule
(exc
ept f
rom
su
perv
isio
n m
odul
es b
ut in
clud
ing
BF) w
ill le
ad to
a g
ener
al p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed
prot
ectio
n m
odul
e wi
ll le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
17b
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
B
18
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
C
19
Nam
e.Tr
ipCm
d
16
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
A
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e wi
ll lea
d to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e wi
ll lea
d to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e wi
ll lea
d to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e wi
ll lea
d to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
16a
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
A
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e wi
ll lea
d to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
16b
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
A
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e w
ill le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
17
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
B
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e w
ill le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
17a
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
B
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e w
ill le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
19a
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e w
ill le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
19b
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e w
ill le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
19c
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e w
ill le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
19d
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e w
ill le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
18a
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
C
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e wi
ll lea
d to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
18b
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
C
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e w
ill le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
11VT
S.Pi
ckup
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: V
TS
12a
VTS
.Pic
kup
12b
12c
VTS.
VTS.
LOP
Blo
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: V
TS
VTS
.VTS
.LO
P B
loPl
ease
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: VTS
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: V
TS
IM02602004E ETR-4000
14 www.eaton.com
34Bk
r.Pos
CLO
SE
35Bk
r.Pos
OP
EN
33Bk
r.Sta
te
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
kr.B
kr M
anag
er
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
kr.B
kr M
anag
er
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
kr.B
kr M
anag
er
36Bk
r.Pos
Inde
term
37B
kr.P
os D
istu
rb
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
kr.B
kr M
anag
er
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
kr.B
kr M
anag
er
20N
ame.
Trip
Pha
se A
21N
ame.
Trip
Pha
se B
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e wi
ll lea
d to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e wi
ll lea
d to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
22N
ame.
Trip
Pha
se C
23N
ame.
Trip
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e wi
ll lea
d to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e wi
ll lea
d to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
25N
ame.
Pick
up IB
26b
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IC
27N
ame.
Pick
up
28Na
me.
Pick
up P
hase
A
29Na
me.
Pick
up P
hase
B
24N
ame.
Pick
up IA
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctive
pic
kup)
.
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctive
pic
kup)
.
30Na
me.
Pick
up P
hase
C
31N
ame.
Pick
up
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctive
pic
kup)
.
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctive
pic
kup)
.
32Pr
ot.B
lo T
ripC
md
24a
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IA
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctive
pic
kup)
.
24b
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IA
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
25a
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IB
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctive
pic
kup)
.
25b
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IB
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
26N
ame.
Pick
up IC
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
26a
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IC
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
27a
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive g
ener
al p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
27b
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Eac
h ph
ase
sele
ctive
pic
kup
of a
mod
ule
(I, IG
, V, V
X
depe
ndin
g on
the
devic
e ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
27c
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive g
ener
al p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
27d
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive g
ener
al p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
38a
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: L
OP.
LOP
Blo
LO
P.LO
P Bl
o
38b
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: L
OP.
Ex F
F VT
LOP.
Ex F
F V
T
38c
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: LO
P.E
x FF
GVT
LOP.
Ex
FF G
VT
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 15
41Bk
r.Pro
t CLO
SE
42Bk
r.CLO
SE C
md
Bkr.P
rot C
LOSE
Bkr.C
LOSE
Cm
d
39Pl
ease
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Q->
&V<.
Dec
oupl
ing
Ener
gy
Res
ourc
eQ
->&
V<.D
ecou
plin
g En
ergy
Res
ourc
e
40Pl
ease
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: CTS
.Pic
kup
CTS
.Pick
up
44 45
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: A
nalo
g Va
lues
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: A
nalo
g Va
lues
43Pl
ease
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Ana
log
Valu
esAn
In[1
].Val
ue
AnIn
[2].V
alue
AnIn
[n].V
alue
IM02602004E ETR-4000
General Conventions
16 www.eaton.com
»Parameters are indicated by right and left double arrow heads and written in italic.«
»SIGNALS are indicated by right and left double arrow heads and small caps.«
[Paths are indicated by brackets.]
Software and Device names are written in italic.
Module and Instance (Element) names are displayed italic and underlined.
»Pushbuttons, Modes, and Menu entries are indicated by right and left double arrow heads .«
1 2 3 Image References (Squares)
.
DeviceETR-4000
Device PlanningThe ETR-4000 relay has multiple functions. Depending on the particular application, the User may not need all the available functions. The device planning provides the User a means to enable the functions needed and disable those not needed at the top level so the User will not see the unused functions in the menu tree and all the corresponding events, signals, etc.
For example, if the User deactivates a protection function, all parameter branches related to that function will be hidden from the parameters. All corresponding events, signals, etc. will also be deactivated. Due to this device capability, the parameter trees become very transparent and only show the active functions.
It MUST be taken into account that by deactivating any device function, the User also changes the functionality of the device. For example, if the User cancels the directional feature of the overcurrent protections, then the device no longer trips in a directional way but merely in a non-directional way.
Any time a device function is deactivated or activated, the device should be tested to insure its correct functioning for the application.
The manufacturer does not accept liability for any personal or material damage as a result of incorrect planning.
Contact your Eaton Customer Service representative for more information.
Beware of the inadvertent deactivating of protective functions/modules.
If the User is deactivating modules within the device planning, all parameters of those modules will be set on default.
If the User is activating one of these modules, again, all parameters of those reactivated modules will be set on default.
If the protective device is equipped with Zone Interlocking, overcurrent and ground current elements are needed to trigger the Zone Interlocking function. Therefore, some overcurrent and ground current elements cannot be deactivated if the device is equipped with Zone Interlocking.
Device Planning Parameters of the Device
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Hardware Variant 1
Optional Hardware Extension »A« 8 DI, 9 RO, 2 ZI, IRIG, URTD 8 DI, 9 RO, 2 ZI, IRIG, URTD
[ETR-5000]
www.eaton.com
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Hardware Variant 2
Optional Hardware Extension »0« W1: Default Ground Current - W2: Default Ground Current ,
»1« W1: Sensitive Ground Current - W2: Default Ground Current ,
»2« W1: Default Ground Current - W2: Sensitive Ground Current,
»3« W1: Sensitive Ground Current - W2: Sensitive Ground Current
W1: Default Ground Current - W2: Default Ground Current
[ETR-5000]
Communication
Communication »B« RS 485: Modbus RTU,
»H« Ethernet: IEC61850,
»I« RS 485 + Ethernet: Modbus RTU + Modbus TCP
»I« RS 485 + Ethernet: Modbus RTU + Modbus TCP
[ETR-5000]
Printed Circuit Board
Printed Circuit Board »A« Standard,
»B« Conformal Coating
»A« Standard
[ETR-5000]
There are two mounts available for the ETR-4000: a Standard Mount and a Projection Mount. To order the ETR-4000 with a Standard Mount, append the device code with a zero (0). To order the ETR-4000 with a Projection Mount, append the device code with a one (1). Refer to the table for details of the available device options.
CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION STYLE NUMBERETR-4000A0BA0 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD
Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Ground Current 5A/1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac, Modbus-RTU (RS-485), No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Standard Mount
66D2225G01
ETR-4000A0HA0 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Ground Current 5A/1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac, IEC-61850*, No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Standard Mount
66D2225G02
ETR-4000A0IA0 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Ground Current 5A/1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac, Modbus-RTU + Modbus-TCP, No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Standard Mount
66D2225G03
ETR-4000A1BA0 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Sensitive Ground Current 0.5A/0.1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac**, Modbus-RTU (RS-485), No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Standard Mount
66D2225G04
ETR-4000A1HA0 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Sensitive Ground Current 0.5A/0.1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac**, IEC-61850*, No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Standard Mount
66D2225G05
ETR-4000A1IA0 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Sensitive Ground Current 0.5A/0.1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac**, Modbus-RTU + Modbus-TCP, No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Standard Mount
66D2225G06
18 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION STYLE NUMBERETR-4000A0BB0 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD
Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Ground Current 5A/1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac, Modbus-RTU (RS-485), Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Standard Mount
66D2225G07
ETR-4000A0HB0 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Ground Current 5A/1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac, IEC-61850*, Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Standard Mount
66D2225G08
ETR-4000A0IB0 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Ground Current 5A/1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac, Modbus-RTU + Modbus-TCP, Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Standard Mount
66D2225G09
ETR-4000A1BB0 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Sensitive Ground Current 0.5A/0.1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac**, Modbus-RTU (RS-485), Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Standard Mount
66D2225G10
ETR-4000A1HB0 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Sensitive Ground Current 0.5A/0.1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac**, IEC-61850*, Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Standard Mount
66D2225G11
ETR-4000A1IB0 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Sensitive Ground Current 0.5A/0.1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac**, Modbus-RTU + Modbus-TCP, Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Standard Mount
66D2225G12
ETR-4000A0BA1 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Ground Current 5A/1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac, Modbus-RTU (RS-485), No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Projection Panel Mount
66D2225G13
ETR-4000A0HA1 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Ground Current 5A/1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac, IEC-61850*, No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Projection Panel Mount
66D2225G14
ETR-4000A0IA1 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Ground Current 5A/1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac, Modbus-RTU + Modbus-TCP, No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Projection Panel Mount
66D2225G15
ETR-4000A1BA1 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Sensitive Ground Current 0.5A/0.1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac**, Modbus-RTU (RS-485), No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Projection Panel Mount
66D2225G16
ETR-4000A1HA1 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Sensitive Ground Current 0.5A/0.1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac**, IEC-61850*, No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Projection Panel Mount
66D2225G17
ETR-4000A1IA1 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Sensitive Ground Current 0.5A/0.1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac**, Modbus-RTU + Modbus-TCP, No Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Projection Panel Mount
66D2225G18
www.eaton.com 19
IM02602004E ETR-4000
CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION STYLE NUMBERETR-4000A0BB1 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD
Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Ground Current 5A/1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac, Modbus-RTU (RS-485), Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Projection Panel Mount
66D2225G19
ETR-4000A0HB1 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Ground Current 5A/1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac, IEC-61850*, Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Projection Panel Mount
66D2225G20
ETR-4000A0IB1 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Ground Current 5A/1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac, Modbus-RTU + Modbus-TCP, Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Projection Panel Mount
66D2225G21
ETR-4000A1BB1 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Sensitive Ground Current 0.5A/0.1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac**, Modbus-RTU (RS-485), Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Projection Panel Mount
66D2225G22
ETR-4000A1HB1 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Sensitive Ground Current 0.5A/0.1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac**, IEC-61850*, Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Projection Panel Mount
66D2225G23
ETR-4000A1IB1 8 DI, 9 Outputs, Removable Terminals, 2 Zone Interlocking, URTD Interface IRIG-B*, Phase Current 5A/1A, Sensitive Ground Current 0.5A/0.1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac**, Modbus-RTU + Modbus-TCP, Conformal Coating on Circuit Boards, Projection Panel Mount
66D2225G24
* Consult factory for the availability of variants.
** Ground current measurement:Four (4) variants are needed for DY / YY / YD /DD application in case of using the sensitive ground cur-rent variant.
In the U.S. market, DY connection is normally needed.
20 www.eaton.com
Installation and WiringThree-Side-View
Depending on the connection method of the communication system used, the needed space (depth) differs. If, for instance, a D-Sub-Plug is used, it has to be added to the depth dimension.
Even when the auxiliary voltage is switched-off, unsafe voltages remain at the device connections.
Outline Projection Mount - Door Cut-out
The housing must be carefully grounded. Connect a ground cable (AWG 12-10 [4 to 6 mm2] / 15 In-lb [1.7 Nm]) to the housing, using the screw that is marked with the ground symbol (at the rear side of the device).
The power supply card needs a separate ground connection (AWG 14 [2.5 mm2] / 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm]) at terminal X1.
DO NOT over-tighten the mounting nuts of the relay (0.164 X32 ). Check the torque by means of a torque wrench (1.7 Nm [15 In-lb]). Over-tightening the mounting nuts could cause personal injury or damage the relay.
www.eaton.com
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Outline Standard Mount - Door Cut-out
The housing must be carefully grounded. Connect a ground cable (AWG 12-10 [4 to 6 mm2] / 15 In-lb [1.7 Nm]) to the housing, using the screw that is marked with the ground symbol (at the rear side of the device).
The power supply card needs a separate ground connection (AWG 14 [2.5 mm2] / 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm]) at terminal X1.
Overview of Slots - Assembly Groups
In line with the customers' requirement, the devices are combined in a modular way (in compliance with the order code). In each of the slots, an assembly/group may be integrated. In the following diagram, the terminal assignment of the individual assembly/groups are shown. The exact installation/placement of the individual modules can be determined from the connection diagram attached to the top of your device.
22 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Overview of Slots
Housing B2
Schematic Diagram
The housing must be carefully grounded. Connect a ground cable (AWG 12-10 [4 to 6 mm2] / 15 In-lb [1.7 Nm]) to the housing, using the screw that is marked with the ground symbol (at the rear side of the device).
The power supply card needs a separate ground connection (AWG 14 [2.5 mm2] / 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm]) at terminal X1.
Grounding
The housing must be carefully grounded. Connect a ground cable (AWG 12-10 [4 to 6 mm2] / 15 In-lb [1.7 Nm]) to the housing, using the screw that is marked with the ground symbol (at the rear side of the device).
The power supply card needs a separate ground connection (AWG 14 [2.5 mm2] / 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm]) at terminal X1.
The devices are very sensitive to electrostatic discharges.
www.eaton.com 23
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Slot X1: Power Supply Card with Digital InputsRear side of the device (Slots)
The type of power supply card and the number of digital inputs on it used in this slot is dependent on the ordered device type. The different variants have a different scope of functions.
Available assembly groups in this slot:
• (DI8-X1): This assembly group comprises a wide-range power supply unit; and two non-grouped digital inputs and six (6) digital inputs (grouped).
The available combinations can be gathered from the ordering code.
DI-8 X - Power Supply and Digital Inputs
Make sure that the tightening torque is 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm].
This assembly group comprises:
• A wide-range power supply unit;• Two non-grouped digital inputs; and• Six (6) digital inputs, grouped.
24 www.eaton.com
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Auxiliary Voltage Supply
• The auxiliary voltage inputs (wide-range power supply unit) are non-polarized. The device can be powered with an AC or DC control voltage.
Digital Inputs
For each digital input group, the related voltage input range has to be configured. Wrong switching thresholds can result in malfunctions/wrong signal transfer times.
The digital inputs are provided with different switching thresholds (that are configurable) (two AC and five DC input ranges). The following switching levels can be defined:
• 24 Vdc;• 48 Vdc • 60 Vdc;• 110/120 Vac/dc; and• 230/240 Vac/dc.
If a voltage >80% of the set switching threshold is applied at the digital input, the state change is recognized (logically “1”). If the voltage is below 40% of the set switching threshold, the device detects logically “0”.
When using DC supply, the negative potential has to be connected to the common terminal (COM1, COM2, COM3 - please see the terminal marking).
www.eaton.com 25
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Terminal Marking
Pin Assignment
26 www.eaton.com
V+
V-
FE
COM1
DI1
COM2
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DI6
DI7
DI8
COM3
Do not use
DI-8P X
COM3
N.C.
Do not use
13
24
56
78
910
1112
1314
1516
1718
Power Supply
12345678
FE
9101112
COM1
131415161718
V+ Power Supply
DI1COM2DI2COM3
DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7DI8
COM
Do not useDo not use
V-
X?.
N.C.
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Slot X2: Relay Output Card, Zone InterlockRear side of the device (Slots)
The type of card in this slot is dependent on the ordered device type. The different variants have a different scope of functions.
Available assembly groups in this slot:
• (RO-4Z X2): Assembly Group with 4 Relay Output Contacts and Zone Interlocking.
The available combinations can be gathered from the ordering code.
RO-ZI X - Relay Output Contacts and Zone Interlock
The Relay Output Contacts are potential-free contacts. In the Assignment/Relay Output Contacts section, the assignment of the Relay Output Contacts is specified. The changeable signals are listed in the Assignment List section.
Make sure that the tightening torque is 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm].
Please carefully consider the current carrying capacity of the Relay Output Contacts. Please refer to the Technical Data.
www.eaton.com 27
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Terminal Marking
Pin Assignment
28 www.eaton.com
Do not use
Do not use
RO3 CMN
RO3 N.O.
RO3 N.C.
13
24
56
78
910
1112
1314
1516
1718
RO-4Z X
RO1 N.O.
RO2 N.O.
COM
OUT
IN
COM
RO4 CMN
RO4 N.O.
RO4 N.C.
123456789
101112131415161718
RO3
X?.Do not useDo not use
COM
OUT
IN
COM
RO4
RO1
RO2
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Slot X3: Current Transformer Measuring InputsRear side of the device (Slots)
This slot contains the current transformer measuring inputs for winding side 1.
Slot X4: Current Transformer Measuring InputsRear side of the device (Slots)
www.eaton.com 29
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
IM02602004E ETR-4000
This slot contains the current transformer measuring inputs for winding side 2.
TI X- Standard Phase and Ground Current Measuring Input Card
A current measuring card is provided with four (4) current measuring inputs: three for measuring the phase currents and one for measuring of the ground current. Each of the current measuring inputs has a measuring input for 1 A and 5 A.
The input for ground current measuring either can be connected to a zero sequence current transformer or, alternatively, it is possible to connect the summation current path of the phase current transformer to this input (residual connection).
Current transformers have to be earth grounded on their secondary side.
Interrupting the secondary circuits of current transformers causes hazardous voltages.
The secondary side of the current transformers have to be short circuited before the current circuit to the device is opened.
The current measuring inputs may exclusively be connected to current measuring transformers (with galvanic separation).
• Do not mix the inputs (1 A/5 A).
• Make sure the transformer ratios and the power of the CTs are correctly rated. If the rating of the CTs is not correct (overrated), then the normal operational conditions may not be recognized. The pickup value of the measuring unit amounts to approximately 3% of the rated current of the device. Also, the CTs need a current greater than approximately 3% of the rated current to ensure sufficient accuracy.
Example: For a 600 A CT (primary current), any currents below 18 A cannot be detected.
• Overloading can result in destruction of the measuring inputs or faulty signals. Overloading means that, in case of a short circuit, the current carrying capacity of the measuring inputs could be exceeded.
Make sure that the tightening torque is 17.7 In-lb [2 Nm].
30 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Terminal Markings
Pin Assignment
TIS X – Phase and Sensitive Ground Current Measuring Card
The sensitive ground current measuring card is provided with four (4) current measuring inputs: three for measuring the phase currents and one for measuring of the sensitive ground current (The sensitive Ground current Input has different technical data. Please refer to chapter Technical Data.
The input for ground current measuring either can be connected to a zero sequence current transformer or, alternatively, it is possible to connect the summation current path of the phase current transformer to this input (residual connection).
Current transformers have to be earth grounded on their secondary side.
www.eaton.com 31
IA-1A
IA-N
IA-5A
IB-1A
IB-N
IC-1A
IC-N
IC-5A
IX-1A
IX-N
IX-5A
IB-5A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
9
12
123456789
101112
IA
1A
5A
N
IB
1A
5A
N
IC
1A
5A
N
IX
1A
5A
N
X?.
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Interrupting the secondary circuits of current transformers causes hazardous voltages.
The secondary side of the current transformers have to be short circuited before the current circuit to the device is opened.
The current measuring inputs may exclusively be connected to current measuring transformers (with galvanic separation).
Make sure that the tightening torque is 17.7 In-lb [2 Nm].
• Do not interchange the inputs (1 A/5 A)
• Make sure the transformation ratios and the power of the CTs are correctly rated. If the rating of the CTs is not right (overrated), then the normal operational conditions may not be recognized. The pickup value of the measuring unit amounts approx. 3% of the rated current of the device. Also the CTs need a current greater than approx 3% of the rated current to ensure sufficient accuracy. Example: For a 600 A CT (primary current) any currents below 18 A cannot be detected any more.
• Overloading can result in destruction of the measuring inputs or faulty signals. Overloading means that in case of a short-circuit the current-carrying capacity of the measuring inputs could be exceeded.
32 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Terminal Markings
Pin Assignment
CT Wiring
Check the installation direction.
It is imperative that the secondary sides of measuring transformers be grounded.
The current measuring inputs may exclusively be connected to current measuring transformers (with galvanic separation).
www.eaton.com 33
IA-1A
IA-N
IA-5A
IB-1A
IB-N
IC-1A
IC-N
IC-5A
IX-1A
IX-N
IX-5A
IB-5A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
9
12
123456789
101112
IA
1A
5A
N
IB
1A
5A
N
IC
1A
5A
N
IX
1A
5A
N
X?.
IM02602004E ETR-4000
CT secondary circuits must always to be low-burdened or short-circuited during operation.
For current and voltage sensing function external wired and appropriate current and voltage transformer shall be used, based on the required input measurement ratings. Those devices provide the necessary insulation functionality.
All current measuring inputs can be provided with 1 A or 5 A nominal. Make sure that the wiring is correct.
Sensitive Ground Current Measurement
The proper use of sensitive current measuring inputs is the measurement of small currents like they could occur in isolated and high resistance grounded networks.
Due to the sensitiveness of these measuring inputs don´t use them for the measurement of ground short circuit currents like they occur in solidly earthed networks.
If a sensitive measuring input should be used for the measurement of ground short circuit currents, it has to be ensured, that the measuring currents are transformed by a matching transformer according to the technical data of the protective device.
Common CT Wiring Configurations
34 www.eaton.com
1X3.
23456789
101112
IA
1A
5A
N
IB
1A
5A
N
IC
1A
5A
N
IX
1A
5A
N
1X4.
23456789
101112
IA
1A
5A
N
IB
1A
5A
N
IC
1A
5A
N
IX
1A
5A
N
A
B
C
IW2A
IW2B
IW2C
A
B
C
IW1A
IW1B
IW1C
Winding 1 Winding 2
Three-phase Current Measurement ; Inom Secondary = 5 A. Three-phase Current Measurement ; Inom Secondary = 5 A.
W1 W2
W1 W2
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Slot X5: Relay Output Card, Zone InterlockRear side of the device (Slots)
The assembly group is identical with the one on Slot X2.
www.eaton.com 35
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
1X3.
23456789
101112
IA
1A
5A
N
IB
1A
5A
N
IC
1A
5A
N
IX
1A
5A
N
A
B
C
A
B
C
IW2A
IW2B
IW2C
IW1A
IW1B
IW1C
Winding 1 Winding 2
IX'
Three-phase Current Measurement ; Inom Secondary = 5 A. Three-phase Current Measurement ; Inom Secondary = 5 A.
W1 W2
W1 W2
1X4.
23456789101112
IA
1A
5A
N
IB
1A
5A
N
IC
1A
5A
N
IX
1A
5A
N
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Slot X100: Ethernet InterfaceRear side of the device (Slots)
An Ethernet interface may be available depending on the device type ordered.
The available combinations can be gathered from the ordering code.
Ethernet - RJ45
Terminal Marking
36 www.eaton.com
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
1 8
TxD
+
TxD
–
RxD
+
N.C
.
N.C
.
RxD
–
N.C
.
N.C
.
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Slot X101: URTD InterfaceRear side of the device (Slots)
If the device is equipped with an URTD interface is dependent on the ordered device type.
The available combinations can be gathered from the ordering code.
Interface for the URTD Module
The Universal Resistance-Temperature Detector (URTD) module has to be connected to the protective device at the special fiber optic interface (1 optical slave).
Terminal MarkingInterface for the External URTD Module Interface Ext. URTD Module
www.eaton.com 37
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Slot X103: Data CommunicationRear side of the device (Slots)
The data communication interface in the X103 slot is dependent on the ordered device type. The scope of functions is dependent on the type of data communication interface.
Available assembly groups in this slot:
• RS485 Terminals
The available combinations can be gathered from the ordering code.
38 www.eaton.com
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
RS485 - Modbus® RTU
Make sure that the tightening torque is 2-4 In-lb [0.22-0.45 Nm].
Terminal Marking
Pin Assignment
The Modbus® connection cable must be shielded. The shielding has to be fixed at the screw that is marked with the ground symbol at the rear side of the device.
The communication is Half Duplex.
www.eaton.com 39
64 5321
R1R2
R1
+5V GND
R1 = 560 ΩR2 = 120 Ω
B(+)
A(-)
Protective RelayH
F Sh
ield
1X
103
2 3 4 5 6
B(+)
A(-)
+5V GND
560
Ω
560Ω120Ω
Protective Relay
HF
Shi
eld
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Wiring Example: Device in the Middle of the Bus
Wiring Example: Device at the End of the BUS (Using the Integrated Terminal Resistor)
40 www.eaton.com
64 5321
+5V GND
R1 = 560 ΩR2 = 120 Ω
Protective Relay
B(+)
A(-)
R1R2
R1H
F Sh
ield
64 5321
+5V GND
R1 = 560 ΩR2 = 120 Ω
Protective Relay
B(+)
B(+)*
A(-)
A(-)*
R1R2
R1
HF
Shie
ld
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Shielding Options (2-wire + Shield)
Shielding Options (3-wire + Shield)
www.eaton.com 41
1 32 4 5 6
TR-P
1 32 4 5 6
TR-P
1 32 4 5 6
TR-P
1 32 4 5 6
TR-P
Shield at bus master side connected to earth termination
resistors used
Shield at bus device side connected to earth termination
resistors used
Shield at bus master side connected to earth termination
resistors not used
Shield at bus device side connected to earth termination
resistors not used
B(+)
A(-)
B(+)
A(-)
B(+)
A(-)
B(+)
A(-)
TR-N
TR-N
TR-N
TR-N
Com
mon
Com
mon
Com
mon
Com
mon
HF S
hiel
d
HF
Shie
ld
HF S
hiel
d
HF S
hiel
d
2.2nFinternal
2.2nFinternal
2.2nFinternal
2.2nFinternal
Shield at bus master side connected to earth termination
resistors used
Shield at bus device side connected to earth termination
resistors used
Shield at bus master side connected to earth termination
resistors not used
Shield at bus device side connected to earth termination
resistors not used
1 32 4 5 6
TR-P
2.2nFinternal
1 32 4 5 6
TR-P
2.2nF(internal)
1 32 4 5 6
TR-P
1 32 4 5 6
TR-P
B(+)
A(-)
B(+)
A(-)
B(+)
A(-)
B(+)
A(-)
TR-N
TR-N
TR-N
TR-N
Com
mon
Com
mon
Com
mon
Com
mon
HF S
hiel
d
HF
Shie
ld
HF S
hiel
d
HF S
hiel
d
2.2nF(internal)
2.2nF(internal)
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Slot X104: IRIG-B00X and Supervision ContactRear side of the device (Slots)
This comprises the IRIG-B00X and the System contact (Supervision Contact).
System Contact and IRIG-B00X
Make sure that the tightening torque is 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm].
Terminals
Pin Assignment for Device
42 www.eaton.com
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
X1041 32 4 5
SC
N.C
.
SC N
.O.
SC
CM
N
IRIG
-B+
IRIG
-B-
1X1
04 2 3 4 5SC
IRIG
-B+
IRIG
-B-
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
The Supervision Contact (SC) closes after the boot phase of the device if the protection is working. This Supervi-sion Contact (SC) will open if an internal device error has occurred (please refer to the Self Supervision section).
The System-OK contact (SC relay) cannot be configured. The system contact is a Form “C” contact that picks up when the device is free from internal faults. While the device is booting up, the System OK relay (SC) remains dropped-off (unenergized). As soon as the system is properly started, the System Contact picks up and the as-signed LED “Operational” is activated accordingly (please refer to the Self Supervision section).
Slot X120 - PC InterfaceThe interface is a 9-pole D-Sub at all device fronts.
Pin Assignment
Assignment of the Null Modem Cable
Assignment of the fully wired, null modem cable.
Dsub -9 (Female) Signal Dsub -9 (Female) Signal2 RxD 3 TxD3 TxD 2 RxD4 DTR 6,1 DSR, DCD6,1 DSR, DCD 4 DTR7 RTS 8 CTS8 CTS 7 RTS5 GND (Ground) 5 GND (Ground)9 Ring Signal 9 Ring Signal
The connection cable must be shielded.
www.eaton.com 43
1 DCD
2 RxD
3 TxD
4 DTR
5 GND
6 DSR
7 RTS
8 CTS
Housing shielded
9 RI
51
6 9
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Control Wiring DiagramBelow is the recommended control wiring schematic for the ETR-4000.
Wiring Diagrams
Please refer to the file “etr-4000_wiring_diagrams.pdf” on your manual CD.
44 www.eaton.com
X1-2
X1-13
X1-14
Protective Device
X2-8
X1-3
X1-9
X2-9
PowerSupply
86T
52-1a
52-2a
87T
-DC +DC
86Tb
X1-6
X2-3
TCM = Trip Coil Monitor
X1-5
X2-4
TCM
+DC
86T
50/51/1152-1a
52-1TC-DC
X1-8
X2-5
X1-7
X2-6
TCM
+DC
86T
50/51/1152-2a
52-2TC-DC
a
a
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Input, Output, and LED SettingsDigital Input Configuration
The State of the Digital Inputs can be checked within menu:
[Operations/Status Display/Name of the assembly group (e.g. DI-8X)]
The Digital Inputs can be configured within menu:
[Device Para/Digital Inputs/Name of the assembly group (e.g. DI-8X)/Group X]
Set the following parameters for each of the digital inputs:
• »Nominal voltage«;
• »Debouncing time«: A state change will only be adopted by the digital input after the debouncing time has expired; and
• »Inverting« (where necessary).
The debouncing time will be started each time the state of the input signal alternates.
In addition to the debouncing time that can be set via software, there is always a hardware debouncing time (approx 12 ms) that cannot be turned of.
DI-8P XName of the Assembly group:DI-8P X1
Device Parameters of the Digital Inputs on DI-8P X
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Nom Voltage Nominal voltage of the digital inputs 24 Vdc, 48 Vdc, 60 Vdc, 110/120 Vdc, 230/240 Vdc, 110/120 Vac, 230/240 Vac
110/120 Vdc [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 1]
www.eaton.com 45
State of the Digital Input.
Inverting
Input Signal
Nom Voltage
DI Slot X.DI x XOR
Debouncing Time
t
0
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 1 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 1]
Debouncing Time 1
A change of the state of a digital input will only be recognized after the debouncing time has expired (become effective). Thus, transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
No Debouncing Time, 20 ms, 50 ms, 100 ms
20 ms [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 1]
Nom Voltage Nominal voltage of the digital inputs 24 Vdc, 48 Vdc, 60 Vdc, 110/120 Vdc, 230/240 Vdc, 110/120 Vac, 230/240 Vac
110/120 Vdc [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 2]
Inverting 2 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 2]
Debouncing Time 2
A change of the state of a digital input will only be recognized after the debouncing time has expired (become effective). Thus, transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
No Debouncing Time, 20 ms, 50 ms, 100 ms
20 ms [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 2]
Nom Voltage Nominal voltage of the digital inputs 24 Vdc, 48 Vdc, 60 Vdc, 110/120 Vdc, 230/240 Vdc, 110/120 Vac, 230/240 Vac
110/120 Vdc [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 3]
Inverting 3 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 3]
Debouncing Time 3
A change of the state of a digital input will only be recognized after the debouncing time has expired (become effective). Thus, transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
No Debouncing Time, 20 ms, 50 ms, 100 ms
20 ms [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 3]
Inverting 4 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 3]
Debouncing Time 4
A change of the state of a digital input will only be recognized after the debouncing time has expired (become effective). Thus, transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
No Debouncing Time, 20 ms, 50 ms, 100 ms
20 ms [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 3]
Inverting 5 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 3]
46 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Debouncing Time 5
A change of the state of a digital input will only be recognized after the debouncing time has expired (become effective). Thus, transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
No Debouncing Time, 20 ms, 50 ms, 100 ms
20 ms [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 3]
Inverting 6 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 3]
Debouncing Time 6
A change of the state of a digital input will only be recognized after the debouncing time has expired (become effective). Thus, transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
No Debouncing Time, 20 ms, 50 ms, 100 ms
20 ms [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 3]
Inverting 7 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 3]
Debouncing Time 7
A change of the state of a digital input will only be recognized after the debouncing time has expired (become effective). Thus, transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
No Debouncing Time, 20 ms, 50 ms, 100 ms
20 ms [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 3]
Inverting 8 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 3]
Debouncing Time 8
A change of the state of a digital input will only be recognized after the debouncing time has expired (become effective). Thus, transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
No Debouncing Time, 20 ms, 50 ms, 100 ms
20 ms [Device Para/Digital Inputs/DI-8P X1/Group 3]
Digital Inputs Output Signals on DI-8P X
Name Description
DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI 8 Signal: Digital Input
Wired Inputs (Aliases)Available Elements:Wired Inputs
The module WiredInputs allows to alias Digital Inputs. By means of the menu [Device Para/WiredInputs] the User can assign specific functions on digital inputs.
www.eaton.com 47
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Alias Example: The 52a contact will be assigned/connected to Digital input1 (DI1). Once the 52a is aliased (linked) on the DI1, the signal »WiredInput.52A« can be used instead of the DI1 signal for further processing within the protective relay. That means, from now on any state changes of the Digital Input1 will we represented by the »WiredInput.52A« signal.
Global Protection Parameter of the Wired Inputs Wired
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Bkr Trouble Breaker Trouble -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
52a M1 Main 1 Breaker Closed -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
52b M1 Main 1 Breaker Open -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
TOCa M1 Main 1 Breaker Connected -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
43/10 M1 Main 1 Breaker Selected To Trip -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
48 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
52a M2 Main 2 Breaker Closed -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
52b M2 Main 2 Breaker Open -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
TOCa M2 Main 2 Breaker Connected -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
43/10 M2 Main 2 Breaker Selected To Trip -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
52a T Tie Breaker Closed -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
52b T Tie Breaker Open -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
www.eaton.com 49
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
TOCa T Tie Breaker Connected -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
43/10 T Tie Breaker Selected To Trip -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
43 M System In Manual -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
43 A System in Auto -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
43 P1 Preferred Source 1 -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
43 P2 Preferred Source 2 -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
50 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
States of the Inputs of the Wired Inputs Module
Name Description Assignment Via
Bkr Trouble-I Breaker Trouble [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
52a M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Closed [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
52b M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Open [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
TOCa M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Connected [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
43/10 M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Selected To Trip [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
52a M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Closed [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
52b M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Open [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
TOCa M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Connected [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
43/10 M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Selected To Trip [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
52a T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Closed [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
52b T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Open [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
TOCa T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Connected [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
43/10 T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Selected To Trip [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
43 M-I State of the module input: System In Manual [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
43 A-I State of the module input: System in Auto [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
43 P1-I State of the module input: Preferred Source 1 [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
43 P2-I State of the module input: Preferred Source 2 [Device Para/Wired Inputs]
Relay Output ConfigurationThe State of the Relay Output Contacts can be checked within menu:
[Operations/Status Display/Name of the assembly group (e.g. RO-XX)]
The Relay Output Contacts can be configured within menu:
[Device Para/Relay Outputs/Name of the assembly group (e.g. RO-XX)]
Set the following parameters for each of the relay output contacts.
www.eaton.com 51
IM02602004E ETR-4000
• Up to seven (7) signals from the »assignment list« (OR-connected).
The states of the module outputs and the signals (e.g. states of protective functions) can be assigned to the relay output contacts. The relay output contacts are “dry-type“ contacts.
• Each of the assigned signals can be inverted.
• The (collective) state of the relay output contacts can be inverted.
• By the Operating Mode it can be determined whether the relay output works in Normally »De-Energized« or »Normally Energized« principle.
• Each relay output contact can be set as »Latched« (Latched = active or inactive). A latched relay output contact will return to it's latched position after a loss of power to the protective device. A latched relay output contact will keep it´s position as long as it has not been reset and as long as the power supply feeds the protective relay. In the case of a loss of power to the protective device, the relays will return to the latched position once the power is restored to the protective device (latched = relay output contacts have a memory). A latched state of a relay output contact always needs to be reset after a power loss even if the assignments are taken away (if the assignments are reprogrammed).
• Latched = inactive«:If the latching function is »inactive«, the relay output and, respectively, the relay output contact will adopt the state of those pickups that were assigned.
• »Latched = active«:If the latching function is »active«, the state of the relay output and, respectively, the relay output contact that was set by the pickups will be stored (they have a memory that needs to be reset).
• The relay output contact can only be acknowledged after reset of those signals that hadinitiated the setting of the relay and after expiration of the »t-OFF delay«.
• At signal changes, the minimal latching time (»t-OFF delay«) ensures that the relay will be maintained as picked-up or released for at least this period.
52 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 53
Ass
ignm
ent 1
Inve
rting
1
Assi
gnm
ent 2
Inve
rting
2
Assi
gnm
ent 3
Inve
rting
3
Assi
gnm
ent 4
Inve
rting
4
Assi
gnm
ent 5
Inve
rting
5
OR
Inact
ive
Act
ive
Latc
hedAssi
gnm
ent 6
Inve
rting
6
Assi
gnm
ent 7
Inve
rting
7
Inve
rting
OR
OR
AND
Stat
e of
the
Rel
ay
Out
put
Ackn
owle
dge
-HM
IAc
know
ledg
e-1.
.n, A
ssig
nmen
t List
Ackn
owle
dge-
Com
m
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
OR
Switc
h O
ff De
lay
0t-O
ff De
lay
S
Q
R1
Q
XOR
Nor
m D
e-e
ner
g
Norm
Ener
g
Ope
ratin
g M
ode
IM02602004E ETR-4000
If the relay output contacts are configured as »Latched=active«, they will keep their position even if there is a power outage within the power supply of the protective device.
If the relay output contacts are configured as »Latched=active«, they will also retain their position even if they are reprogrammed in another way. This also applies if the relay output contacts are set to »Latched is set to inactive«. Resetting a relay output contact that has latched a signal will always require an acknowledgment.
The »System OK Relay« (watchdog) cannot be configured.
Acknowledgment Options
Relay output contacts can be acknowledged:
• Via the push-button »C« at the operating panel;
• If »Latched is active«, each relay output contact can be acknowledged by a signal (for example: It could be reset by the state of a digital input);
• Via the module »Ex Acknowledge« where all relay output contacts can be acknowledged at once if the signal for external acknowledgment that was selected from the »Assignment list« becomes true (e.g.: the state of a digital input); and
• Via Communication (Comm), all relay output contacts can be acknowledged at once.
Relay output contacts can be set by force or disarmed (for commisioning support, please refer to the “Service/Disarming the Relay Output Contacts“ and “Service/Forcing the Relay Output Contacts“ sections).
RO-4ZI X - SettingsRO-4Z X2 ,RO-4Z X5
Direct Commands of RO-4ZI X
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
DISARMED This is the second step, after the "DISARMED Ctrl" has been activated, that is required to DISARM the relay output contacts. This will DISARM those relay output contacts that are currently not latched and that are not timing out. CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed). YOU MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance.
Only available if: DISARMED Ctrl = Active
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/DISARMED/RO-4Z X2]
54 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Force all Outs By means of this function the normal Relay Output State can be overwritten (forced). The relay can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state. Forcing all relay output contacts of an entire assembly group has precedence to forcing a single relay output.
Normal, De-Energized, Energized
Normal [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Force RO/RO-4Z X2]
Force ZI RO Signal: Forced Zone Interlocking OUT Normal, De-Energized, Energized
Normal [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Force RO/RO-4Z X2]
RO-4Z X2: Force RO1RO-4Z X5: Force RO2
By means of this function the normal Relay Output State can be overwritten (forced). The relay can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Normal, De-Energized, Energized
Normal [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Force RO/RO-4Z X2]
RO-4Z X2: Force RO2RO-4Z X5: Force RO1
By means of this function the normal Relay Output State can be overwritten (forced). The relay can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Normal, De-Energized, Energized
Normal [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Force RO/RO-4Z X2]
RO-4Z X2: Force RO3RO-4Z X5: Force RO2
By means of this function the normal Relay Output State can be overwritten (forced). The relay can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Normal, De-Energized, Energized
Normal [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Force RO/RO-4Z X2]
Force RO4 By means of this function the normal Relay Output State can be overwritten (forced). The relay can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Normal, De-Energized, Energized
Normal [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Force RO/RO-4Z X2]
Global Protection Parameters of RO-4ZI X
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Operating Mode Operating Mode Norm De-energ, Norm Energ
Norm De-energ [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.2 s [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
www.eaton.com 55
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be latched when it picks up.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment Signal - An acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges the corresponding Relay Output) can be assigned to each Relay Output. The acknowledgment-signal is only effective if the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List RO-4Z X2: Bkr[1].TripCmdRO-4Z X5: -.-
[Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
56 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
Operating Mode Operating Mode Norm De-energ, Norm Energ
Norm De-energ [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.2 s [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be latched when it picks up.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment Signal - An acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges the corresponding Relay Output) can be assigned to each Relay Output. The acknowledgment-signal is only effective if the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List RO-4Z X2: Bkr[2].TripCmdRO-4Z X5: -.-
[Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
www.eaton.com 57
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Operating Mode Operating Mode Norm De-energ, Norm Energ
Norm De-energ [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
58 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 - 300.00s 0.2s [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be latched when it picks up.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment Signal - An acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges the corresponding Relay Output) can be assigned to each Relay Output. The acknowledgment-signal is only effective if the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List RO-4Z X2: 87.TripCmdRO-4Z X5: -.-
[Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List RO-4Z X2: 87H.TripCmdRO-4Z X5: -.-
[Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List RO-4Z X2: 87GD[1].TripCmdRO-4Z X5: -.-
[Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List RO-4Z X2: 87GDH[1].TripCmdRO-4Z X5: -.-
[Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
www.eaton.com 59
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List RO-4Z X2: 87GD[2].TripCmdRO-4Z X5: -.-
[Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List RO-4Z X2: 87GDH[2].TripCmdRO-4Z X5: -.-
[Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Operating Mode Operating Mode Norm De-energ, Norm Energ
Norm De-energ [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.2 s [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be latched when it picks up.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment Signal - An acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges the corresponding Relay Output) can be assigned to each Relay Output. The acknowledgment-signal is only effective if the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
60 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
www.eaton.com 61
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
DISARMED Ctrl Enables and disables the disarming of the relay output contacts. This is the first step of a two step process, to inhibit the operation or the relay output contacts. Please refer to "DISARMED" for the second step.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/DISARMED/RO-4Z X2]
Disarm Mode CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed). YOU MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance.
Permanent, Timeout
Permanent [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/DISARMED/RO-4Z X2]
t-Timeout DISARM
The relays will be armed again after expiring of this time.
Only available if: Mode = Timeout DISARM
0.00 – 300.00 s 0.03 s [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/DISARMED/RO-4Z X2]
Force Mode By means of this function the normal Relay Output States can be overwritten (forced) in case that the Relay Output is not in a disarmed state. The relays can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Permanent, Timeout
Permanent [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Force RO/RO-4Z X2]
t-Timeout Force The Output State will be set by force for the duration of this time. That means, for the duration of this time, the Relay Output does not show the state of the signals that are assigned on it.
Only available if: Mode = Timeout DISARM
0.00 – 300.00 s 0.03 s [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Force RO/RO-4Z X2]
Input States of RO-4ZI X
Name Description Assignment Via
RO1.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
RO1.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
RO1.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
RO1.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
62 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description Assignment Via
RO1.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
RO1.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
RO1.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
Ack signal RO 1 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal for the Relay Output. If latching is set to active, the Relay Output can only be acknowledged if those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time is expired.
[Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 1]
RO2.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
RO2.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
RO2.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
RO2.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
RO2.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
RO2.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
RO2.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
Ack signal RO 2 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal for the Relay Output. If latching is set to active, the Relay Output can only be acknowledged if those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time is expired.
[Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 2]
RO3.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
www.eaton.com 63
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description Assignment Via
RO3.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
RO3.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
RO3.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
RO3.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
RO3.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
RO3.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
Ack signal RO 3 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal for the Relay Output. If latching is set to active, the Relay Output can only be acknowledged if those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time is expired.
[Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 3]
RO4.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
RO4.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
RO4.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
RO4.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
RO4.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
RO4.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
64 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description Assignment Via
RO4.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Ack signal RO 4 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal for the Relay Output. If latching is set to active, the Relay Output can only be acknowledged if those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time is expired.
[Device Para/Relay Outputs/RO-4Z X2/RO 4]
Signals of RO-4ZI X
Name Description
ZI OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUTRO 1 Signal: Relay OutputRO 2 Signal: Relay OutputRO 3 Signal: Relay OutputRO 4 Signal: Relay OutputDISARMED! Signal: CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform
maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed). YOU MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance
Outs forced Signal: The State of at least one Relay Output has been set by force. That means that the state of at least one Relay is forced and hence does not show the state of the assigned signals.
LED ConfigurationThe LEDs can be configured within menu:
[Device Para/LEDs/Group X]
Attention must be paid to insure that there are no overlapping functions due to double or multiple LED assignment of colors and flashing codes.
If LEDs are configured as »Latched=active«, they will keep (return to) their blink code and color even if there is a power outage within the power supply of the protective device.
If the LEDs are configured as »Latched=active«, they will also retain their blink code and color even if the LEDs are reprogrammed in another way. This also applies if the LEDs are set to »Latched = inactive«. Resetting a LED that has latched a signal will always require an acknowledgment.
www.eaton.com 65
IM02602004E ETR-4000
This chapter contains information on the LEDs that are placed on the left hand side of the display (Group A).
If your device is also equipped with LEDs on the right hand side of the display (Group B), the analog information in this chapter is valid. The only difference between “Group A” and “Group B” is within the menu paths.
Via the »INFO« push-button, it is always possible to display the current pickups and alarm texts that are assigned to an LED. Please refer to the Navigation section for a description of the »INFO« push-button functionality.
Set the following parameters for each LED.
• »Latching (self holding function)«: If »Latching« is set to »Active«, the state that is set by the pickups will be stored until it is reset. If »Latching« is set to »Inactive«, the LED always adopts the state of those pickups that were assigned.
• »Acknowledgment«: Signal that will reset the LED.
• »LED active color«: LED lights up in this color when at least one of the allocated functions is valid (red, red-flashing, green, green flashing, off).
• »LED inactive color«: LED lights up in this color when none of the allocated functions is valid (red, red-flashing, green, green flashing, off).
• »Assignment 1...n« Apart from the LED for System OK (Operational), each LED can be assigned up to five functions (e.g. pickups) out of the »Assignment list«.
• »Inverting an Assignment 1...n«: This will invert the input signal.
Acknowledgment Options
LEDs can be acknowledged by:
• The push-button »C« at the operating panel;
• A signal from the »LED Reset list« (e.g. digital inputs or communication signals) (If »Latched = active«);
• The »Ex Acknowledge« module - all LEDs can be acknowledged at once, if the signal for external acknowledgment becomes true (e.g.: the state of a digital input); and
• Communication (Comm) - all LEDs can be acknowledged at once.
66 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 67
Inac
tive
Act
ive
Latc
hed
Assig
nmen
t 1
Inve
rting
1
Assi
gnm
ent 2
Inve
rting
2
Assi
gnm
ent 3
Inve
rting
3
Assi
gnm
ent 4
Inve
rting
4
Assi
gnm
ent 5
Inve
rting
5
LED
Activ
e C
olor
LED
Inac
tive
Col
or
OR
OR
AND
Ackn
owle
dge
-HM
IAc
know
ledg
e-1.
.n, A
ssig
nmen
t Lis
tAc
know
ledg
e-Co
mm
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
OR
S
Q
R1
Q
IM02602004E ETR-4000
The »System OK (Operational)« LEDThis LED flashes green while the device is booting. After booting is complete, the LED for System OK (Operational) lights up in green signaling that the protection (function) is »activated«. If, however, in spite of successful booting, or after the third unsuccessful reboot caused by the self supervision module, the Operational LED (System OK) flashes in red or is solidly illuminated in red, please contact your Eaton Corporation Customer Service Representative (also see the Self Supervision section).
The Operational LED (System OK) cannot be configured.
LED SettingsLEDs group A ,LEDs group B
Device Parameters of the LEDs
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched when it picks up.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If latching is set to active the LED can only be acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present.
Dependency Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
LED Active Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Green, Red, Red flash, Green flash, -
LEDs group A: Red flashLEDs group B: Red
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
LED Inactive Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Green, Red, Red flash, Green flash, -
LEDs group A: -LEDs group B: Green
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 50P[1].PickupLEDs group B: Bkr[1].Pos CLOSE
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 51P[1].PickupLEDs group B: -.-
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
68 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 50R[1].PickupLEDs group B: -.-
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 51R[1].PickupLEDs group B: -.-
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 51Q[1].PickupLEDs group B: -.-
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched when it picks up.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If latching is set to active the LED can only be acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
LED Active Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Green, Red, Red flash, Green flash, -
LEDs group A: Red flashLEDs group B: Red
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
LED Inactive Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Green, Red, Red flash, Green flash, -
LEDs group A: -LEDs group B: Green
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 51P[3].PickupLEDs group B: Bkr[2].Pos CLOSE
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
www.eaton.com 69
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 51X[2].PickupLEDs group B: -.-
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 51R[2].PickupLEDs group B: -.-
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched when it picks up.
Inactive, Active
LEDs group A: ActiveLEDs group B: Inactive
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If latching is set to active the LED can only be acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
LED Active Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Green, Red, Red flash, Green flash, -
LEDs group A: RedLEDs group B: Red flash
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
LED Inactive Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Green, Red, Red flash, Green flash, -
- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
70 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 50P[1].TripCmdLEDs group B: 87.H2,H4,H5 Blo
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 51P[1].TripCmdLEDs group B: 87.Blo H2
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 50R[1].TripCmdLEDs group B: 87.Blo H4
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 51R[1].TripCmdLEDs group B: 87.Blo H5
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 51Q[1].TripCmdLEDs group B: -.-
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched when it picks up.
Inactive, Active
LEDs group A: ActiveLEDs group B: Inactive
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If latching is set to active the LED can only be acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
www.eaton.com 71
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
LED Active Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Green, Red, Red flash, Green flash, -
LEDs group A: RedLEDs group B: Red flash
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
LED Inactive Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Green, Red, Red flash, Green flash, -
- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 51P[3].TripCmdLEDs group B: 87.Blo H2
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 51X[2].TripCmdLEDs group B: -.-
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 51R[2].TripCmdLEDs group B: -.-
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
72 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched when it picks up.
Inactive, Active
LEDs group A: ActiveLEDs group B: Inactive
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If latching is set to active the LED can only be acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
LED Active Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Green, Red, Red flash, Green flash, -
LEDs group A: RedLEDs group B: Red flash
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
LED Inactive Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Green, Red, Red flash, Green flash, -
- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 87.TripCmdLEDs group B: 87.Blo H5
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 87H.TripCmdLEDs group B: -.-
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
www.eaton.com 73
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched when it picks up.
Inactive, Active
LEDs group A: ActiveLEDs group B: Inactive
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If latching is set to active the LED can only be acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
LED Active Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Green, Red, Red flash, Green flash, -
LEDs group A: RedLEDs group B: Red flash
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
LED Inactive Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Green, Red, Red flash, Green flash, -
- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 87GD[1].TripCmdLEDs group B: RTD.Alarm
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 87GDH[1].TripCmdLEDs group B: -.-
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
74 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched when it picks up.
Inactive, Active
LEDs group A: ActiveLEDs group B: Inactive
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If latching is set to active the LED can only be acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
LED Active Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Green, Red, Red flash, Green flash, -
LEDs group A: RedLEDs group B: Green flash
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
LED Inactive Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Green, Red, Red flash, Green flash, -
- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 87GD[2].TripCmdLEDs group B: Sys.Maint Mode Active
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 87GDH[2].TripCmdLEDs group B: -.-
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
www.eaton.com 75
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
LED Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
LED1.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
LED1.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
LED1.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
LED1.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
LED1.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
76 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description Assignment Via
Acknow Sig 1 Module Input State: Acknowledgment Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment).
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 1]
LED2.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
LED2.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
LED2.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
LED2.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
LED2.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
Acknow Sig 2 Module Input State: Acknowledgment Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment).
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 2]
LED3.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
LED3.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
LED3.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
LED3.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
LED3.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
Acknow Sig 3 Module Input State: Acknowledgment Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment).
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 3]
www.eaton.com 77
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description Assignment Via
LED4.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
LED4.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
LED4.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
LED4.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
LED4.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
Acknow Sig 4 Module Input State: Acknowledgment Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment).
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 4]
LED5.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
LED5.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
LED5.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
LED5.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
LED5.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
Acknow Sig 5 Module Input State: Acknowledgment Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment).
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 5]
LED6.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
78 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description Assignment Via
LED6.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
LED6.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
LED6.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
LED6.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
Acknow Sig 6 Module Input State: Acknowledgment Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment).
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 6]
LED7.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
LED7.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
LED7.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
LED7.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
LED7.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
Acknow Sig 7 Module Input State: Acknowledgment Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment).
[Device Para/LEDs/LEDs group A/LED 7]
www.eaton.com 79
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Front PanelThe following illustration applies to protective devices with a small display:
80 www.eaton.com
1 2 3
5
76 8 10
RS232 Interface (PowerPort-E Connection)
ACK/RST-keyINFO Key (Signals/Messages)
Control
Softkeys
DisplayLED »System OK« Programmable LEDs
9
OK-key
4
Programmable LEDs
ProtectiveDevice
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
The following illustration applies to protective devices with a large display:
www.eaton.com 81
1 2 3
5
68 7 10
Control
Softkeys
DisplayLED »System OK« Programmable LEDs
9
OK-key
4
Programmable LEDs
ProtectiveDevice
INFO Key (Signals/Messages)
ACK/RST-keyRS232 Interface (PowerPort-E Connection)
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Item Graphic Name Description
1
(Example for an insert)
Group A: Programmable LEDs
Basically, there are 14 programmable LEDs (7 on the left, 7 on the right side)provided for User to configure. The choice for each programmable LED can be any signal from the global assignment list, which includes all internal operation states of each function activated. Based on the application need, up to 14 (but not necessarily all) programmable LEDs can be activated. By properly configuring some or all 14 LEDs, the User will be able to view the relay's overall operation and some critical information immediately and intuitively without having to access any menu.
2 LED »System OK«
Should the LED »System OK« flash red during operation, contact Customer Support immediately.
3 Display Via the display, the User can view operational data and edit the parameters.
82 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Item Graphic Name Description
4
(Example for an insert)
Group B: Programmable LEDs
Basically, there are 14 programmable LEDs (7 on the left, 7 on the right side)provided for User to configure. The choice for each programmable LED can be any signal from the global assignment list, which includes all internal operation states of each function activated. Based on the application need, up to 14 (but not necessarily all) programmable LEDs can be activated. By properly configuring some or all 14 LEDs, the User will be able to view the relay's overall operation and some critical information immediately and intuitively without having to access any menu.
5 Softkeys The function of the »SOFTKEYS« changes. Their active functions appear on the bottom line of the display.
Possible functions are:
• Navigation;
• Parameter decrement/increment;
• Scrolling up/down a menu page;
• Moving to a digit; and
• Change into the parameter setting mode »Wrench Symbol«.
www.eaton.com 83
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Item Graphic Name Description
6 INFO Key (Signals/Messages)
Looking through the present LED assignment. The Direct Select key can be activated at any time. If the INFO key is actuated again, the User will leave the LED menu.
Here only the first assignments of the LEDs will be shown. Every three seconds the »SOFTKEYs« will be shown (flashing).
Displaying the Multiple Assignments
If the INFO key is pressed, only the first assignments of any LED is shown. Every three seconds the »SOFTKEYs« will be shown (flashing).
If there is more than one signal assigned to an LED (indicated by three dots), the User can check the state of the multiple assignments by proceeding as follows.
In order to show all (multiple) assignments, select an LED by means of the »SOFTKEYs« »up« and »down«.
Via the »Softkey« »right«, call up a sub-menu of this LED that gives the User detailed information on the state of all signals assigned to this LED. An arrow symbol points to the LED whose assignments are currently displayed.
Via the »SOFTKEYs« »up« and »down«, the User can call up the next / previous LED.
In order to leave the LED menu, press the »SOFTKEY« »left« multiple times.
84 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Item Graphic Name Description
7 »ACK/RST- Key« Used to abort changes and to acknowledge messages as well as resetting counters.
In order to reset, press the Softkey »Wrench« and enter the password.
The User can exit the reset menu by pressing the Softkey »Arrow-left«
8 RS232 Interface (PowerPort-E Connection)
Connection to the computer/software PowerPort-E is done via the RS232 interface.
9 »OK Key« When using the »OK« key, parameter changes are temporarily stored. If the »OK« key is pressed again, those changes are stored indefinitely.
10 »CTRL Key« Access to the Control menu (not available in all devices)
Basic Menu ControlThe graphic User interface is equivalent to a hierarchical structured menu tree. For access to the individual sub-menus, the »SOFTKEYS«/Navigation Keys are used. The function of the »SOFTKEYS« can be found near the bottom of the display.
Softkey Description• Via »SOFTKEY« »Up«, the User will be taken to the prior menu point/one parameter up by
scrolling upwards.• Via »SOFTKEY« »Left«, the User will be taken one step back.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Down«, the User will be taken to the next menu point/one parameter down by scrolling downwards.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Right«, the User will be taken to a sub-menu.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Top of List«, the User will be taken directly to the top of a list.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Bottom of List«, the User will be taken directly to the end of a list.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »+«, the related digit will be incremented. (Continuous pressure -> fast).
• Via »SOFTKEY« »-«, the related digit will be decremented. (Continuous pressure -> fast)
www.eaton.com 85
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Softkey Description• Via »SOFTKEY« »Left«, the User will be taken one digit to the left.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Right«, the User will be taken one digit to the right.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Parameter Setting«, the User will call up the parameter setting mode.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Delete«, data will be deleted.
• Fast forward scrolling is possible via »SOFTKEY« »Fast forward«
• Fast backward scrolling is possible via »SOFTKEY« »Fast backward«
In order to return to the main menu, just keep pressing the Softkey »Arrow-Left« until you arrive at the »Main Menu».
PowerPort-E Keyboard CommandsThe User can control PowerPort-E alternatively by means of keyboard commands (instead of the mouse).
Key Description
á Move up within the navigation tree or parameter list.
â
Move down within the navigation tree or parameter list.
ß
Collapse the tree item or select a folder on a higher level.
à Expands the tree item or selects a sub-folder.
Numpad + Expands the tree item.
Numpad - Collapses the tree item.
Home Moves to the top of the active window.
End Moves to the bottom of the active window.
Ctrl+O Opens the file opening dialog. Allows browsing through the file system for an existing device file.
Ctrl+N Creates a new parameter file by means of a template.
Ctrl+S Saves the actual loaded parameter file.
F1 Displays the on-line help information.
F2 Loads device data.
86 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Key Description
F5 Reloads the displayed data of a device.
Ctrl+F5 Enables the automatic refresh.
Ctrl+Shift+T Moves back to the navigation window.
Ctrl+F6 Walks through the tabular forms (detail windows).
Page á Moves to the previous value (parameter setting).
Page â Moves to the next value (parameter setting).
www.eaton.com 87
IM02602004E ETR-4000
PowerPort-EPowerPort-E is software that is used to configure a device and read data from a device. PowerPort-E provides the following:
• Menu controlled parameter setting including validity checks;• Off-line configuration of all relay types;• Reading and evaluation of statistical data and measuring values;• Commissioning Support (Forcing Relays, Disarming Relays);• Display of the device status; and• Fault analysis via event and fault recorder.
PowerPort-E 3.0 or higher supports reading parameter files generated by older versions of PowerPort-E. Parameter files generated by PowerPort-E 3.0 and higher cannot be read by older versions of PowerPort-E.
Installation of PowerPort-E
Port 52152 must not be blocked by a Firewall. If it is, the connection will be blocked.
If the Windows Vista User Access Control pops up while installing PowerPort-E, please “Allow” all installation requirements concerning PowerPort-E.
System Requirements Windows XP, Windows Vista, or Windows 7.
To install PowerPort-E:
• Double-click on the installation file with the left mouse button.
• Confirm by pressing the »Continue« button in the INFO frame.
• Select an installation path or confirm the standard installation path by mouse click on the »Continue« button.
• Confirm the entry for the suggested installation folder by mouse click on the »Continue« button.
• Start the installation process by mouse click on the »Install« button.
• Finish the installation procedure by mouse click on the »Complete« button.
If the suggested installation folder was chosen in the procedure above, the User can now call up the program via [Start > Programs > Eaton Relays> PowerPort-E].
Uninstalling PowerPort-EVia the [Start>System Control >Software] menu, the PowerPort-E application can be uninstalled from the computer.
88 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Setting up the Serial Connection PC - Device
Set Up a Serial Connection Via Serial Interface Under Windows XP
After installation of the software, the »Connection PC/Notebook to the Device« has to be initially configured so that the User is able to read device data or re-write them into the device by means of the PowerPort-E application.
To connect the device to the User's PC/notebook, a special null modem cable is needed (no serial cable!- -please refer to the section »Null Modem Cable«).
If the PC/notebook does not have a serial interface, the User will need a special USB-to-serial-adapter. If the USB-to-serial-adapter is correctly installed, communication with the device can be established using the CD provided (see the next section).
The connection of the PC/notebook to the device MUST NOT be protected/encrypted via a smartcard.
If the network connection wizard asks to encrypt the connection via a smartcard or not, please choose »Do not use the smartcard«.
Setting Up/Configuring the Connection
• Connect your PC/notebook with the device via a null modem cable.
• Start the PowerPort-E application.
• Select the menu point »Device Connection« in the »Settings« menu.
• Click on »Serial Connection«.
• Click the »Settings« button.
• When initially setting up the connection, a dialog window appears with the information that, so far, a direct connection with your protection device has not been established. Click on »Yes«.
• If, to this point, a location has not been set up on your PC, your location information has to be put in. Confirm the following pop-up window »Telephone and Modem Options« by selecting »OK«.
• The Windows network connection assistant appears after the location information is set up. Select the connection type »Establish direct connection to another computer«.
• Select the serial interface (COM-Port) where the device will be connected.
• Select »To be used for all Users« in the »Availability of the connection« window.
• Do not change the connection name appearing in the »Name of the connection« window and click the »Complete« button.
• Finally, you arrive again in the »Device Installation« window where you started establishing the connection. Confirm the adjustments by clicking the »OK« button.
www.eaton.com 89
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Set up a Connection Via Serial Interface Under Windows Vista or Windows 7
Establishing the connection between PowerPort-E and the device is a three step procedure.
1. Installing PowerPort-E (the application itself)
2. Installing a (virtual) modem (that is a precondition for TCP/IP communication via a null modem cable) / (to bedone within the Windows Phone and Modem dialog).
3. Establishing a network connection between PowerPort-E and the device (to be done within PowerPort-E).
1. Installation of PowerPort-E (the application itself).
• Refer to the “Installation of PowerPort-E” (earlier in this section).
2. Installation of the (virtual) modem.
• Open the Windows Start menu and type “Phone and Modem” and RETURN.• This opens the “Phone and Modem” Dialog.• Go to the »Modem« tab.• Click on the »Add« button.• The Hardware Wizard window “Install New Modem” pops up.• Set the check box “Don´t detect my modem; I will select it from a list”.• Click on the »Next« button.
90 www.eaton.com
RS232
Parameter Setting and Evaluation via Serial/RS232
PowerPort-E
Protective Relay
Device Example
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
• Select Communications cable between two computers.• Click on the »Next« button.• Choose the correct COM-Port.• Click on the »Next« button.• Click on the »Finish« button.• Select the new added modem and click on the »Properties« button.• Go to the »General« tab.• Click on the »Change settings« button.• Go to the »Modem« tab.• Within the Drop-Down Menu, set the correct baud rate = 115200.• Close this dialog with the »OK« button.• Close the Phone and Modem dialog with the »OK« button.• You have to reboot your computer now!
3. Establishing a network connection between PowerPort-E and the device.
• Connect the device to the PC/notebook via a correct null modem cable.• Run PowerPort-E.• Call up »Device Connection« within the menu »Device Connection«.• Click on the »Settings« button.• A connection wizard will pop up asking you How do you want to connect.• Choose »Dial-up«.• The telephone number must not be empty. Please enter any number (e.g. 1).• The User name and password can be ignored.• Click on the »OK« button.
Establishing the Serial Connection Via a USB-/RS232-Adapter
If your PC/notebook does not have an RS-232 interface, an USB-/RS232-Adapter+Null Modem Cable can be used.
Only an adapter approved by Eaton Corporation may be used. First install the adapter (with the related driver that you can find on the CD) and then establish the connection (PowerPort-E => Device). The adapters must support very high speed data transfer.
USB/RS232 Cable Assemblies:
Style Number Description66B2214G01 Null Modem Cable66B2214G02 USB to RS232 Adapter66B2214G03 Null modem and USB to RS232 Adapter
www.eaton.com 91
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Set-up a Connection Via Ethernet - TCP/IP
Warning: Mixing up IP Addresses
(In case there is more than one protective device within the TCP/IP network or establishing an unintentional wrong connection to a protective device based on a wrong entered IP address.
Transferring parameters into the wrong protective device might lead to death, personal injury, or damage of electrical equipment.
In order to prevent faulty connections, the User MUST document and maintain a list with the IP addresses of any switchboard/protective devices.
The User MUST double check the IP addresses of the connection that is to be established. That means, the User MUST first read out the IP address at the HMI of the device (within menu [Device para/TCP IP]) then compare the IP address with the list. If the addresses are identical, establish the connection. If they are not, DO NOT establish the connection.
Establishing a connection via TCP/IP to the device is only possible if your device is equipped with an Ethernet Interface (RJ45).
Contact your IT administrator in order to establish the network connection.
Part 1: Set the TCP/IP Parameters at the panel (Device).
Call up the »Device parameter/TCP/IP« menu at the HMI (panel) and set the following parameters:
• TCP/IP address
• Subnet mask
• Gateway
Part 2: Setting the IP address within PowerPort-E
• Call up the menu Settings/Device Connection within PowerPort-E.
• Set the radio button Network Connection.
• Enter the IP-Address of the device that should be connected.
92 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 93
TCP/IP
Parameter Setting and Evaluation via TCP/IP
PowerPort-E
IP-A
dd
ress
Device Example
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Or:
Set-up a Connection Via Modbus Tunnel
Establishing a connection via a Gateway (TCP/IP)/Modbus RTU to the device is only possible if your device is equipped with an Ethernet Interface (RJ45).
Contact your IT administrator in order to establish the network connection.
Part 1: If you don´t know the Slave ID of the device that should be connected via Modbus Tunnel, it can be read out at the device.
• Call up the menu »Device parameter/Modbus« at the HMI (panel) and read out the Slave ID:
94 www.eaton.com
Protective Relay
Protective Relay...
TCP/IP
TCP/IP
TCP/IP
Parameter Setting and Evaluation via TCP/IP
PowerPort-EIP
-Ad
dre
ss
IP-A
dd
ress
IP-A
dd
ress
TCP/IP
Ethernet
Device Example
Device Example
Device Example
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Part 2: Setting the IP address of the gateway and the Slave ID of the device that is to be connected via Modbus tunnel using PowerPort-E
• Call up the menu Settings/Device Connection within PowerPort-E.
• Set the radio button Modbus TCP Gateway.
• Enter the IP-Address of the device that should be connected.
• Enter the Slave ID of the device.
www.eaton.com 95
Protective Relay
Protective Relay ...
TCP/IP
Modbus RTU
Modbus RTU
Parameter Setting and Evaluation via Modbus Tunnel
PowerPort-E
Power Xpert Gateway
SLA
VE
ID 2
SLA
VE
ID 3
SLA
VE
ID n
IP-Address
Modbus RTU
Device Example
Device Example
Device Example
IM02602004E ETR-4000
PowerPort-E Troubleshooting during Setting up the Connection
• Make sure that the Windows service Telephony is started. In [Start>System Control >Administration >Services] the service »Telephony« must be visible and must have been started. If not, the service has to be started.
• For establishing the connection, the User needs to have sufficient rights (administration rights).
• If a firewall is installed on your computer, TCP/IP port 52152 must have been released.
• If your computer does not have a serial interface, the User needs a USB-to-serial-adapter, approved by Eaton Corporation. This adapter has to be properly installed.
• Ensure that a null modem cable is used (a standard serial cable without control wires does not enable communication).
If the message »Warning, invalid connection settings« appears during establishment of the connection, it indicates that the connection adjustments chosen are not correct.
If this warning is displayed, the User may respond as follows.
»Yes«: (to set up a completely new connection).By selecting »Yes«, all adjustments are canceled and the connection assistant is opened again for renewed adjustment of the connection to the device.
This procedure is advisable in case basic adjustments cannot be modified via the characteristics dialog (e.g.: if a new additional serial interface has been installed on the system).
»No«: (to modify the existing dial-up network entry).Selecting »No« opens the dialog for characteristics of the connection settings. During the dialog, it is possible to correct invalid settings (e.g.: the recommended baud rate).
»Cancel«:The warning is ignored and the connection adjustments remain as they are set. This procedure is accepted for a limited time, but the User is required to establish a correct connection at a later time.
PowerPort-E Persistent Connection Problems
In the case of persistent connection problems, the User should remove all connection settings and establish them again. In order to remove all connection settings, please proceed as follows.
1. Remove the Settings for the Dial-up Network.
• Close PowerPort-E.
• Call up the »Control Panel«.
• Choose »Network & Internet«.
• On the left side, click on »Manage Network Connections«.
96 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
• Right click on »"Protective Device Name" Direct Connection«.
• Choose »Delete« from the shortcut menu.
• Click on the »OK« button.
2. Remove the (Virtual) Modem.
• Call up the »Control Panel«.
• Choose »Hardware & Sound«.
• Choose »Phone & Modem Options«.
• Go to the »Modem« tab.
• Click on the correct (in case there is more than one) entry »Connection cable between two computers«.
• Click on the »Remove« button.
Loading of Device Data When Using PowerPort-E• Start the PowerPort-E application.
• Make sure the connection has been established properly.
• Connect your PC with the device via a null modem cable.
• Select »Receiving Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
Restoring Device Data When Using PowerPort-E
By selecting the »Transfer only modified parameters into the device« button, only modified parameters are transmitted into the device.
Parameter modifications are indicated by a red “star symbol” in front of the parameter.
The star symbol (in the device tree window) indicates that parameters in the opened file (within PowerPort-E) differ from parameters stored on your local hard disk.
By selecting the »Transfer only modified parameters into the device« button, the User can transmit all parameters that are marked by this symbol.
If a parameter file is saved on the local hard drive, these parameters are no longer classified to be modified and cannot be transmitted via the »Transfer only modified parameters into the device« button.
In case the User has loaded and modified a parameter file from the device and saved it to the local hard drive without transferring the parameters into the device beforehand, the User cannot use the »Transfer only modified parameters into the device« button. In this case, use the »Transfer all parameters into the device« button.
www.eaton.com 97
IM02602004E ETR-4000
The »Transfer only modified parameters into the device« button only works if modified parameters are available in the PowerPort-E application.
In contrast, all parameters of the device are transferred when the »Transfer all parameters into the device« button is pressed (provided all device parameters are valid).
• In order to (re-)transfer changed parameters into the device, select »Transfer all parameters into the device« in the »Device« menu.
• Confirm the safety inquiry »Shall the parameters be overwritten into the device?«.
• Enter the password for setting parameters in the pop-up window.
• The changed data is transferred to the device and adopted.
• Confirm the inquiry »Parameters successfully updated?«. It is recommended to save the parameters into a local file on your hard drive. Confirm »Shall The Data Be Saved Locally?“« with »Yes« (recommended). Select a suitable folder on the hard disk.
• Confirm the chosen folder by clicking »Save«.
• The changed parameter data are now saved in the chosen folder.
Backup and Documentation When Using PowerPort-EHow to Save Device Data on a PC
Click on »Save as ...« in the »File« menu. Specify a name, choose a folder on the hard disk, and save the device data accordingly.
Printing of Device Data When Using PowerPort-E (Setting List)
The »Printing« menu offers the following options:
• Printer settings;• Page preview;• Printing; and • Exporting the selected print range into a "txt" file.
The printing menu of the PowerPort-E software offers different types of printing ranges.
• Printing of the complete parameter tree:All values and parameters of the present parameter file are printed.
• Printing of the displayed working window: Only the data shown on the relevant working window are printed (i.e.: this applies, if at least one window is opened).
• Printing of all opened working windows:The data shown on all windows are printed (i.e.: this applies only if more than one window is opened).
98 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
• Printing of the device parameter tree as from a shown position on:All data and parameters of the device parameter tree are printed as from the position/marking in the navigation window. Below this selection, the complete name of the marking is additionally displayed.
Exporting Data as a “txt” File Via PowerPort-E
Within the print menu [File>Print], the User can choose »Export into File« in order to export the device data into a “txt” file.
When exporting data, only the actual selected printing range will be exported into a “txt” file. That means that if the User has chosen the “Complete device parameter tree” printing range, then the “Complete device parameter tree” will be exported. But, if the User has chosen the “Actual working window” printing range, only that range of data will be exported.
This is the only method available to export data via PowerPort-E.
If the User exports a “txt” file, the content of this file is encoded as Unicode. That means that, if the User wants to edit this file, the application must support Unicode encoded files (e.g.: Microsoft Office 2003 or higher).
Off-line Device Planning Via PowerPort-E
In order to be able to transmit a parameter file (e.g.: created off-line) into the device, the following information must be located:
• Type code (written on the top of the device/type label); and
• Version of the device model (can be found in menu [Device Parameters\Version].
The PowerPort-E application also enables the User to create a configuration/parameter file off-line using a “Device Model”. The advantage of using a device model is that the User can pre-configure a device by setting parameters in advance.
The User can also read the parameter file out of the device, further process it off-line (e.g.: from the office) and finally re-transfer it to the device.
The User can either:
• Load an existing parameter file from a device (please refer to the Section “Loading Device Data When Using PowerPort-E");
• Create a new parameter file (see below); or• Open a locally saved parameter file (backup).
In order to create a new device/parameter file by way of a device template off-line.
• In order to create a new off-line parameter file, select »Create new parameter file« within the »File« menu.
• A working window pops- up. Please make sure that you select the right device type with the correct version and configuration.
www.eaton.com 99
IM02602004E ETR-4000
• Finally click on »Apply«.
• In order to save the device configuration, select »Save« out of the »File« menu.
• Within the »Modify Device Configuration (Typecode)« menu, the User can modify the device configuration or simply find out the type code of the current selection.
If the User wants to transfer the parameter file into a device, please refer to Section “Restoring Device Data When using PowerPort-E”.
100 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Measuring ValuesRead Out Measured Values
In the »Operation/Measured Values« menu, both measured and calculated values can be viewed. The measured values are ordered by »Standard values« and »Special values« (depending on the type of device).
Read Out of Measured Values Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If the device data have not been loaded, select »Receive Data From The Device« from the »Device« menu.
• Double click on the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click on the »Measured Values« icon within the »Operation« navigation tree.
• Double click the »Standard Values« or »Special values« within the »Measured values« tree.
• The measured and calculated values are now shown in tabular form in the window.
To have the measuring data read in a cyclic manner, select »Auto refresh« in the »View« menu. The measured values are read out about every two seconds.
Measurement Display
Menu [Operation\General Settings] offers options to change the display of measured values within the HMI and Smart view.
Scaling of Measured values
By means of the parameter »Scaling« the User can determine how measured values are to be displayed within the HMI and PowerPort-E:
• Per Unit quantities• Primary quantities• Secondary quantities
Power Units (applies only for devices with power measurement)
By means of the parameter »Power Units« the User can determine how measured values are to be displayed within the HMI and PowerPort-E:
• Power Auto Scaling• kW, kVAr or kVA• MW, MVAr or MVA• GW, GVAr or GVA
Energy Units (applies only for devices with energy measurement)
By means of the parameter »Energy Units« the User can determine how measured values are to be displayed within the HMI and PowerPort-E:
www.eaton.com 101
IM02602004E ETR-4000
• Energy Auto Scaling• kWh, kVArh or kVAh• MWh, MVArh or MVAh• GWh, GVArh or GVAh
Temperature Unit (applies only for devices with temperature measurement)
By means of the parameter »Temperature Unit« the User can determine how measured values are to be displayed within the HMI and PowerPort-E:
• ° Celsius• ° Fahrenheit
Current - Measured ValuesCT W1 ,CT W2
If the device is not equipped with an voltage measuring card the first measuring input on the first current measuring card (slot with the lowest number) will be used as the reference angle (»IA«).
Value Description Menu Path
IA Fund. Measured value: Phase current (Fundamental)
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
IB Fund. Measured value: Phase current (Fundamental)
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
IC Fund. Measured value: Phase current (Fundamental)
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
IX meas Fund. Measured value (measured): IX (Fundamental)
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
IR calc Fund. Measured value (calculated): IR (Fundamental)
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
I0 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Zero current (Fundamental)
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
I1 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Positive phase sequence current (Fundamental)
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
I2 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Unbalanced load current (Fundamental)
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
102 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Value Description Menu Path
IA H2 Measured Value: Ratio of 2nd harmonic over fundamental of IA
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
IB H2 Measured Value: Ratio of 2nd harmonic over fundamental of IB
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
IC H2 Measured Value: Ratio of 2nd harmonic over fundamental of IC
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
IG H2 meas Measured Value: Ratio of 2nd harmonic over fundamental of IG (measured)
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
IG H2 calc Measured value (calculated): Ratio of 2nd harmonic over fundamental of IG (calculated)
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
Angle IA Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of Phasor IA
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
Angle IB Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of Phasor IB
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
Angle IC Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of Phasor IC
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
Angle IX meas Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of Phasor IX meas
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
Angle IR calc Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of Phasor IR calc
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
Angle I0 Measured Value (calculated): Angle of Zero Sequence System
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
Angle I1 Measured Value (calculated): Angle of Positive Sequence System
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
Angle I2 Measured value (calculated): Angle of Negative Sequence System
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
www.eaton.com 103
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Value Description Menu Path
IA RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS)
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current RMS]
IB RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS)
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current RMS]
IC RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS)
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current RMS]
IX meas RMS Measured value (measured): IX (RMS)
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current RMS]
IR calc RMS Measured value (calculated): IR (RMS)
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current RMS]
%IA THD Measured Value (Calculated): IA Total Harmonic Distortion
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current RMS]
%IB THD Measured Value (Calculated): IB Total Harmonic Distortion
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current RMS]
%IC THD Measured Value (Calculated): IC Total Harmonic Distortion
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current RMS]
IA THD Measured Value (Calculated): IA Total Harmonic Current
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current RMS]
IB THD Measured Value (Calculated): IB Total Harmonic Current
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current RMS]
IC THD Measured Value (Calculated): IC Total Harmonic Current
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current RMS]
%(I2/I1) Measured value (calculated): I2/I1, phase sequence will be taken into account automatically.
[Operation/Measured Values/CT W1/Current Fund.]
104 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
StatisticsStatistics
In the »Operation/Statistics« menu, the minimum, maximum, and mean values of the measured and calculated quantities can be found. The statistics are ordered by »Standard values« and »Special values« (depending on the type of device and the device planning).
In the »Device Parameter/Statistics« menu, the User can either set a fixed synchronization time and a calculation interval or start and stop the statistics via a function (e.g.: digital input).
Read Out Statistics• Call up the main menu.
• Call up the »Operation/Statistics« sub-menu.
• Call up either the »Standard values« or »Special values«.
Statistics to Be Read Out Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
• Double click on the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click on the »Statistics« icon within the »Operation« navigation tree.
• Double click on the »Standard values« or »Special values« icon.
• In the window, the statistical data are shown in tabular form.
The values can be read out cyclically. For this purpose, please select »Auto Refresh« out of the »View« menu.
Statistics (Configuration)The Statistics module can be configured within the »Device Parameter/Statistics« menu.
The time interval, that is taken into account for the calculation of the statistics, can either be limited by a fixed duration or it can be limited by a start function (freely assignable signal from the »assignment list« menu).
Fixed Duration:
If the statistics module is set to a fixed duration/time interval, the minimum, maximum, and average values will be calculated and displayed continuously on the basis of this duration/time interval.
Start Function (Flexible Duration):
If the statistics module is to be initiated by a start function, the statistics will not be updated until the start function becomes true (rising edge). At the same time, a new time interval will be started.
www.eaton.com 105
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Statistics (Configuration) Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the»Device« menu.
• Double click on the »Device Parameter« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click on the »Statistics« icon within the »Device Parameter« navigation tree.
• Configure the Statistics module.
Direct Commands
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ResFc all Resetting of all Statistic values (Current Demand, Power Demand, Min, Max)
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
ResFc I Demand
Resetting of Statistics - Current Demand (avg, peak avg)
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
ResFc Min Resetting of all Minimum values Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
ResFc Max Resetting of all Maximum values Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Global Protection Parameters of the Statistics Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ResFc Max Resetting of all Maximum values 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Statistics/Min / Max]
ResFc Min Resetting of all Minimum values 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Statistics/Min / Max]
Start I Demand via:
Start Current demand by: Duration, StartFct
Duration [Device Para/Statistics/Demand/Current Demand]
Start I Demand Fc
Start of the calculation, if the assigned signal becomes true.
Only available if: Start I Demand via: = StartFct
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Statistics/Demand/Current Demand]
ResFc I Demand
Resetting of Statistics - Current Demand (avg, peak avg)
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Statistics/Demand/Current Demand]
106 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Duration I Demand
Recording time
Only available if: Start I Demand via: = Duration
2 s, 5 s, 10 s, 15 s, 30 s, 1 min, 5 min, 10 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 h, 2 h, 6 h, 12 h, 1 d, 2 d, 5 d, 7 d, 10 d, 30 d
15 s [Device Para/Statistics/Demand/Current Demand]
Window I Demand
Window configuration Sliding, Fixed
Fixed [Device Para/Statistics/Demand/Current Demand]
States of the Inputs of the Statistics Module
Name Description Assignment Via
StartFc 1-I State of the module input: Start of Statistics 1 (Update the displayed Demand )
[Device Para/Statistics/Demand/Current Demand]
ResFc I Demand-I State of the module input: Resetting of Statistics - Current Demand (avg, peak avg)
[Device Para/Statistics/Demand/Current Demand]
ResFc Max-I State of the module input: Resetting of all Maximum values [Device Para/Statistics/Min / Max]
ResFc Min-I State of the module input: Resetting of all Minimum values [Device Para/Statistics/Min / Max]
Signals of the Statistics Module
Name Description
ResFc all Signal: Resetting of all Statistic values (Current Demand, Power Demand, Min, Max)
ResFc I Demand Signal: Resetting of Statistics - Current Demand (avg, peak avg)ResFc Max Signal: Resetting of all Maximum values
www.eaton.com 107
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
ResFc Min Signal: Resetting of all Minimum values
Counters of the Module Statistics
Value Description Menu Path
MeasPointNo Each measuring point that is taken over by the statistics increments this counter. By means of this counter, the User can check whether the statistics are alive and if data are being acquired.
[Operation/Count and RevData/Statistics]
Res Cr I Demand Number of resets since last booting. The time-stamp shows date and time of the last reset.
[Operation/Statistics/Demand/CT W2]
Res Cr Min values Number of resets since last booting. The time-stamp shows date and time of the last reset.
[Operation/Statistics/Min/49]
Res Cr Max values Number of resets since last booting. The time-stamp shows date and time of the last reset.
[Operation/Statistics/Max/49]
Current - Statistic Values
Value Description Menu Path
I1 max Fund. Maximum value positive phase sequence current (Fundamental) [Operation/Statistics/Max/CT W1]
I1 min Fund. Minimum value positive phase sequence current (Fundamental) [Operation/Statistics/Min/CT W1]
I2 max Fund. Maximum value unbalanced load current (Fundamental) [Operation/Statistics/Max/CT W1]
I2 min Fund. Minimum value unbalanced load current (Fundamental) [Operation/Statistics/Min/CT W1]
IA max RMS IA maximum value (RMS) [Operation/Statistics/Max/CT W1]
IA avg RMS IA average value (RMS) [Operation/Statistics/Demand/CT W1]
108 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Value Description Menu Path
IA min RMS IA minimum value (RMS) [Operation/Statistics/Min/CT W1]
IB max RMS IB maximum value (RMS) [Operation/Statistics/Max/CT W1]
IB avg RMS IB average value (RMS) [Operation/Statistics/Demand/CT W1]
IB min RMS IB minimum value (RMS) [Operation/Statistics/Min/CT W1]
IC max RMS IC maximum value (RMS) [Operation/Statistics/Max/CT W1]
IC avg RMS IC average value (RMS) [Operation/Statistics/Demand/CT W1]
IC min RMS IC minimum value (RMS) [Operation/Statistics/Min/CT W1]
IX meas max RMS Measured value: IX maximum value (RMS) [Operation/Statistics/Max/CT W1]
IX meas min RMS Measured value: IX minimum value (RMS) [Operation/Statistics/Min/CT W1]
IR calc max RMS Measured value (calculated): IR maximum value (RMS) [Operation/Statistics/Max/CT W1]
IR calc min RMS Measured value (calculated): IR minimum value (RMS) [Operation/Statistics/Min/CT W1]
%(I2/I1) max Measured value (calculated): I2/I1 maximum value, phase sequence will be taken into account automatically
[Operation/Statistics/Max/CT W1]
%(I2/I1) min Measured value (calculated): I2/I1 minimum value, phase sequence will be taken into account automatically
[Operation/Statistics/Min/CT W1]
www.eaton.com 109
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Value Description Menu Path
IA Peak demand IA Peak value, RMS value [Operation/Statistics/Demand/CT W1]
IB Peak demand IB Peak value, RMS value [Operation/Statistics/Demand/CT W1]
IC Peak demand IC Peak value, RMS value [Operation/Statistics/Demand/CT W1]
110 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
System AlarmsAvailable Elements:SysA
Within the System Alarms menu [SysA] the User can configure:
• General Settings (activate/inactivate the Demand Management, optional assign a signal, that will block the Demand Management);
• Demand Management (Current); and
• THD Protection.
Please note, that all thresholds are to be set as primary values.
Demand ManagementDemand is the average of system current over a time interval (window). Demand management supports the User to keep energy demand below target values bound by contract (with the energy supplier). If the contractual target values are exceeded, extra charges are to be paid to the energy supplier.
Therefore, demand management helps the User detect and avoid averaged peak loads that are taken into account for the billing. In order to reduce the demand charge respective to demand rate, peak loads, if possible, should be diversified. That means, if possible, avoiding large loads at the same time. In order to assist the User in analyzing the demand, demand management might inform the User by an alarm. The User might also use demand alarms and assign them on relays in order to perform load shedding (where applicable).
Demand management comprises:
• Current Demand.
Configuring the Demand
Configuring the demand is a two step procedure. Proceed as follows.
Step1. Configure the general settings within the [Device Para/Statistics/Demand] menu:
• Set the trigger source to »Duration«.• Select a time base for the »window«.• Determine if the window is »fixed« or »sliding«.
The interval time (window) can be set to fixed or sliding.
Example for a fixed window: If the range is set for 15 minutes, the protective device calculates the average current or power over the past 15 minutes and updates the value every 15 minutes.
Example for a sliding window: If the sliding window is selected and the interval is set to 15 minutes, the protective device calculates and updates the average current or power continuously, for the past 15 minutes (the newest measuring value replaces the oldest measuring value continuously).
www.eaton.com 111
IM02602004E ETR-4000
112 www.eaton.com
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 181 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 181 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 181 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 181 2 3 4
Window configuration = Sliding
Window configuration = Fixed
Sliding
Sliding
t-Delay0
Duration
Average Calculation Pickup
t-Delay0
Average Calculation Pickup
t-Delay0
Average Calculation Pickup
t-Delay0
Average Calculation Pickup
Average Calculation Average Calculation Average Calculation Average Calculation
Average Calculation Average Calculation Average Calculation Average Calculation
Duration Duration Duration
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Step 2. In addition, the Demand specific settings have to be configured in the [System Para/System Alarms/Demand] menu:
• Determine if the demand should generate an alarm or if it should run in the silent mode (Alarm active/inactive);
• Set the threshold; and• Where applicable, set a delay time for the alarm.
Peak DemandThe protective device also saves the peak demand values for current and power. The quantities represent the largest demand value since the demand values were last reset. Peak demands for current and system power are date and time stamped.
Within the [Operation/Demand] menu, the current Demand and Peak demand values can be seen.
Min. and Max. Values.Within the Operation menu the minimum (min.) and maximum (max.) values can be seen.
Minimum values since last reset: The minimum values are continuously compared to the last minimum value for that measuring value. If the new value is less than the last minimum, the value is updated. Within the [Device Para/Statistics] menu, a reset signal can be assigned.
Maximum values since last reset: The maximum values are continuously compared to the last maximum value for that measuring value. If the new value is greater than the last maximum, the value is updated. Within the [Device Para/Statistics] menu, a reset signal can be assigned.
THD ProtectionIn order to supervise power quality, the protective device can monitor the current THDs.
Within the [System Para/System Alarms/THD] menu:
• Determine if an alarm is to be issued or not (Alarm active/inactive);• Set the threshold; and• Where applicable, set a delay time for the alarm.
Device Planning Parameters of the Demand Management
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
Signals of the Demand Management (States of the Outputs)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingAlm Current Demd Signal: Alarm Current demand value
www.eaton.com 113
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Alarm I THD Signal: Alarm Total Harmonic Distortion CurrentTrip Current Demand Signal: Trip Current demand valueTrip I THD Signal: Trip Total Harmonic Distortion Current
Global Protection Parameter of the Demand Management
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [SysA/General Settings]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
1..n, Assignment List -.- [SysA/General Settings]
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side
W1, W2
W2 [SysA/General Settings]
Alarm Alarm Inactive, Active
Inactive [SysA/Current Demand]
Threshold Threshold (to be entered as primary value) 10 – 500000 A 500A [SysA/Current Demand]
t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 60 min 0 min [SysA/Current Demand]
Alarm Alarm Inactive, Active
Inactive [SysA/I THD]
Threshold Threshold (to be entered as primary value) 1 – 500000 A 500 A [SysA/I THD]
t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 3600 s 0 s [SysA/I THD]
States of the Inputs of the Demand Management
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo-I Module Input State: External Blocking [SysA/General Settings]
114 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
ResetsCollective Acknowledgments for Latched Signals:
Collective Acknowledgments
LEDs Relay Output Contacts
SCADA Pending Trip Command
LEDs+
Relay Outputs+
SCADA+
Pending Trip Command
Via PowerPort-E or at the panel all...can be acknowledged.
At the panel, the [Operation\
Acknowledge] menu can directly be accessed via
the »C« key.
All LEDs at once:
Where? [Operation\
Acknowledge]
All Relay Output Contacts at once:
Where? [Operation\
Acknowledge]
All SCADA signals at once:
Where? [Operation\
Acknowledge]
All pending trip commands at
once:
Where? [Operation\
Acknowledge]
All at once:
Where? [Operation\
Acknowledge]
External Acknowledg-ment*: Via a signal from the assignment list (e.g.: a digital Input) all... can be acknowledged.
All LEDs at once:
Where?
Within the Ex Acknowledge
menu.
All Relay Output Contacts at once:
Where?
Within the Ex Acknowledge
menu.
All SCADA signals at once:
Where?
Within theEx Acknowledge
menu.
All Pending Trip commands at
once:
Where?
Within the Ex Acknowledge
menu.
All at once:
Where?
Within theEx Acknowledge
menu.
• The External Acknowledgment might be disabled if parameter »Ex Acknowledgment«is set to »inactive« within menu [Device Para/Ex Acknowledge]. This blocks also the acknowledgment via Communication (e.g. Modbus).
Options for Individual Acknowledgments for Latched Signals:
Individual AcknowledgmentLEDs Relay Output Pending
Trip Command
Via a signal from the assignment list (e.g.: a digital Input), a single... can be acknowledged.
Single LED:
Where? Within the Configuration menu of this single LED.
Relay Output:
Where? Within the Configuration menu of this single Relay
Output.
Pending Trip Command. Where?
Within the module TripControl
If the User is within the parameter setting mode, the User cannot acknowledge.
www.eaton.com 115
IM02602004E ETR-4000
In case of a fault during parameter setting via the operating panel, the User must first leave the parameter mode by pressing either the push-buttons »Ack/Rst« or »OK« before accessing the »Acknowledgements« menu via the push-button.
Manual Acknowledgment
• Press the »Ack/Rst« button on the panel.• Select the item to be acknowledged via the softkeys:
• Relay Output Contacts;• LEDs;• SCADA;• A trip command; or• All the above mentioned items at once.
• Press the Softkey with the »Wrench-Symbol«.• Enter the password.
Manual Acknowledgment Via PowerPort-E• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, select »Receive Data From The Device« from the »Device« menu.
• Double click on the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click on the »Acknowledgment« icon within the operation menu.
• Double click the entry within the pop-up that is to be acknowledged.
• Press the »Execute immediately« button.
• Enter the password.
External AcknowledgmentsWithin the [Ex Acknowledge] menu, the User can assign a signal (e.g.: the state of a digital input) from the assignment list that:
• Acknowledges all (acknowledgeable) LEDs at once;• Acknowledges all (acknowledgeable) Relay Output Contacts at once; or• Acknowledges all (acknowledgeable) SCADA signals at once.
116 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Within the [Protection Para\Global Prot Para\TripControl] menu, the User can assign a signal that acknowledges a pending trip command.
For details, please refer to the Trip Control section.
External Acknowledge Via PowerPort-E• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, select »Receive Data From The Device« from the »Device« menu.
• Double click on the »Device Parameter« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click on the »Ex Acknowledge« icon within the operation menu.
• In the working window, the User can now assign each signal that resets all acknowledgeable LEDs, a signal that resets all Relay Output Contacts, a signal that resets the SCADA signals respectively, and a signal that acknowledges a pending trip command.
External LED - Acknowledgment SignalsThe following signals can be used for external acknowledgment of latched LEDs.
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputModbus.Comm Cmd 1 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 2 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 3 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 4 Communication Command
www.eaton.com 117
1..n, Assignment List
Ack LED
1..n, Assignment List
Ack RO
1..n, Assignment List
Ack Comm
Ex Acknowledge.Ack LED
Ex Acknowledge.Ack RO
Ex Acknowledge.Ack Comm
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Modbus.Comm Cmd 5 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 6 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 7 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 8 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 9 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 10 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 11 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 12 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 13 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 14 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 15 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 16 Communication CommandLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
118 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 119
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
120 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 121
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
122 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 123
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
124 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 125
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Manual ResetsIn the »Operation/Reset« menu, the User can:
• Reset counters;• Delete records (e.g.: waveform records); and• Reset special things (like statistics, thermal replica, etc.).
The description of the reset commands can be found within the corresponding modules.
Manual Resets Via PowerPort-E• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
• Double click the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click the »Reset icon« within the operation menu.
• Double click the entry within the pop-up that is to be reset or deleted.
The description of the reset commands can be found within the corresponding modules.
126 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Reset to Factory Defaults
This Function will reset the device to the factory defaults. All records will be deleted and and the measured values and counters will be reset. The operation hours counter will be kept.
This Function is available at the HMI only.
• Press the »Ack/Rst-key« during a cold start, in order to access the »Reset« menu.
• Select »Reset to factory default«.
• Confirm »Reset device to factory defaults and reboot« with »Yes« in order to execute the reset to factory defaults.«
www.eaton.com 127
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Status DisplayIn the status display within the »Operation« menu, the present state of all signals can be viewed. This means the User is able to see if the individual signals are active or inactive at that moment. The User can see all signals sorted by protective elements/modules.
State of the Module Input / Signal Is... Is Shown at the Panel as...
false / »0«
true / »1«
Status Display via PowerPort E• If PowerPort E is not running, please start the application.
• If the device data have not been downloaded recently, select »Receive Data From The Device« from »Device« menu.
• Double click on the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click on the »Status Display« icon within the operational data.
• Double click on a subfolder (e.g. Prot) in order to see e.g. the states of the general alarms.
To have the status display updated in a cyclic manner, select »Automatic Up-Date« in the »VIEW« menu.
State of the Module Input / Signal Is... Is Shown in PowerPort-E as...
false / »0« 0true / »1« 1
No connection to the device ?
128 www.eaton.com
Operating Panel (HMI)HMI
Special Parameters of the PanelThe »Device Parameter/HMI« menu is used to define the contrast of the display, the maximum admissible edit time, and the menu language (after expiration, all unsaved parameter changes will be rejected).
Direct Commands of the Panel
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Contrast Contrast 30 - 60 50 [Device Para/HMI]
Global Protection Parameters of the Panel
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-max Edit If no other key(s) is pressed at the panel, after expiration of this time, all cached (changed) parameters are canceled.
20 – 3600 s 180 s [Device Para/HMI]
www.eaton.com
IM02602004E ETR-4000
RecordersWaveform Recorder
Waveform rec
The waveform recorder works with 32 samples per cycle. It can be started by one of eight start events (selection from the »Assignment list«/OR-Logic).
The waveform record contains the measuring values including the pre-trigger time. By means of PowerPort-E / Quality Manager (option), the oscillographic curves of the analog (current, voltage) and digital channels/traces can be shown and evaluated in a graphical form.
The waveform recorder has a storage capacity of 120 s (duration). The amount of records depends on the file size of each record.
The waveform recorder can be configured in the»Device Parameter/Recorder/Waveform rec« menu.
Determine the maximum recording time to register a waveform event. The maximum total length of a recording is 10 s (including pre-trigger and post-trigger time).
To trigger the waveform recorder, up to eight signals can be selected from the »Assignment list«. The trigger events are OR-linked. If a waveform record is written, a new waveform record cannot be triggered until all trigger signals, which have triggered the previous waveform record, are gone.
Recording is only done for the time the assigned event exists (event controlled), plus the time for the pre- and post-trigger, but not longer than 10 s. The time for the pre- and post-trigger is to be entered as percent of the maximum file size.
The post-trigger time will be up to the "Post-trigger time" depending on the duration of the trigger signal. The post-trigger will be the remaining time of the "Max file size" but, at maximum, the "Post-trigger time".
Example
The waveform recorder is started by the general activation facility. After the fault has been cleared (plus follow-up time), the recording process is stopped (but after 10 s at the latest).
The parameter »Auto Delete« defines how the device will react if a location to which to save the waveform record is not available. In case »Auto Delete« is »Active«, the first recorded waveform will be overwritten according to the FIFO principle. If the parameter is set to »Inactive«, recording of the waveform events will be stopped until the storage location is manually released.
130 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 131
Start: 1Trigger
Start: 2Trigger
Start: 3Trigger
Start: 4Trigger
Start: 5Trigger
Start: 6Trigger
Start: 7Trigger
Start: 8Trigger
Man. Trigger
RecordingOR
OR
IM02602004E ETR-4000
132 www.eaton.com
Start 1
t
t
0
1
0
1300 ms
1200 ms
Pre-trigger time
t
0
1500 ms
Post-trigger time
t
0
12000 ms
t-rec
t
0
12000 ms
Max file size
Start 1 = Prot.Pickup
Start 2 = -.-Start 3 = -.-Start 4 = -.-
Start 5 = -.-Start 6 = -.-Start 7 = -.-
Start 8 = -.-
Post-trigger time = 25%
Pre-trigger time = 15%
Max file size = 2s
Auto overwriting = Active
t-rec = Max file size
0
0
0
0
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 133
Start 1
t
t
0
1
0
1300 ms
200 ms
Pre-trigger time
t
0
1500 ms
Post-trigger time
t
0
11000 ms
t-rec
t-rec < Max file size
t
0
12000 ms
Max file size
Start 1 = Prot.TripStart 2 = -.-Start 3 = -.-
Start 4 = -.-Start 5 = -.-Start 6 = -.-
Start 7 = -.-Start 8 = -.-
Post-trigger time = 25%
Pre-trigger time = 15%
Max file size = 2s
Auto overwriting = Active
0
0
0
0
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Read Out of Waveform Records
Within the »Operation/Waveform rec« menu, the User can:
• Detect the accumulated waveform records.
Within the »Operation/Recorders/Man Trigger« menu, the User can trigger the waveform recorder manually.
To Read Out the Waveform Recorder with PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If the device data have not been loaded, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
• Double click the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click the »Recorders« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click the »Waveform rec« icon.
• In the window, the waveform records are shown in tabular form.
• A pop-up will appear by double clicking on a waveform record. Choose a folder where the waveform record is to be saved.
• The User can analyze the waveform records by means of the optionally available Quality Manager by clicking on »Yes« when asked “Shall the received waveform record be opened by the Quality Manager?"
Deleting Waveform Records
Within the »Operation/Waveform rec« menu, the User can:
• Delete waveform records;
• Choose the waveform record that is to be deleted via »SOFTKEY« »up« and »SOFTKEY« »down«;
• Call up the detailed view of the waveform record via »SOFTKEY« »right«;
• Confirm by pressing »SOFTKEY« »delete«;
• Enter the User password followed by pressing the »OK« key;
• Choose whether only the current or all waveform records should be deleted; and
• Confirm by pressing »SOFTKEY« »OK«.
Deleting Waveform Records Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If the device data have not been loaded, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
134 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
• Double click the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click the »Recorders« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click the »Waveform rec« icon.
• In the window, the waveform records are shown in tabular form.
• In order to delete a waveform record, double click on
(the red x) in front of the waveform record and confirm.
Direct Commands of the Waveform Recorder Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Man. Trigger Manual Trigger False, True
False [Operation/Recorders/Man. Trigger]
Res all rec Reset all records Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Global Protection Parameters of the Waveform Recorder Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Start: 1 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List Prot.Pickup [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Start: 2 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List 87.H2,H4,H5 Blo [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Start: 3 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Start: 4 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Start: 5 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Start: 6 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Start: 7 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Start: 8 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
www.eaton.com 135
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Auto overwriting If there is no more free memory capacity left, the oldest file will be overwritten.
Inactive, Active
Active [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Post-trigger time
The post trigger time is settable up to a maximum of 50% of the Maximum file size setting. The post-trigger will be the remaining time of the "Max file size" but at maximum "Post-trigger time"
0 - 50% 20% [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Pre-trigger time The pre trigger time is settable up to a maximum of 50% of the Maximum file size setting.
0 - 50% 20% [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Max file size The maximum storage capacity per record is 10 seconds, including pre-trigger and post-trigger time. The waveform recorder has a total storage capacity of 120 seconds.
0.1 – 10.0 s 2 s [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Waveform Recorder Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
Start1-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if: [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Start2-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if: [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Start3-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if: [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Start4-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if: [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Start5-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if: [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Start6-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if: [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Start7-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if: [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Start8-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if: [Device Para/Recorders/Waveform rec]
136 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Waveform Recorder Module Signals
Name Description
Recording Signal: RecordingMemory full Signal: Memory FullClear fail Signal: Clear Failure in MemoryRes all rec Signal: All records deletedRes record Signal: Delete Record Man. Trigger Signal: Manual Trigger
Special Parameters of the Waveform Recorder
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
Rec state Recording state Ready Ready, Recording, Writing file, Trigger Blo
[Operation/Status display/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Error code Error code OK OK, Write err, Clear fail, Calculation err, File not found, Auto overwriting off
[Operation/Status display/Recorders/Waveform rec]
Fault RecorderFault rec
The fault recorder can be started by one of eight start events (selection from the »Assignment list«/OR-Logic). It can register up to 20 faults. The last of the recorded faults is stored in a fail-safe manner.
If one of the assigned trigger events becomes true, the fault recorder will be started. When a trigger event happens, each fault is saved including the module and name, fault number, number of grid faults and record number at that time. For each of the faults, the measuring values (at the time when the trigger event became true) can be viewed.
Up to eight signals to trigger the fault recorder can be selected from the following list. The trigger events are OR-linked.
www.eaton.com 137
IM02602004E ETR-4000
The parameter »Auto Delete« defines how the device will react if there is no saving place available. In case »Auto Delete« is »Active«, the first recorded fault will be overwritten according to the FIFO principle. If the parameter is set to »Inactive«, recording of the fault events will be stopped until the storage location is released manually.
Read Out the Fault Recorder
The measured values at the time of tripping are saved (fail-safe) within the fault recorder. If there is no more memory free, the oldest record will be overwritten (FIFO).
In order to read out a failure record:
• Call up the main menu;•
• Call up the sub-menu »Operation/Recorders/Fault rec.«;
• Select a fault record; and
• Analyze the corresponding measured values.
138 www.eaton.com
Start: 1Trigger
Start: 2Trigger
Start: 3Trigger
Start: 4Trigger
Start: 5Trigger
Start: 6Trigger
Start: 7Trigger
Start: 8Trigger
Man. Trigger
RecordingOR
OR
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
To Read Out the Fault Recorder Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If the device data have not been loaded, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
• Double click the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click the »Fault Rec« icon within the »Operation/Recorders« tree.
• In the window, the fault recordings are shown in tabular form.
• In order to receive more detailed information on a fault double click the selected item in the list.
Via the print menu, the User can export the data into a file. Please proceed as follows.
• Call up the data as described above.
• Call up the »File/Print« menu.
• Choose »Print Actual Working Window« within the pop-up.
• Press the »Print« button.
• Press the »Export to File« button.
• Enter a file name.
• Choose a location where to save the file.
• Confirm the »Save« button.
Direct Commands of the Fault Recorder Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res all rec Reset all records Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Man. Trigger Manual Trigger False, True
False [Operation/Recorders/Man. Trigger]
Global Protection Parameters of the Fault Recorder Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Start: 1 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List Prot.Trip [Device Para/Recorders/Fault rec]
www.eaton.com 139
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Start: 2 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Fault rec]
Start: 3 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Fault rec]
Start: 4 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Fault rec]
Start: 5 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Fault rec]
Start: 6 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Fault rec]
Start: 7 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Fault rec]
Start: 8 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Fault rec]
Auto overwriting If there is no more free memory capacity left, the oldest file will be overwritten.
Inactive, Active
Active [Device Para/Recorders/Fault rec]
Fault Recorder Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
Start1-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if: [Device Para/Recorders/Fault rec]
Start2-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if: [Device Para/Recorders/Fault rec]
Start3-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if: [Device Para/Recorders/Fault rec]
Start4-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if: [Device Para/Recorders/Fault rec]
Start5-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if: [Device Para/Recorders/Fault rec]
Start6-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if: [Device Para/Recorders/Fault rec]
Start7-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if: [Device Para/Recorders/Fault rec]
140 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description Assignment Via
Start8-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if: [Device Para/Recorders/Fault rec]
Fault Recorder Module Signals
Name Description
Res record Signal: Delete Record Man. Trigger Signal: Manual Trigger
Event RecorderEvent rec
The event recorder can register up to 300 events and the last 50 (minimum) saved events are stored in non-volatile memory, and therefore retained when power is lost to the unit. The following information is provided for any of the events.
Events are logged as follows:
Record No. Fault No. No of grid faults Date of Record Module Name State
Sequential Number
Number of the ongoing fault.
This counter will be incremented by each General Pickup (Prot.Pickup).
A grid fault No. can have several Fault Nos.
This counter will be incremented by each General Pickup.(Exception AR: this applies only to devices that offer auto reclosing).
Time stamp What has changed?
Changed Value
There are three different classes of events.
• Alternation of binary states are shown as:• 0->1 if the signal changes physically from »0« to »1«.• 1->0 if the signal changes physically from »1« to »0«.
• Counters increment is shown as:• Old Counter state -> New Counter state (e.g.: 3->4)
• Alternation of multiple states are shown as:• Old state -> New state (e.g.: 0->2)
Read Out the Event Recorder
• Call up the »main menu«.
www.eaton.com 141
IM02602004E ETR-4000
• Call up the sub-menu »Operation/Recorders/Event rec«.
• Select an event.
To Read Out the Event Recorder via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If the device data have not been loaded, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device menu.
• Double click the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click the »Event Rec« icon within the »Operation/Recorders« menu.
• In the window, the events are shown in tabular form.
To have the event recorder updated in a cyclic manner, select »Automatic Up-Date« in the »View« menu.
PowerPort-E is able to record more events than the device itself, if the window of the event recorder is opened and »Automatic Up-Date« is set to active.
Via the print menu, the User can export the data into a file. Please proceed as follows.
• Call up the data as described above.
• Call up the »File/Print« menu.
• Choose »Print Actual Working Window« within the pop-up.
• Press the »Print« button.
• Press the »Export to File« button.
• Enter a file name.
• Choose a location where to save the file.
• Confirm the »Save« button.
Direct Commands of the Event Recorder Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res all rec Reset all records Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Event Recorder Module Signals
142 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Res all rec Signal: All records deleted
Trend RecorderAvailable Elements:Trend rec
Functional Description
The Trend Data are data points stored by the Trend Recorder on the relay device over fixed intervals of time, and can be downloaded from the device using PowerPort-E. A Trend Record is viewable using the Quality Monitor software by selecting files saved by PowerPort-E with a file extension of “.ErTr”. The list of available trend recorder data is viewable by selecting [Operation/ Recorders/Trend Recorder] on the front panel of the relay.
When viewed within the Quality Manager, the trend record will show the observed values (up to 10) that the User has specified. The available values are dependent on the ordered protective device.
Managing Trend Records
To download information from the Trend Recorder, select [Operation/Recorder/Trend Rec] from the menu tree. The User will find three options within the Trend Recorder window that will allow the User to:
• Receive Trend Records,• Refresh the Trend Recorder, and • Delete Trend Records.
Selecting the »Receive Trend Record« button will download data from the relay to the User's PC. By selecting the »Refresh Trend Recorder«”, PowerPort-E updates the list of the Trend Recorder. The »Delete Trend Recorder« function will clear all trend data from the relay, leaving the data files on the User's PC.
To view data using the Quality Manager, first the User must open the desired “.ErTr” file to be viewed from a folder location previously designated by the User. Once the “.ErTr” file is open, the User will see the “Analog Channels” that are monitored by the Trend Recorder. By clicking on the “Analog Channels”, all monitored parameters are listed. To view a channel, the User must click on the left mouse key, then drag and drop the channel onto the right side of the Quality Manager screen. The channel is then listed under the »Displayed Channels«.
To remove a channel from view, the User must select the Trend Data to be removed in the »Displayed Channels« menu tree, then click on the right mouse button to bring up the menu options. Here, the User will find the »Remove« menu option that, when selected, will remove the trend data.
Configuring the Trend Recorder
The Trend Recorder is to be configured within [Device Para/Recorders/Trend Recorder] menu.
The User has to set the time interval. This defines the distance between two measuring points.
The User can select up to ten values that will be recorded.
www.eaton.com 143
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Selection List for TrendingName Description
-.- No assignmentCT W1.IA RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS)CT W1.IB RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS)CT W1.IC RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS)CT W1.IX meas RMS Measured value (measured): IX (RMS)CT W1.IR calc RMS Measured value (calculated): IR (RMS)CT W1.I0 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Zero current (Fundamental)CT W1.I1 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Positive phase sequence current (Fundamental)CT W1.I2 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Unbalanced load current (Fundamental)CT W1.IA avg RMS IA average value (RMS)CT W1.IB avg RMS IB average value (RMS)CT W1.IC avg RMS IC average value (RMS)CT W1.IA THD Measured Value (Calculated): IA Total Harmonic Current CT W1.IB THD Measured Value (Calculated): IB Total Harmonic Current CT W1.IC THD Measured Value (Calculated): IC Total Harmonic Current CT W2.IA RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS)CT W2.IB RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS)CT W2.IC RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS)CT W2.IX meas RMS Measured value (measured): IX (RMS)CT W2.IR calc RMS Measured value (calculated): IR (RMS)CT W2.I0 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Zero current (Fundamental)CT W2.I1 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Positive phase sequence current (Fundamental)CT W2.I2 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Unbalanced load current (Fundamental)CT W2.IA avg RMS IA average value (RMS)CT W2.IB avg RMS IB average value (RMS)CT W2.IC avg RMS IC average value (RMS)CT W2.IA THD Measured Value (Calculated): IA Total Harmonic Current CT W2.IB THD Measured Value (Calculated): IB Total Harmonic Current CT W2.IC THD Measured Value (Calculated): IC Total Harmonic Current URTD.W1-A Measured Value: Winding TemperatureURTD.W1-A max Measured Value: Winding Temperature Maximum ValueURTD.W1-B Measured Value: Winding TemperatureURTD.W1-B max Measured Value: Winding Temperature Maximum ValueURTD.W1-C Measured Value: Winding TemperatureURTD.W1-C max Measured Value: Winding Temperature Maximum ValueURTD.W2-A Measured Value: Winding TemperatureURTD.W2-A max Measured Value: Winding Temperature Maximum ValueURTD.W2-B Measured Value: Winding TemperatureURTD.W2-B max Measured Value: Winding Temperature Maximum Value
144 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
URTD.W2-C Measured Value: Winding TemperatureURTD.W2-C max Measured Value: Winding Temperature Maximum ValueURTD.Amb1 Measured Value: Ambient TemperatureURTD.Amb1 max Measured Value: Ambient Temperature Maximum ValueURTD.Amb2 Measured Value: Ambient TemperatureURTD.Amb2 max Measured Value: Ambient Temperature Maximum ValueURTD.Aux1 Measured Value: Auxiliary TemperatureURTD.Aux1 max Measured Value: Auxiliary Temperature Maximum ValueURTD.Aux2 Measured Value: Auxiliary TemperatureURTD.Aux2 max Measured Value: Auxiliary Temperature Maximum ValueURTD.Aux3 Measured Value: Auxiliary TemperatureURTD.Aux3 max Measured Value: Auxiliary Temperature Maximum ValueURTD.Aux4 Measured Value: Auxiliary TemperatureURTD.Aux4 max Measured Value: Auxiliary Temperature Maximum ValueURTD.RTD Max Maximum temperature of all channels.RTD.Hottest WD W1 Hottest winding on side W1RTD.Hottest WD W2 Hottest winding on side W2RTD.Hottest Amb Hottest Ambient TemperatureRTD.Hottest Aux Hottest Auxiliary temperature in degrees C. Resettable with "Sys Res OperationsCr" or "All".
Global Protection Parameters of the Trend Recorder
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Resolution Resolution (recording frequency) 60 min, 30 min, 15 min, 10 min, 5 min
15 min [Device Para/Recorders/Trend rec]
Observed Value1
Observed Value1 1..n, TrendRecList CT W1.IA RMS [Device Para/Recorders/Trend rec]
Observed Value2
Observed Value2 1..n, TrendRecList CT W1.IB RMS [Device Para/Recorders/Trend rec]
Observed Value3
Observed Value3 1..n, TrendRecList CT W1.IC RMS [Device Para/Recorders/Trend rec]
Observed Value4
Observed Value4 1..n, TrendRecList CT W1.IX meas RMS
[Device Para/Recorders/Trend rec]
Observed Value5
Observed Value5 1..n, TrendRecList -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Trend rec]
www.eaton.com 145
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Observed Value6
Observed Value6 1..n, TrendRecList -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Trend rec]
Observed Value7
Observed Value7 1..n, TrendRecList -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Trend rec]
Observed Value8
Observed Value8 1..n, TrendRecList -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Trend rec]
Observed Value9
Observed Value9 1..n, TrendRecList -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Trend rec]
Observed Value10
Observed Value10 1..n, TrendRecList -.- [Device Para/Recorders/Trend rec]
Trend Recorder Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Hand Reset Hand Reset
Direct Commands of the Trend Recorder
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Reset Delete all entries Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Counter Values of the Trend Recorder
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
Max avail Entries Maximum available entries in the current configuration
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/Trend rec]
146 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Communication ProtocolsModbus®
Modbus
Modbus® Protocol Configuration
The time-controlled Modbus® protocol is based on the master-slave working principle. This means that the substation control and protection system sends an inquiry or instruction to a certain device (slave address) that will then be answered or carried out accordingly. If the inquiry/instruction cannot be answered/carried out (e.g.: because of an invalid slave address), a failure message is returned to the master.
The master (substation control and protection system) can query information from the device, such as:
• Type of unit version;• Measuring values/statistical measured values;• Switch operating position (in preparation);• State of device;• Time and date;• State of the device’s digital inputs; and• Protection-/state pickups.
The master (control system) can give commands/instructions to the device, such as:
• Control of switchgear (where applicable, i.e.: each according to the applied device version);• Change-over of parameter set;• Reset and acknowledgment of pickups/signals;• Adjustment of the date and time; and• Control of pickup relays.
For detailed information on data point lists and error handling, please refer to the Modbus® documentation.
To allow configuration of the devices for Modbus® connection, some default values of the control system must be available.
Device Planning Parameters of the Modbus
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode RTU, TCP
RTU [Device Planning]
Modbus RTU
Part 1: Configuration of the Devices
Call up »Device parameter/Modbus« and set the following communication parameters:
• Slave address, to allow clear identification of the device; and
• Baud rate.
Also, select the RS485 interface-related parameters such as:
www.eaton.com 147
IM02602004E ETR-4000
• Number of data bits;
• One of the following supported communication variants:• Number of data bits,• Even,• Odd,• Parity or no parity, or• Number of stop bits;
• »t-timeout«: communication errors are only identified after expiration of a supervision time »t-timeout«; and
• Response time (defining the period within which an inquiry from the master has to be answered).
Part 2: Hardware Connection
• For hardware connection to the control system, there is an RS485 interface at the rear side of the device (RS485, fiber optic or terminals).
• Connect the bus and the device (wiring).
• Up to 32 devices can be connected to the bus (point to point connection/spurs).
• Connect a terminating resistor to the bus.
Error Handling - Hardware Errors
Information on physical communication errors, such as:
• Baud rate error and• Parity error;
can be obtained from the event recorder.
Error Handling – Errors on Protocol Level
If, for example, an invalid memory address is inquired, error codes will be returned by the device that need to be interpreted.
Modbus TCP
Establishing a connection via TCP/IP to the device is only possible if the device is equipped with an Ethernet Interface (RJ45).
Contact your IT administrator in order to establish the network connection.
Part 1: Setting the TCP/IP Parameters
Call up »Device parameter/TCP/IP« at the HMI (panel) and set the following parameters:
148 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
• TCP/IP address;
• Subnetmask; and
• Gateway.
Part 2: Configuration of the Devices
Call up »Device parameter/Modbus« and set the following communication parameters.
• Setting a unit identifier is only necessary if a TCP network should be coupled to a RTU network.
• If a different port than the default port 502 should be used, please proceed as follows:
• Choose “Private” within the TCP-Port-Configuration.
• Set the port number.
• Set the maximum acceptable time out for “no communication”. If this time has expired without any communication, the device concludes a failure has occurred within the master system.
• Allow or disallow the blocking of SCADA commands.
Part 3: Hardware Connection
• There is a RJ45 interface at the rear side of the device for the hardware connection to the control system.
• Establish the connection to the device by means of a proper Ethernet cable.
Direct Commands of the Modbus®
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res Diagn Cr All Modbus Diagnosis Counters will be reset. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Global Protection Parameters of the Modbus®
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Slave ID Device address (Slave ID) within the bus system. Each device address has to be unique within a bus system.
Only available if:Device Planning = RTU
1 - 247 1 [Device Para/Modbus]
Unit ID The Unit Identifier is used for routing. This parameter is to be set, if a Modbus RTU and a Modbus TCP network should be coupled.
Only available if:Device Planning = TCP
1 - 255 255 [Device Para/Modbus]
www.eaton.com 149
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
TCP Port Config TCP Port Configuration. This parameter is to be set only if the default Modbus TCP Port should not be used.
Only available if:Device Planning = TCP
Default, Private
Default [Device Para/Modbus]
Port Port number
Only available if:Device Planning = TCP And Only available if: TCP Port Config = Private
502 - 65535 502 [Device Para/Modbus]
t-timeout Within this time the answer has to be received by the Communication system, otherwise the request will be disregarded. In that case, the Communication system detects a communication failure and the Communication System has to send a new request.
Only available if:Device Planning = RTU
0.01 – 10.00 s 1 s [Device Para/Modbus]
Baud rate Baud rate
Only available if:Device Planning = RTU
1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400
19200 [Device Para/Modbus]
Physical Settings
Digit 1: Number of bits. Digit 2: E=even parity, O=odd parity, N=no parity. Digit 3: Number of stop bits. More information on the parity: It is possible that the last data bit is followed by a parity bit which is used for recognition of communication errors. The parity bit ensures that with even parity ("EVEN") always an even number of bits with valence "1" or with odd parity ("ODD") an odd number of "1" valence bits are transmitted. But it is also possible to transmit no parity bits (here the setting is "Parity = None"). More information on the stop-bits: The end of a data byte is terminated by the stop-bits.
Only available if:Device Planning = RTU
8E1, 8O1, 8N1, 8N2
8E1 [Device Para/Modbus]
t-call If there is no request message sent from Communication to the device after expiry of this time, the device concludes a communication failure within the Communication system.
1 – 3600 s 10 s [Device Para/Modbus]
Comm CmdBlo Activating (allowing)/ Deactivating (disallowing) the blocking of the Communication Commands.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Modbus]
Disable Latching
Disable Latching: If this parameter is active (true), none of the Modbus states will be latched. That means that trip signals wont be latched by Modbus.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Modbus]
150 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
AllowGap If this parameter is active (True), the User can request a set of modbus register without getting an exception, because of invalid address in the requested array. The invalid addresses have a special value 0xFAFA, but the User is responsible for ignoring invalid addresses. Attention: This special value can be valid, if address is valid.
Inactive, Active
Active [Device Para/Modbus]
Modbus® Module Signals (Output States)
Some signals (that are active for a short time only) have to be acknowledged separately (e.g.: trip signals) by the communication system.
Name Description
Transmission Signal: Communication ActiveComm Cmd 1 Communication CommandComm Cmd 2 Communication CommandComm Cmd 3 Communication CommandComm Cmd 4 Communication CommandComm Cmd 5 Communication CommandComm Cmd 6 Communication CommandComm Cmd 7 Communication CommandComm Cmd 8 Communication CommandComm Cmd 9 Communication CommandComm Cmd 10 Communication CommandComm Cmd 11 Communication CommandComm Cmd 12 Communication CommandComm Cmd 13 Communication CommandComm Cmd 14 Communication CommandComm Cmd 15 Communication CommandComm Cmd 16 Communication Command
www.eaton.com 151
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Modbus® Module Values
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
NoOfRequestsTotal Total number of requests. Includes requests for other slaves.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/Modbus]
NoOfRequestsForMe Total Number of requests for this slave.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/Modbus]
NoOfResponse Total number of requests having been responded.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/Modbus]
NoOfResponsTimeOverruns
Total number of requests with exceeded response time. Physically corrupted Frame.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/Modbus]
NoOfOverrunErros Total Number of Overrun Failures. Physically corrupted Frame.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/Modbus]
NoOfParityErrors Total number of parity errors. Physically corrupted Frame.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/Modbus]
NoOfFrameErrors Total Number of Frame Errors. Physically corrupted Frame.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/Modbus]
NoOfBreaks Number of detected communication aborts
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/Modbus]
NoOfQueryInvalid Total Number of Request errors. Request could not be interpreted
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/Modbus]
NoOfInternalError Total Number of Internal errors while interpreting the request.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/Modbus]
IEC 61850IEC61850
Introduction
To understand the functioning and mode of operation of a substation in an IEC 61850 automation environment, it is useful to compare the commissioning steps with those of a conventional substation in a Modbus TCP environment. In a conventional substation, the individual Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs) communicate in a vertical direction with the higher level control center via Communication. The horizontal communication is exclusively realized by wiring relay output contacts (RO) and digital inputs (DI) together.
In an IEC 61850 environment, communication between the IEDs takes place digitally (via Ethernet) by a service called Generic Object Oriented Substation Event (GOOSE). By means of this service, information about events is submitted between each IED. Therefore each IED has to know about the functional capability of all other connected IEDs.
Each IEC 61850 capable device includes a description of its own functionality and communications skills (IED Capability Description, *.ICD). By means of a Substation Configuration Tool to describe the structure of the substation, assignment of the devices to the primary technique, etc., virtual wiring of the IEDs between each other
152 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
and with other switch gear of the substation can be achieved. A description of the substation configuration will be generated in the form of a *.SCD file. Finally, this file has to be submitted to each device. Now the IEDs are able to communicate with each other, react to interlockings, and operate switch gear.
Commissioning steps for a conventional substation with modbus TCP environment:
• Parameter setting of the IEDs;• Ethernet installation;• TCP/IP settings for the IEDs; and• Wiring according to wiring scheme.
Commissioning steps for a substation with IEC 61850 environment:
1. Parameter setting of the IEDsEthernet installationTCP/IP settings for the IEDs
2. IEC 61850 configuration (software wiring)a) Exporting an ICD file from each deviceb) Configuration of the substation
(generating a SCD file)c) Transmit SCD file to each device.
Generation/Export of a Device Specific ICD File
Each Eaton IEC 61850 capable device includes a description of its own functionality and communications skills in the form of an IED Capability Description (*.ICD) file. This file can be exported as follows and be used for the configuration of the substation.
• A change of the devices parameters has an influence on the content of the ICD file.
1. Connect the device with your PC/Notebook.2. Start PowerPort E.3. Click on »Receive data from Device« in the »Device« menu.4. Click on »IEC 61850« in the »Device Para« menu.5. Click on the ICD icon in the IEC 61850 window.6. Select a drive and file name for the ICD file and click "save".7. Repeat the steps 1 to 6 for all connected devices in this IEC 61850 environment.
Generation/Export of a SCD file
Each device can create an export it's own functionality and communications skills in form of a *.SCD file.
1. Connect the device with your PC/Notebook.2. Start Smart view.
www.eaton.com 153
IED1 IED2 IED3
IEC61850Master
Ethernet
Com
mIE
C61
850
GOOSE IEC61850 soft wiring
IED1 IED2 IED3
Modbus-TCPMaster
Ethernet
Com
mM
odbu
sTC
P
Conventional hard wiring
DI RO DI RO DI RO
IM02602004E ETR-4000
3. Click on »Receive data from Device« in the menu »Device«.4. Click on »IEC61850« in the menu »Device Para«.5. Click on the SCD icon in the IEC61850 window.6. Select a drive and file name for the SCD file and click "save".7. Repeat the steps 1 to 6 for all connected devices in this IEC61850 environment.
Generation of a Substation Configuration Description (SCD) File
The substation configuration (i. e. connection of all logical nodes of protection and control devices) as well as switch gear usually is done with a ”Substation Configuration Tool“. Therefore the ICD files of all connected IEDs in the IEC 61850 environment have to be available. The result of the station wide “software wiring” can be exported in the form of a Station Configuration Description (SCD) file.
Suitable Substation Configuration Tools (SCT) are available by the following Companies:
H&S, Hard- & Software Technologie GmbH & Co. KG, Dortmund (Germany) (www.hstech.de).Applied Systems Engineering Inc. (www.ase-systems.com)Kalki Communication Technologies Limited (www.kalkitech.com)
Import of the *.SCD File into the Device
When the substation configuration is completed, the *.SCD file has to be transmitted to all connected devices. This has to be done as follows:
1. Connect the device with your PC/notebook.2. Start PowerPort E.3. Click on »Receive data from Device« in the »Device« menu.4. Click on »IEC 61850« in the »Device Para« menu.5. Switch the parameter »IEC 61850 Communication« to »OFF« and submit the changed parameter set into
the device.6. Click on the IEC icon in the IEC 61850 window.7. Select the folder where the *.SCD file is stored. Select the *.SCD file and click "Open".8. A password is requested. Enter the same password, which you use for parameter setting of the device.9. Following Step 5, again switch on the IEC Communication and submit the changed parameter set into the
device.10. Repeat Steps 1 through 9 for all devices connected to this IEC 61850 environment.11. If no error message occurs, the configuration has been completed successfully.
• When changing the substation configuration, usually a new *.SCD file has to be generated. This *.SCD file must be transmitted to all devices by means of PowerPort E. If the file is not transmitted to all devices, IEC 61850 malfunctions will be the result.
• If the parameters of the devices are changed after the completion of the substation configuration, changes in the corresponding *.ICD file may result. This, in turn, may make an update of the *.SCD file necessary.
IEC 61850 Virtual Outputs
In addition to the standardized logical node status information, up to 16 free configurable status information items can be assigned to the 16 Virtual Outputs. This can be done in the [Device Para/IEC61850] menu.
154 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Device Planning Parameters of the IEC 61850
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
Direct Commands of the IEC 61850
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ResetStatistic Reset of all IEC61850 diagnostic counters Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Global Protection Parameters of the IEC 61850
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtualOutput1 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtualOutput2 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtualOutput3 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtualOutput4 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtualOutput5 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtualOutput6 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtualOutput7 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtualOutput8 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtualOutput9 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtualOutput10 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtualOutput11 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/IEC61850]
www.eaton.com 155
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
VirtualOutput12 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtualOutput13 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtualOutput14 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtualOutput15 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtualOutput16 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/IEC61850]
States of the Inputs of the IEC 61850
Name Description Assignment Via
VirtOut1-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO) [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtOut2-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO) [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtOut3-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO) [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtOut4-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO) [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtOut5-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO) [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtOut6-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO) [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtOut7-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO) [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtOut8-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO) [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtOut9-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO) [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtOut10-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO) [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtOut11-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO) [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtOut12-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO) [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtOut13-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO) [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtOut14-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO) [Device Para/IEC61850]
156 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description Assignment Via
VirtOut15-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO) [Device Para/IEC61850]
VirtOut16-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO) [Device Para/IEC61850]
IEC 61850 Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
VirtInp1 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtInp2 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtInp3 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtInp4 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtInp5 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtInp6 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtInp7 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtInp8 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtInp9 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtInp10 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtInp11 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtInp12 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtInp13 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtInp14 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtInp15 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtInp16 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC 61850 Module Values
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
NoOfGooseRxAll Total number of received GOOSE messages including messages for other devices (subscribed and not subscribed messages).
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/IEC61850]
NoOfGooseRxSubscribed
Total Number of subscribed GOOSE messages including messages with incorrect content.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/IEC61850]
NoOfGooseRxCorrect
Total Number of subscribed and correctly received GOOSE messages.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/IEC61850]
NoOfGooseRxNew Number of subscribed and correctly received GOOSE messages with new content.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/IEC61850]
NoOfGooseTxAll Total Number of GOOSE messages that have been published by this device.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/IEC61850]
www.eaton.com 157
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
NoOfGooseTxNew Total Number of new GOOSE messages (modified content) that have been published by this device.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/IEC61850]
NoOfServerRequestsAll
Total number of MMS Server requests including incorrect requests.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/IEC61850]
NoOfDataReadAll Total Number of values read from this device including incorrect requests.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/IEC61850]
NoOfDataReadCorrect
Total Number of correctly read values from this device.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/IEC61850]
NoOfDataWrittenAll Total Number of values written by this device including incorrect ones.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/IEC61850]
NoOfDataWrittenCorrect
Total Number of correctly written values by this device.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/IEC61850]
NoOfDataChangeNotification
Number of detected changes within the data sets that are published with GOOSE messages.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/IEC61850]
Values of the IEC 61850
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
GoosePublisherState State of the GOOSE Publisher (on or off)
Off Off, On, Error
[Operation/Status display/IEC61850]
GooseSubscriberState
State of the GOOSE Subscriber (on or off)
Off Off, On, Error
[Operation/Status display/IEC61850]
MmsServerState State of MMS Server (on or off) Off Off, On, Error
[Operation/Status display/IEC61850]
158 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Time SynchronizationTimeZones
The device gives the User the ability to synchronize the device with a central time generator. This provides the following advantages:
• The time does not drift from the reference time. A continuously accumulating deviation of the reference time thereby will be balanced. Also refer to the Specifications (Tolerances Real Time Clock) section.
• All time synchronized devices operate with the same time. Therefore, logged events of the individual devices can be compared exactly and be evaluated (single events of the event recorder, waveform records).
The device's time can be synchronized via the following protocols:
• IRIG-B;• SNTP;• Communications-Protocol Modbus (RTU or TCP); and/or
These protocols use different hardware interfaces and are different in accuracy. Further information can be found in the Specifications section.
Used Protocol Hardware-Interface Recommended ApplicationWithout time synchronization
--- Not recommended.
IRIG-B IRIG-B Terminal Recommend, if interface available.SNTP RJ45 (Ethernet) Recommend alternative to IRIG-B, especially when using
IEC 61850 or Modbus TCP.Modbus RTU RS485, D-SUB or
Fiber OpticRecommend when using Modbus RTU communication protocol and
when no IRIG-B real time clock is available.Modbus TCP RJ45 (Ethernet) Limited recommendation when Modbus TCP communication
protocol is used and when no IRIG-B real time clock or SNTP-Server is available.
Accuracy of Time Synchronization
The accuracy of the device's synchronized system time depends on different factors:
• Accuracy of the connected time generator;• Synchronization protocol that is used; and• At Modbus TCP and SNTP: Network load and data package transmission times
Please consider the accuracy of the time generator used. Deviations of the time generator's time causes the same deviations on the device's system time.
Selection of Time Zone and Synchronisation Protocol
The protection relay masters both UTC and local time. This means that the device can be synchronised with UTC time while using local time for User display.
Time Synchronisation with UTC time (recommended):Time synchronisation is usually done using UTC time. This means for example that an IRIG-B time generator is
www.eaton.com 159
IM02602004E ETR-4000
sending UTC time information to the protection relay. This is the recommended use case, since here a continuous time synchronisation can be ensured. There are no “leaps in time” through change of Daylight Savings Time.
To achieve that the device shows the current local time, the time zone and the change to Daylight Savings Time can be configured.
Please carry out the following configuration steps under [Device Para/ Time]:
1. Select your local time zone in the time zone menu.2. There also configure the switching of daylight savings time.3. Select the used time synchronisation protocol in the TimeSync menu (e.g. “IRIG-B”).4. Set the parameters of the synchronisation protocol (refer to the according chapter).
Time Synchronisation with local time:
Should the time synchronisation however be done using local time, then please leave the time zone to »UTC+0 London« and do not use switching of daylight saving time.
The synchronisation of the relay´s system time is exclusively done by the synchronisation protocol selected in the menu [Device Para/ Time/ TimeSync/ Used Protocol].
Without Time Synchronisation:
To achieve that the device shows the current local time, the time zone and the change to Daylight Savings Time can be configured.
Please carry out the following configuration steps under [Device Para/ Time]:
1. Select your local time zone in the time zone menu.2. There also configure the switching of daylight savings time.3. Select »manual« as your used protocol in the TimeSync menu.4. Set date and time.
Global Protection Parameters of the Time Synchronization
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
DST offset Difference to wintertime -180 – 180 min 60 min [Device Para/Time/Timezone]
DST manual Manual setting of the Daylight Saving Time Inactive, Active
Active [Device Para/Time/Timezone]
Summertime Daylight Saving Time
Only available if: DST manual = Active
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Time/Timezone]
160 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Summertime m Month of clock change summertime
Only available if: DST manual = Active
January, February, March, April, May, June, July, August, September, October, November, December
March [Device Para/Time/Timezone]
Summertime d Day of clock change summertime
Only available if: DST manual = Active
Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, General day
Saturday [Device Para/Time/Timezone]
Summertime w Place of selected day in month (for clock change summertime)
Only available if: DST manual = Active
First, Second, Third, Fourth, Last
Last [Device Para/Time/Timezone]
Summertime h Hour of clock change summertime
Only available if: DST manual = Active
0 – 23 h 2 h [Device Para/Time/Timezone]
Summertime min
Minute of clock change summertime
Only available if: DST manual = Active
0 – 59 min 0 min [Device Para/Time/Timezone]
Wintertime m Month of clock change wintertime
Only available if: DST manual = Active
January, February, March, April, May, June, July, August, September, October, November, December
October [Device Para/Time/Timezone]
Wintertime d Day of clock change wintertime
Only available if: DST manual = Active
Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, General day
Saturday [Device Para/Time/Timezone]
www.eaton.com 161
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Wintertime w Place of selected day in month (for clock change wintertime)
Only available if: DST manual = Active
First, Second, Third, Fourth, Last
Last [Device Para/Time/Timezone]
Wintertime h Hour of clock change wintertime
Only available if: DST manual = Active
0 – 23 h 3 h [Device Para/Time/Timezone]
Wintertime min Minute of clock change wintertime
Only available if: DST manual = Active
0 – 59 min 0 min [Device Para/Time/Timezone]
Time Zones Time Zones UTC+14 Kiritimati, UTC+13 Rawaki, UTC+12.75 Chatham Island, UTC+12 Wellington, UTC+11.5 Kingston, UTC+11 Port Vila, UTC+10.5 Lord Howe Island, UTC+10 Sydney, UTC+9.5 Adelaide, UTC+9 Tokyo, UTC+8 Hong Kong, UTC+7 Bangkok, UTC+6.5 Rangoon, UTC+6 Colombo, UTC+5.75 Kathmandu, UTC+5.5 New Delhi, UTC+5 Islamabad, UTC+4.5 Kabul, UTC+4 Abu Dhabi, UTC+3.5 Tehran, UTC+3 Moscow, UTC+2 Athens, UTC+1 Berlin, UTC+0 London, UTC-1 Azores, UTC-2 Fern. d. Noronha, UTC-3 Buenos Aires, UTC-3.5 St. John’s, UTC-4 Santiago, UTC-5 New York, UTC-6 Chicago, UTC-7 Salt Lake City, UTC-8 Los Angeles, UTC-9 Anchorage, UTC-9.5 Taiohae, UTC-10 Honolulu, UTC-11 Midway Islands
UTC+0 London [Device Para/Time/Timezone]
TimeSync Time synchronization -, SNTP, IRIG-B, Modbus
- [Device Para/Time/TimeSync/TimeSync]
162 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
SNTPSNTP
Important pre-condition: The device needs to have access to an SNTP server via the connected network. This server preferably should be installed locally.
Principle – General Use
SNTP is a standard protocol for time synchronization via a network. At minimum, one SNTP server has to be integrated into the network. The device can be configured for one or two connected SNTP servers.
The device's system time will be synchronized by the connected SNTP server 1 to 4 times per minute. In turn, the SNTP server synchronizes its time via NTP with other NTP servers. This is the normal case. Alternatively it can receive its time via GPS, radio controlled clock, or the like.
If the server's “Stratum” has been set manually, it is not an indication of its quality or reliability.
Accuracy
The accuracy of the SNTP server used and the accuracy of its reference clock influences the accuracy of the protection relay's clock.
With each transmitted time information, the SNTP server sends information about its accuracy:
• Stratum: The stratum gives information on how close the SNTP server within the cluster is to other NTP servers that are connected to an atomic clock.
• Precision: This is the accuracy, the SNTP server provides the system time.
Also the performance (traffic and data package transmission time) of the connected network has an influence on the accuracy of the time synchronization A locally installed SNTP server with an accuracy of ≤200 µsec is recommended. If this cannot be provided, the connected server's accuracy can be checked in the [Operation/Status Display/Time Sync.] menu:
www.eaton.com 163
SNTP-Server
Protective Relay
GPS Satellite Signal (optional )
GPS Connection (optional )
TCP/IPNTP-Server
SNTP-Protocol
NTP-Protocol
TCP/IP
(option)
IM02602004E ETR-4000
• The server quality gives information about the accuracy of the used server. The quality should be GOOD or SUFFICENT. A server with BAD quality should not be used because this could cause fluctuations of the time synchronization
• The network quality gives information about the network's load and data package transmission time. The quality should be GOOD or SUFFICENT. A network with BAD quality should not be used because this could cause fluctuations during time synchronization
Using two SNTP Servers
When configuring two SNTP servers, the device selects the server with the lower stratum value because this provides a more precise time synchronization If the servers have the same stratum value, the device selects the server with the better accuracy (precision). It does not matter which of the servers is configured as Server 1 or Server 2. When the last used server fails, the device automatically switches to the other server. When the server recovers, the device switches back to the previous one with the better quality.
SNTP Commissioning
Activate the SNTP time synchronization by means of the [Device Para/ Time/ TimeSync] menu:
• Select »SNTP« in the time synchronisation menu.• Set the IP address of the first server in the SNTP menu.• Set the IP address of the second server, if available.• Set all configured servers to “active”.
Fault Analysis
If there is no SNTP signal for more than 120 seconds., the SNTP status changes from “active” to “inactive” and an entry in the Event Recorder will be set.
The SNTP functionality can be checked in the [Operation/Status Display/Time Sync./Sntp] menu.If the SNTP status is not “active”, please proceed as follows:
• Check if the wiring is correct (Ethernet-cable connected).• Check if a valid IP address is set in the device (Device Para/TCP/IP).• Check if the Ethernet connection is active (Device Para/TCP/IP/Link = Up?).• Check if the SNTP server as well as the protection device answers to a Ping.• Check if the SNTP server is up and working.
Device Planning Parameters of the SNTP
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
Direct Commands of the SNTP
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res Counter Reset all Counters. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
164 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Global Protection Parameters of the SNTP
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Server1 Server 1 Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Time/TimeSync/SNTP]
IP Byte1 IP1.IP2.IP3.IP4 0 - 255 0 [Device Para/Time/TimeSync/SNTP]
IP Byte2 IP1.IP2.IP3.IP4 0 - 255 0 [Device Para/Time/TimeSync/SNTP]
IP Byte3 IP1.IP2.IP3.IP4 0 - 255 0 [Device Para/Time/TimeSync/SNTP]
IP Byte4 IP1.IP2.IP3.IP4 0 - 255 0 [Device Para/Time/TimeSync/SNTP]
Server2 Server 2 Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Time/TimeSync/SNTP]
IP Byte1 IP1.IP2.IP3.IP4 0 - 255 0 [Device Para/Time/TimeSync/SNTP]
IP Byte2 IP1.IP2.IP3.IP4 0 - 255 0 [Device Para/Time/TimeSync/SNTP]
IP Byte3 IP1.IP2.IP3.IP4 0 - 255 0 [Device Para/Time/TimeSync/SNTP]
IP Byte4 IP1.IP2.IP3.IP4 0 - 255 0 [Device Para/Time/TimeSync/SNTP]
Signals of the SNTP
Name Description
SNTP active Signal: If there is no valid SNTP signal for 120 sec, SNTP is regarded as inactive.
www.eaton.com 165
IM02602004E ETR-4000
SNTP Counters
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
NoOfSyncs Total Number of Synchronizations. 0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/TimeSync/SNTP]
NoOfConnectLost Total Number of lost SNTP Connections (no sync for 120 sec).
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/TimeSync/SNTP]
NoOfSmallSyncs Service counter: Total Number of very small Time Corrections.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/TimeSync/SNTP]
NoOfNormSyncs Service counter: Total Number of normal Time Corrections.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/TimeSync/SNTP]
NoOfBigSyncs Service counter: Total Number of big Time Corrections.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/TimeSync/SNTP]
NoOfFiltSyncs Service counter: Total Number of filtered Time Corrections.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/TimeSync/SNTP]
NoOfSlowTrans Service counter: Total Number of slow Transfers.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/TimeSync/SNTP]
NoOfHighOffs Service counter: Total Number of high Offsets.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/TimeSync/SNTP]
NoOfIntTimeouts Service counter: Total Number of internal timeouts.
0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Count and RevData/TimeSync/SNTP]
StratumServer1 Stratum of Server 1 0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Status display/TimeSync/SNTP]
StratumServer2 Stratum of Server 2 0 0 - 9999999999 [Operation/Status display/TimeSync/SNTP]
166 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
SNTP Values
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
Used Server Which Server is used for SNTP synchronization.
None Server1, Server2 , None
[Operation/Status display/TimeSync/SNTP]
PrecServer1 Precision of Server 1 0ms 0 – 1000.00000 ms [Operation/Status display/TimeSync/SNTP]
PrecServer2 Precision of Server 2 0ms 0 – 1000.00000 ms [Operation/Status display/TimeSync/SNTP]
ServerQlty Quality of Server used for Synchronization (GOOD, SUFFICIENT, BAD)
- GOOD, SUFFICENT, BAD, -
[Operation/Status display/TimeSync/SNTP]
NetConn Quality of Network Connection (GOOD, SUFFICIENT, BAD).
- GOOD, SUFFICENT, BAD, -
[Operation/Status display/TimeSync/SNTP]
IRIG-B00XIRIG-B
Requirement: An IRIG-B00X time code generator is needed. IRIG-B004 and higher will support/transmit the “year information”.
If you are using an IRIG time code that does not support the “year information” (IRIG-B000, IRIG-B001, IRIG-B002, IRIG-B003), you have to set the “year” manually within the device. In these cases the correct year information is a precondition for a properly working IRIG-B.
Principle - General Use
The IRIG-B standard is the most used standard to synchronize the time of protection devices in medium voltage applications.
The protection device supports IRIG-B according to the IRIG STANDARD 200-04. This means that all time synchronization formats IRIG-B00X (IRIG-B000 / B001 / B002 / B003 / B004 / B005 / B006 / B007) are supported. It is recommended to use IRIG-B004 and higher which also transmits the “year information”.
The system time of the protection device is being synchronized with the connected IRIG-B code generator once a second. The accuracy of the used IRIG-B code generator can be increased by connecting a GPS-receiver to it.
www.eaton.com 167
IM02602004E ETR-4000
The location of the IRIG-B interface depends to the device type. Please refer to the wiring diagram supplied with the protective device.
IRIG-B Commissioning
Activate the IRIG-B synchronization within menu [Device Para/ Time/ TimeSync]:
• Select »IRIG-B« in the time synchronisation menu.• Set the time synchronization in the IRIG-B menu to »Active«.• Select the IRIG-B type (choose B000 through B007).
Fault Analysis
If the device does not receive any IRIG-B time code for more than 60 s, the IRIG-B status switches from »active« to »inactive« and there is created an entry within the Event Recorder.
Check the IRIG-B functionality through the menu [Operation/ Status display/ TimeSync/ IRIG-B]:Should the IRIG-B status not be reported as being »active«, please proceed as follows:
• To begin with check the IRIG-B wiring.• Check, if the correct IRIG-B00X type is configured.
IRIG-B Control Commands
In addition to the date and time information, the IRIG-B code offers the option to transmit up to 18 control commands that can be processed by the protective device. They have to be set and issued by the IRIG-B code generator.
168 www.eaton.com
IRIG-BTime Code Generator
Protective Relay
GPS Satellite Signal (optional)
GPS Connection (optional )
+
Twisted Pair Cable
To Other Devices
-
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
The protective device offers up to 18 IRIG-B assignment options for those control commands in order to carry out the assigned action. If there is a control command assigned to an action, this action is being triggered as soon as the control command is transmitted as being true. As an example there can be triggered the start of statistics or the street lighting can be switched on through a relay.
Device Planning Parameters of the IRIG-B00X
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
Direct Commands of the IRIG-B00X
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res IRIG-B Cr Resetting of the Diagnosis Counters: IRIG-B Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Global Protection Parameters of the IRIG-B00X
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Device Para/Time/TimeSync/IRIG-B]
IRIG-B00X Determination of the Type: IRIG-B00X. IRIG-B types differ in types of included “Coded Expressions” (year, control-functions, straight-binary-seconds).
IRIGB-000, IRIGB-001, IRIGB-002, IRIGB-003, IRIGB-004, IRIGB-005, IRIGB-006, IRIGB-007
IRIGB-000 [Device Para/Time/TimeSync/IRIG-B]
Signals of the IRIG-B00X (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveInverted Signal: IRIG-B invertedControl Signal1 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal2 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal4 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal5 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal6 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal7 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal8 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal9 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal10 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
www.eaton.com 169
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Control Signal11 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal12 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal13 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal14 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal15 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal16 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal17 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal18 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B00X Values
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
NoOfFramesOK Total number valid Frames. 0 0 - 65535 [Operation/Count and RevData/TimeSync/IRIG-B]
NoOfFrameErrors Total Number of Frame Errors. Physically corrupted Frame.
0 0 - 65535 [Operation/Count and RevData/TimeSync/IRIG-B]
Edges Edges 0 0 - 65535 [Operation/Count and RevData/TimeSync/IRIG-B]
170 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
ParametersParameter setting and planning can be done:
• Directly at the device; or
• By way of the PowerPort-E software application.
Parameter Definitions
Device Parameters
Device Parameters are part of the Device Parameter tree. By modifying the Device Parameters, the User may (depending on the type of device):
• Set cutoff levels;• Configure digital inputs, Assign LEDs;• Configure Relay Output Contacts;• Assign acknowledgment signals;• Configure statistics;• Configure general Protocol Settings;• Adapt HMI settings;• Configure recorders (reports);• Set date and time;• Change passwords; and/or• Check the version (build) of the device.
System Parameters
System Parameters are part of the Device Parameter tree. System Parameters comprise the essential, basic settings of your switchboard such as rated frequency and transformer ratios.
Protection Parameters
Protection Parameters are part of the Device Parameter tree. This Protection Parameters include the following.
• Global Protection Parameters are part of the Protection Parameters: All settings and assignments that are done within the Global Parameter tree are valid independent of the Setting Groups. They have to be set only once. In addition, Global Protection Parameters include the parameters used for Breaker Management.
• The Parameter Setting Switch is part of the Protection Parameters: The User may either directly switch to a certain parameter setting group or determine the conditions for switching to another parameter setting group.
• Setting Group Parameters are part of the Protection Parameters: By means of the Setting Group Parameters, the User may individually adapt the protective device to the current conditions or grid conditions. The Setting Group Parameters may be individually set in each Settings group.
www.eaton.com 171
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Device Planning Parameters
Device Planning Parameters are part of the Device Parameter tree.
• Improving the Usability (Clarity): All protection modules that are currently unused can be hidden (switched to invisible) through Device Planning. In the Device Planning menu, the User can adapt the scope of functionality of the protective device exactly as needed. The User can improve the usability by hiding all modules that are not currently needed.
• Adapting the device to the application: For those modules that are needed, determine how they should be set up (e.g.: directional, non-directional, <, >...).
Direct Commands
Direct Commands are part of the Device Parameter tree but NOT part of the parameter file. They will be executed directly (e.g.: Resetting of a Counter).
State of the Module Inputs
Module Inputs are part of the Device Parameter tree. The State of the Module Input is context-dependent.
By means of the Module Inputs, information can be passed to and acted upon by the modules. The User can assign signals to Module Inputs. The state of the signals that are assigned to an input can be viewed from the Status Display. Module Inputs can be identified by an ”-I” at the end of the name.
Signals
Signals are part of the Device Parameter tree. The state of the signal is context-dependent.
• Signals represent the state of the installation/equipment (e.g.: position indicators of the breaker).
• Signals are assessments of the state of the grid and the equipment (System OK, Transformer failure detected, ...).
• Signals represent decisions that are taken by the device (e.g.: Trip Command) based on the User parameter settings.
172 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Adaptive Parameter Sets
www.eaton.com 173
PSet-SwitchAdap
tSet
Pro
tect
ion
Par
a
Par
amet
er S
et 4
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Par
amet
er S
et 3
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Par
amet
er S
et 2
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Par
amet
er S
et 1
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
PS1
PS2
PS3
PS4
PSS
via
Inp
fct
PSS
via C
omm
PSet
-Sw
itch.
Mod
e
Func
tion
ExB
lo F
cR
vs B
lo F
cB
lo T
ripC
md
ExB
lo T
ripC
md
FcAdap
tSet
4
[0…
*In]
[1...
n][0
…s]
[0.0
5...n
][1
...n]
[0…
s]A
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e
[0…
*In]
[1...
n][0
…s]
[0.0
5...n
][1
...n]
[0…
s]A
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e
[0…
*In]
[1...
n][0
…s]
[0.0
5...n
][1
...n]
[0…
s]A
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e
[0…
*In]
[1...
n][0
…s]
[0.0
5...n
][1
...n]
[0…
s]A
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e
[0…
*In]
[1...
n][0
…s]
[0.0
5...n
][1
...n]
[0…
s]A
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e
Ada
ptS
et 3
[0…
*In]
[1...
n][0
…s]
[0.0
5...n
][1
...n]
[0…
s]A
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e
Ada
ptS
et 2
[0…
*In]
[1...
n][0
…s]
[0.0
5...n
][1
...n]
[0…
s]A
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e[0
…*I
n][1
...n]
[0…
s][0
.05.
..n]
[1...
n][0
…s]
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Stan
dard
Pick
up
Stan
dard
Cur
ve S
hape
Stan
dard
t
Stan
dard
t-mul
tiplie
r
Stan
dard
Res
et M
ode
Stan
dard
t-res
et
Stan
dard
IH2
Blo
Stan
dard
Non
dir T
rip a
t V=0
Pro
tect
ion
Para
/Glo
bal P
rot P
ara
/ I-P
rot /
I[1]
...[n
] / A
dapt
Set
...
& AND
& AND
& AND
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Ada
ptSe
t 4
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Ada
ptSe
t 3
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Ada
ptSe
t 2
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Ada
ptSe
t 1
Ada
ptS
et 1
& AND
Stan
dard
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Adaptive Parameter Sets are part of the Device Parameter tree.
By means of Adaptive Parameter Sets, the User can temporarily modify single parameters within the Parameter Setting groups.
Adaptive Parameters drop-out automatically if the acknowledged signal that has activated them has dropped-out. Please take into account that Adaptive Set 1 is dominant to Adaptive Set 2. Adaptive Set 2 is dominant to Adaptive Set 3. Adaptive Set 3 is dominant to Adaptive Set 4.
In order to increase the usability (clarity), Adaptive Parameter Sets become visible if a corresponding activation signal has been assigned (PowerPort-E V. 1.2 and higher).
Example: In order to use Adaptive Parameters within Protective Element I [1], please proceed as follows.
• Assign within the Global Parameter tree, within Protective Element I[1], an activation signal for Adaptive Parameter Set 1.
• Adaptive Parameter Set 1 becomes now visible within the Protection Parameter Sets for element I[1].
By means of additional activation signals, further Adaptive Parameter Sets can be used.
The functionality of the IED (relay) can be enhanced / adapted, by means of Adaptive Parameters in order to meet the requirements of modified states of the grid or the power supply system respectively, to manage unpredictable events.
Moreover, the adaptive parameter can also be used to realize various special protective functions or to expand the existing function modules in a simple way, without costly redesign the existing hardware or software platform.
The Adaptive Parameter feature allows, besides a standard parameter set, one of the four parameter sets labeled from 1 to 4, to be used, for example, in a time overcurrent element under the control of the configurable Set Control Logic. The dynamic switch-over of the adaptive parameter set is only active for a particular element when its adaptive set control logic is configured and only as long as the activation signal is true.
For some protection elements, such as time overcurrent and instantaneous overcurrent ( 50P, 51P, 50G, 51G, …), besides the “default” setting there exists another four “alternative” settings for pickup value, curve type, time dial, and reset mode set values that can dynamically be switched-over by means of the configurable adaptive setting control logic in the single set parameter.
If the Adaptive Parameter feature is not used, the adaptive set control logic will not be selected (assigned). The protective elements work, in this case, just like a normal protection using the “Default” settings. If one of the Adaptive Set Control logic is assigned to a logic function, the protective element will be “switched-over” to the corresponding adaptive settings if the assigned logic function is asserted and will drop-out to the “Default” setting if the assigned signal that has activated the Adaptive Set has dropped-out.
174 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Adaptive Parameters via HMI
The use of Adaptive Parameters via the HMI (panel) differs a bit to the use via PowerPort-E.
Adaptive Parameters can be also used via the HMI (instead of using the recommended PowerPort-E). The principle method of using them via the HMI is as follows.
1. Assign an activation signal for an Adaptive Parameter Set within the Global Parameters »Global Para« for a protective element (available for current functions only).
2. Call up this protective element within a Setting Group.
3. Go to the parameter that should be modified adaptively and call it up for editing (arrow-right-key).
4. Choose the corresponding Adaptive Set.
5. Set the modified parameter for the selected Adaptive Set.
Application Example
The tripping time »t« for the 50[1] element of »Parameter Set 1« should be desensitized (reduced) in case Digital Input 2 becomes active.
1. Call up the menu [Protection Para/Global Protection Para/I-Prot/50[1]/AdaptSet1] and assign Digital Input 2 as activation signal.
2. Call up the 50[1] element within the menu [Protection Para/Set[1]/I-Port/50[1].
3. Go to the tripping time parameter »t« by means of the softkey (arrow-down) and call up the submenu by means of the softkey (arrow-right).
4. Call up the corresponding parameter set (Adaptive Set 1 in this example).
5. Set the reduced tripping time for »AdaptSet 1«.
Check and confirm that the functionality is in compliance with your protection plan via a commissioning test.
Application Example
During a “Switch-OnTo-Fault” condition, the User is usually requested to make the embedded protective function tripping of the faulted line faster, instantaneous, or sometimes non-directional.
Such a “Switch-OnTo-Fault” application can easily be realized using the Adaptive Parameter features mentioned previously. The standard time overcurrent protection element (e.g.: 51P) should trip instantaneously in case of SOTF condition,. If the SOTF logic function »SOTF ENABLED« is detecting a manual breaker close condition, the relay switches to Adaptive Set 1 if the signal »SOTF.ENABLED« is assigned to Adaptive Set 1. The corresponding Adaptive Set 1 will become active and than »t = 0« sec.
www.eaton.com 175
IM02602004E ETR-4000
The screen shot above shows the adaptive setting configurations following applications based on only one simple overcurrent protection element:
1. Standard Set: Default settings;2. Adaptive Set 1: SOTF application (Switch-OnTo-Fault);3. Adaptive Set 2: CLPU application (Cold Load Pickup);
Application Examples
• The output signal of the Switch OnTo Fault module can be used to activate an Adaptive Parameter Set that sensitizes the overcurrent protection.
• The output signal of the Cold Load Pickup module can be used to activate an Adaptive Parameter Set that desensitizes the overcurrent protection.
• By means of Adaptive Parameter Sets, an Adaptive Auto Reclosure can be realized. After a reclosure attempt, the tripping thresholds or tripping curves of the overcurrent protection can be adapted.
• Depending on undervoltage, the overcurrent protection can be modified (voltage controlled). This applies to devices that offer voltage protection only.
• The ground overcurrent protection can be modified by the residual voltage. This applies to devices that offer voltage protection only.
• Dynamic and automatic adaption of the ground current settings in order to adapt the settings to different loads (single-phase load diversity).
Adaptive Parameter Sets are only available for devices with current protection modules.
176 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Adaptive Parameter Set Activation SignalsName Description
-.- No assignmentIH2[1].Blo Phase A Signal: Blocked Phase AIH2[1].Blo Phase B Signal: Blocked Phase BIH2[1].Blo Phase C Signal: Blocked Phase CIH2[1].Blo IG meas Signal: Blocking of the ground protection module (measured ground current)IH2[1].Blo IG calc Signal: Blocking of the ground protection module (calculated ground current)IH2[2].Blo Phase A Signal: Blocked Phase AIH2[2].Blo Phase B Signal: Blocked Phase BIH2[2].Blo Phase C Signal: Blocked Phase CIH2[2].Blo IG meas Signal: Blocking of the ground protection module (measured ground current)IH2[2].Blo IG calc Signal: Blocking of the ground protection module (calculated ground current)SOTF.enabled Signal: Switch Onto Fault enabled. This Signal can be used to modify Overcurrent Protection Settings.CLPU.enabled Signal: Cold Load enabledSudden Press.Alarm Signal: AlarmExt Oil Temp.Alarm Signal: AlarmExt Temp Superv[1].Alarm Signal: AlarmExt Temp Superv[2].Alarm Signal: AlarmExt Temp Superv[3].Alarm Signal: AlarmDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 177
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
178 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 179
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
180 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 181
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
182 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 183
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
184 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Sys.Maint Mode Active Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance ActiveSys.Maint Mode Inactive Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Inactive
www.eaton.com 185
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Operational Modes (Access Authorization)
Operational Mode – »Display Only«
• The protection is activated.
• All data, measuring values, records, and counters/meters can be viewed.
Operation Mode – »Parameter Setting and Planning«
In this mode, the User is able to:
• Edit and set parameters;
• Change device planning details; and
• Configure and reset operational data (event recorder/fault recorder/power meter/switching cycles).
If the device was not active within the parameter setting mode for a longer time (can be set between 20 – 3600 seconds), the device will automatically reset to »Display Only« mode (Please refer to the Appendix Module Panel).
As long as the User is within the parameter setting mode, the device cannot acknowledge.
In order to change into the operation mode (»Parameter Setting«) please proceed as follows.
1. Mark the parameter to be changed in the device display.
2. Press the »Wrench« soft key to temporarily change into the Parameter Setting mode.
3. Enter the parameter password.
4. Change the parameter.
5. Change any additional parameters that are needed.
As long as the User is within the parameter setting mode, a wrench icon will be shown in the upper right corner of the display.
6. For saving the altered parameter(s):
• Press the »OK« key; and• Confirm by pressing the »Yes« soft key.
7. Then the device changes into the »Display Only« mode.
186 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Password
Password Entry at the Panel
Passwords can be entered by way of the soft keys
1 2 3 4
Example: For password (3244) press successively:
• Soft key 3;• Soft key 2;• Soft key 4; and• Soft key 4.
Password Changes
Passwords can be changed at the device in the »Device Para/Password« menu or by means of the PowerPort-E software.
A password must be a User-defined combination of the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4.
All other characters and keys WILL NOT be accepted.
The password for the operation mode »Parameter setting and planning« enables the User to transfer parameters from the PowerPort-E software into the device.
When the User wants to change a password, the existing one has to be entered first. The new password (up to 8 digits) is then to be confirmed twice. Please proceed as follows.
• In order to change the password, please enter the old password followed by pressing the »OK« key.• Next, enter the new password and press the »OK« key.• Finally, confirm your new password and press the »OK« key.
Password Forgotten
By pressing the »C« key during cold booting a reset menu will be called up. By selecting »Reset All Passwords?« and confirming with »Yes« all passwords will be reset to the defaults »1234«.
Changing of Parameters - Example• Move to the parameter to be change by using the soft keys.
• Press the »Wrench« soft key.
• Enter the password for parameter setting.
• Edit/change the parameter.
www.eaton.com 187
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Now the User can:
• Save the change made and have it adopted by the system; or
• Change additional parameters and save all the altered parameters and have them adopted by the system.
To Save Parameter Changes Immediately
• Press the »OK« key to save the changed parameters directly and to have them adopted by the device. Confirm the parameter changes by pressing the »Yes« soft key or dismiss by pressing »No« soft key.
To Change Additional Parameters and Save Afterwards
• Move to other parameters and change them.
A star symbol in front of the changed parameters indicates that the modifications have only temporarily been saved. They are not yet stored and adopted by the device.
In order to make things easier to follow, especially where complex parameter changes are involved, on every superior/higher-ranking menu level, the intended change of the parameter is indicated by the star symbol (star trace). This makes it possible to control or follow from the main menu level at any time where parameter changes have been made and have not been saved.
In addition to the star trace to the temporarily saved parameter changes, a general parameter changing symbol is faded in at the left corner of the display. It is possible from each point of the menu tree to see that there are parameter changes still not adopted by the device.
Press the »OK« key to initiate the final storage of all parameter changes. Confirm the parameter changes by pressing the »Yes« soft key or dismiss by pressing the »No« soft key.
188 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Plausibility Check
In order to prevent obvious incorrect settings, the device constantly monitors all temporarily saved parameter changes. If the device detects a conflict, it is indicated by a question mark in front of the respective parameter.
In order to make things easier to follow, especially where complex parameter changes are involved, a question mark appears above the temporarily saved parameters (on every superior/higher-ranking menu level). This makes it possible to control or follow, from the main menu level, where conflicts are intended to be saved. This can be done at any time.
In addition to the question mark trace to the temporarily saved conflict parameter changes, a general conflict symbol/question mark is faded-in at the left corner of the display, and so it is possible to see from each point of the menu tree that conflicts have been detected by the device.
A star/parameter change indication is always overwritten by the question mark/conflict symbol.
If a device detects a conflict, it rejects saving and adopting of the parameters.
Changing of Parameters When Using the PowerPort-E - ExampleExample: Changing of a protective parameter (to alter the characteristic for the overcurrent protection function I[1] in Parameter Set 1).
• If PowerPort-E is not in operation, please start the application.
• If the device data have not been loaded, select »Data To Be Received From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
• Double-click the »Protection Para Icon« in the navigation tree.
• Double-click the »Protection Para Set Icon« in the navigation tree.
• Double-click the »Set 1 Icon« in the navigation tree.
• Double-click the »protection stage I[1]« in the navigation tree.
• In the working window, a tabulated overview appears showing the parameters assigned to this protective function.
• In this table, double-click the value/parameter to be changed (in this example: »Char«).
• Another window (pop-up) is opened where the User can select the required characteristic.
• Close this window by clicking the »OK« key.
www.eaton.com 189
IM02602004E ETR-4000
A star symbol in front of the changed parameters indicates that the alterations have only temporarily been saved. They are not yet stored and adopted by the software/device.
In order to make things easier to follow, especially where complex parameter changes are involved, on every superior/higher menu level, the intended change of the parameter is indicated by the star symbol (star trace). This makes it possible to control or follow, from the main menu level, where parameter changes have been made and have not been saved. This can be done at any time.
Plausibility Check
In order to prevent obvious incorrect settings, the application constantly monitors all temporarily saved parameter changes. If the device detects a conflict, it is indicated by a question mark in front of the respective parameter.
In order to make things easier to follow, especially where complex parameter changes are involved, on every superior/higher menu level above of the temporarily saved parameters, a conflict is indicated by a question mark (plausibility trace). This makes it possible to control or follow, from the main menu level, where conflicts exist. This can be done at any time.
So it is possible to see from each point of the menu tree that conflicts have been detected by the application.
A star/parameter change indication is always overwritten by the question mark/conflict symbol.
If the software detects a conflict, it rejects the saving and adopting of the parameters.
• Additional parameters can be changed if required.
• In order to transfer changed parameters into the device, please select »Transfer all parameters into the device« in the »Device« menu.
• Confirm the safety inquiry »Shall The Parameters Be Overwritten?«.
• Enter the password for setting parameters in the pop-up window.
• Confirm the inquiry »Shall The Data Be Saved Locally?« with »Yes« (recommended). Select a suitable storing location on your hard disk.
• Confirm the selected storage location by clicking »Save«.
• The changed parameter data is now saved in the data file chosen. Thereafter, the changed data is transferred to the device and adopted.
Once the User has entered the parameter setting password, PowerPort-E will not ask the User again for the password for at least 10 minutes. This time interval will start again each time parameters are transmitted into the device. If, for more than 10 minutes, no parameters are transmitted into the device, PowerPort-E will again ask for the password when the User tries to transmit parameters into the device.
190 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Protection Parameters
Please note that by deactivating, for example protective functions, the User also changes the functionality of the device.
The manufacturer does not accept liability for any personal or material damage as a result of incorrect planning.
Contact your Eaton Customer Service representative for more information.
The protection parameters include the following protection parameter trees.
• Global Protection Parameters »Global Prot Para«: Here the User can find all protection parameters that are universally valid. That means they are valid independent of the protection parameter sets.
• Setting Group Parameters »Set1..4«: The protection parameters that the User set within a parameter set are only valid if the parameter set selected is switched to active.
Setting Groups
Setting Group Switch
Within the »Protection Para/P-Set Switch« menu, the User has the following possibilities:
• To manually set one of the four setting groups active;• To assign a signal to each setting group that sets this group to active; and• Scada switches the setting groups.
Option Setting Group SwitchManual Selection Switch over, if another setting group is chosen manually within the menu »Protection Para/P-Set
Switch«Via Input Function (e.g. Digital Input)
Switch over not until the request is clear. hat means, if there is more or less than one request signal active, no switch over will be executed.
Example:DI3 is assigned onto Parameter set 1. DI3 is active „1“.DI4 is assigned onto Parameter set 2. DI4 is inactive „0“.
Now the device should switch from parameter set 1 to parameter set 2. Therefore at first DI3 has to become inactive “0”. Then DI4 has to be active “1”.
If DI4 becomes again inactive „0“, parameter set 2 will remain active “1” as long as there is no clear request (e.g. DI3 becomes active “1”, all the other assignments are inactive “0”)
Via Scada Switch over if there is a clear SCADA request.Otherwise no switch over will be executed.
The description of the parameters can be found within the “System Parameters” section.
www.eaton.com 191
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Signals That Can Be Used for PSS
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
192 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 193
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
194 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 195
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
196 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 197
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
198 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 199
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Sys.Maint Mode Active Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance ActiveSys.Maint Mode Inactive Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Inactive
Setting Group Switch Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If the device data have not been loaded, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
• Double click the »Protection Para« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click the »P-Set Switch« within the protection parameters.
• To configure the Setting Group Switch respectively, manually choose an active set.
The description of the parameters can be found within the “System Parameters” section.
Copying Setting Groups (Parameter Sets) Via PowerPort-E
Setting groups can only be copied if there are no conflicts (no red question marks).
For applications using multiple settings groups, one can use the configuration file from the first group to create the second group. With the help of PowerPort-E, the User can simply copy an existing setting group to another (not yet configured) one. The User only needs to change those parameters where the two setting groups are different.
To efficiently establish a second parameter set where only few parameters are different, proceed as follows.
200 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• Open a (off-line) parameter file of a device or load data of a connected device.
• Carefully save the relevant device parameters by selecting [File\Save as].
• Select »Copy Parameter Sets« out of the “Edit” menu.
• Then define both source and destination of the parameter sets to be copied (source = copy from; destination: copy to).
• Click on »OK« to start the copy procedure.
• The copied parameter set is now cached (not yet saved!).
• Then, modify the copied parameter set(s), if applicable.
• Assign a new file name to the revised device parameter file and save it on your hard disk (backup copy).
• To transfer the modified parameters back to the device, click on the »Device« menu item and select »Transfer All Parameters into the Device«.
Comparing Setting Groups Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• Click on menu item »Edit« and select »Compare Parameter Sets«.
• Select the two parameter sets from the two drop down menus that are to be compared with each other.
• Press the »Compare« button.
• The values that are different from the set parameters will be listed in tabular form.
Comparing Parameter Files Via PowerPort-EWith the help of PowerPort-E, the User can simply compare/differentiate the currently open parameter/device file against a file on the hard disk. The precondition is that the versions and type of devices match. To compare the parameter files, please proceed as follows.
• Click on »Compare with a Parameter File« within the »Device« menu.
• Click on the Folder icon in order to select a file on your hard disk.
• The differences will be shown in tabular form.
Converting Parameter Files Via PowerPort-EParameter files of the same type can be up- or down-graded (converted). During this process, the new parameter file will keep all active settings from the source parameter file and, at the same time, remove all inactive settings. As many parameters as possible will be converted.
www.eaton.com 201
IM02602004E ETR-4000
• Parameters that are newly added will be set to default.
• Parameters that are not included in the target file version will be deleted.
• In order to convert a parameter file please proceed as follows.
• If PowerPort-E is not in operation, please start the application.
• Open a parameter file or load the parameters from a device that should be converted.
• Make a backup of this file in a fail-safe place.
• Choose »Save as« from the »File« menu.
• Enter a new file name (in order to prevent overwriting the original file).
• Choose the new file type from drop down menu »File Type«.
• Confirm the security check by clicking on »Yes« only if the User is sure that the file conversion should be executed.
• In tabular form the modifications will be shown as follows.
Added parameter:
Deleted parameter:
Program ModeBy means of the Program Mode, parameter settings can be locked against any changes as long as one or all of the breaker(s) are in the »CLOSED« position. The Program Mode can be activated within the [System Para/General Settings/Program Mode Bypass] menu.
• »Both Bkr Open« - Parameter changes require all breakers to be in the »OPEN« state.
• »Either Bkr Open or Close« - Parameter changes do not require the breaker to be in the »OPEN« state.
Unlike, if the Program Mode is used for Motor Protection devices, the User has the following options:
• »Motor Stop« - Lock parameter changes, if the motor is not in the »STOP« state. This ensures, that parameter changes can only be done while the motor stands still (zero speed).
• »Either Motor Stopped or Running« - Parameter changes do not require the motor to be in the »Motor stop« state.
Bypass of the Program Mode
The program mode can be bypassed by means of the Direct Control Parameter »Program Mode Bypass«. The protective device will fall back into the program mode either:
202 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
• Directly after a parameter change has been saved, else
• 10 minutes after the bypass has been activated.
www.eaton.com 203
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Device ParametersSys
Date and TimeIn the »Device parameters/Date/Time« menu, the User can set the date and time.
The User cannot set time and date manually (manual changes will be ignored), if the clock of the protective device is synchronized automatically (e.g. via IRIG-B or SNTP).
Synchronize Date and Time Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
• Double click the »Device parameters« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click the »Date/time« icon within the operational data.
• From the working window, the User can now synchronize the date and time of the device with the PC (i.e.: that means that the device accepts the date and time from the PC).
VersionWithin the»Device parameters/Version« menu, the User can obtain information on the software and hardware versions.
Version Via PowerPort-EWithin the »File/Properties« menu, the User can obtain detailed information on the currently opened file (e.g.: software and hardware version).
In order to be able to transmit a parameter file (e.g.: created off line) into the device, the following parameters must agree:
• Type Code (written on the top of the device/type label); and
• Version of the device model (can be found in the »Device Parameters\Version« menu).
204 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
TCP/IP Settings
Warning: Mixing up IP Addresses
(In case there is more than one protective device within the TCP/IP network or establishing an unintentional wrong connection to a protective device based on a wrong entered IP address.
Transferring parameters into the wrong protective device might lead to death, personal injury, or damage of electrical equipment.
In order to prevent faulty connections, the User MUST document and maintain a list with the IP addresses of any switchboard/protective devices.
The User MUST double check the IP addresses of the connection that is to be established. That means, the User MUST first read out the IP address at the HMI of the device (within menu [Device para/TCP IP]) then compare the IP address with the list. If the addresses are identical, establish the connection. If they are not, DO NOT establish the connection.
Within »Device Para / TCP/IP« menu, the TCP/IP settings have to be set.
The first-time setting of the TCP/IP Parameters can be done at the panel (HMI) only.
Establishing a connection via TCP/IP to the device is only possible if the device is equipped with an Ethernet interface (RJ45).
Contact your IT administrator in order to establish the network connection.
Set the TCP/IP Parameters:
Call up »Device parameter/TCP/IP« at the HMI (panel) and set the following parameters:
• TCP/IP address;
• Subnetmask; and
• Gateway.
Direct Commands of the System Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Ack LED All acknowledgeable LEDs will be acknowledged.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Ack RO All acknowledgeable Relay Output Contacts will be acknowledged.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Ack Comm Communication will be acknowledged. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Ack RO LED Comm TCmd
Reset the Relay Output Contacts, LEDs, Communication, and the Trip Command.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
www.eaton.com 205
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Reboot Rebooting the device. No, Yes
No [Service/General]
MaintMode Manually
Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Switch Mode: Manual Activation of the Arc Flash Reduction Mode
Only available if: Maint Mode = Activation Manually
Maint Mode inactive, Activation via Comm, Activation via DI, Inactive, Active
Inactive [Service/MaintMode Manually]
Program Mode Bypass
Short-period bypass of the Program Mode. Inactive, Active
Inactive [System Para/General Settings]
CAUTION: Manually rebooting the device will release the Supervision Contact.
Global Protection Parameters of the System
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
PSet-Switch Switching Parameter Set PS1, PS2, PS3, PS4, PSS via Inp fct, PSS via Comm
PSS via Inp fct [Protection Para/PSet-Switch]
PS1: Activated by
This Setting Group will be the active one if: The Parameter Setting Group Switch is set to "Switch via Input" and the other three input functions are inactive at the same time. In case there is more than one input function active, no Parameter Setting Group Switch will be executed. In case all input functions are inactive, the device will keep working with the Setting Group that was activated lastly.
Only available if: PSet-Switch = PSS via Inp fct
1..n, PSS Sys.Maint Mode Inactive
[Protection Para/PSet-Switch]
PS2: Activated by
This Setting Group will be the active one if: The Parameter Setting Group Switch is set to "Switch via Input" and the other three input functions are inactive at the same time. In case there is more than one input function active, no Parameter Setting Group Switch will be executed. In case all input functions are inactive, the device will keep working with the Setting Group that was activated lastly.
Only available if: PSet-Switch = PSS via Inp fct
1..n, PSS Sys.Maint Mode Active
[Protection Para/PSet-Switch]
206 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
PS3: Activated by
This Setting Group will be the active one if: The Parameter Setting Group Switch is set to "Switch via Input" and the other three input functions are inactive at the same time. In case there is more than one input function active, no Parameter Setting Group Switch will be executed. In case all input functions are inactive, the device will keep working with the Setting Group that was activated lastly.
Only available if: PSet-Switch = PSS via Inp fct
1..n, PSS -.- [Protection Para/PSet-Switch]
PS4: Activated by
This Setting Group will be the active one if: The Parameter Setting Group Switch is set to "Switch via Input" and the other three input functions are inactive at the same time. In case there is more than one input function active, no Parameter Setting Group Switch will be executed. In case all input functions are inactive, the device will keep working with the Setting Group that was activated lastly.
Only available if: PSet-Switch = PSS via Inp fct
1..n, PSS -.- [Protection Para/PSet-Switch]
Remote Reset Enables or disables the option to acknowledge from external/remote via signals (assignments) and Communication.
Inactive, Active
Active [Device Para/Ex Acknowledge]
Ack LED All acknowledgeable LEDs will be acknowledged if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Ex Acknowledge]
Ack RO All acknowledgeable Relay Output Contacts will be acknowledged if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Ex Acknowledge]
Ack Comm Communication will be acknowledged if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para/Ex Acknowledge]
Scaling Display of the measured values as primary, secondary, or per unit values.
Per unit values, Primary values, Secondary values
Primary values [Operation/General Settings]
Maint Mode Activation Mode of the Arc Flash Reduction. Switching into another mode is only possible when no Activation Signal is active (pending).
Inactive, Activation Manually, Activation via Comm, Activation via DI
Inactive [Service/Maint Mode]
Maint Mode Activated by
Activation Signal for the Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Switch
Only available if: Maint Mode Activated by = Activation via DI
-.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
DI-8P X1.DI 7 [Service/Maint Mode]
Program Mode Program Mode Either Bkr Open or Close, Both Bkr Open
Either Bkr Open or Close
[System Para/General Settings]
www.eaton.com 207
IM02602004E ETR-4000
System Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
Ack LED-I Module Input State: LEDs Acknowledgment by Digital Input. [Device Para/Ex Acknowledge]
Ack RO-I Module Input State: Acknowledgment of the Relay Output Contacts.
[Device Para/Ex Acknowledge]
Ack Comm-I Module Input State: Acknowledge Communication via Digital Input. The replica that Communication has received from the device is to be reset.
[Device Para/Ex Acknowledge]
PS1-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.
[Protection Para/PSet-Switch]
PS2-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.
[Protection Para/PSet-Switch]
PS3-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.
[Protection Para/PSet-Switch]
PS4-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.
[Protection Para/PSet-Switch]
Maint Mode-I Module Input State: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Switch [Service/Maint Mode]
System Module Signals
Name Description
Reboot Signal: Rebooting the device: 1=Restart initiated by power supply; 2=Restart initiated by the User; 3=Set on defaults (Super Reset); 4=Restart by the debugger; 5=Restart because of configuration change; 6=General failure; 7=Restart initiated by System Abort (host side); 8=Restart initiated by watchdog timeout (host side); 9=Restart initiated by System Abort (dsp side); 10=Restart initiated by watchdog timeout (dsp side); 11=Power supply failure (short term interruption) or power supply voltage to low; 12=illegal memory access.
Act Set Signal: Active Parameter SetPS 1 Signal: Parameter Set 1PS 2 Signal: Parameter Set 2PS 3 Signal: Parameter Set 3PS 4 Signal: Parameter Set 4PSS manual Signal: Manual switch over of a Parameter SetPSS via Comm Signal: Parameter Set Switch via CommunicationPSS via Inp fct Signal: Parameter Set Switch via Input FunctionMin. 1 param changed Signal: At least one parameter has been changedProgram Mode Bypass Signal: Short-period bypass of the Program Mode.Maint Mode Active Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance ActiveMaint Mode Inactive Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance InactiveMaintMode Manually Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Manual Mode
208 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Maint Mode Comm Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Comm ModeMaint Mode DI Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Digital Input ModeParam to be saved Number of parameters to be saved. 0 means that all parameter
changes are overtaken.Ack LED Signal: LEDs AcknowledgmentAck RO Signal: Acknowledgment of the Relay Output ContactsAck Counter Signal: Reset of all CountersAck Comm Signal: Acknowledge CommunicationAck TripCmd Signal: Reset Trip CommandAck LED-HMI Signal: LEDs Acknowledgment :HMIAck RO-HMI Signal: Acknowledgment of the Relay Output Contacts :HMIAck Counter-HMI Signal: Reset of all Counters :HMIAck Comm-HMI Signal: Acknowledge Communication :HMIAck TripCmd-HMI Signal: Reset Trip Command :HMIAck LED-Comm Signal: LEDs Acknowledgment :CommunicationAck RO-Comm Signal: Acknowledgment of the Relay Output Contacts
:CommunicationAck Counter-Comm Signal: Reset of all Counters :CommunicationAck Comm-Comm Signal: Acknowledge Communication :CommunicationAck TripCmd-Comm Signal: Reset Trip Command :Communication
Special Values of the System Module
Value Description Menu Path
Build Build [Device Para/Version]
Version Version [Device Para/Version]
Operating hours Cr Operating hours counter of the protective device
[Operation/Count and RevData/Sys]
www.eaton.com 209
IM02602004E ETR-4000
System ParametersSystem Para
Within the system parameters, the User can set all parameters that are relevant for the primary side and the mains operational method like frequency, primary and secondary values, and the star point treatment.
General System Parameters
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Phase Sequence
Phase Sequence direction ABC, ACB
ABC [System Para/General Settings]
f Nominal frequency 50 Hz, 60 Hz
60 Hz [System Para/General Settings]
Generator Specific System Parameters
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
SN Maximum Apparent Power of the Transformer. This has to be entered in kVA.
1 – 800000 kVA 5250 kVA [System Para/Transformer]
TrV W1 Transformer rated voltage at side W1. Primary Side Nominal Voltage
60 – 500000 V 13200 V [System Para/Transformer]
TrV W2 Transformer rated voltage at side W2. Secondary Side Nominal Voltage
60 – 500000 V 4160 V [System Para/Transformer]
W1 Connection/Grounding
Note: The zero current will be removed in order to prevent faulty tripping of the differential protection. If a star point is connected to ground according to the winding connection, the zero current (symmetrical components) will be removed.
Y, D, Z, YN, ZN
D [System Para/Transformer]
W2 Connection/Grounding
Note: The zero current will be removed in order to prevent faulty tripping of the differential protection. If a star point is connected to ground according to the winding connection, the zero current (symmetrical components) will be removed.
y, d, z, yn, zn
yn [System Para/Transformer]
Phase Shift Angle that the secondary winding lags or leads the primary winding, depending on winding connection and system rotation. The phase shift angle is factor (1,2,3...11) multiplied with 30 degrees.
0 - 11 1 [System Para/Transformer]
Tap changer Tap changer, the tap changer refers to the primary side (W1).
-15 - 15% 0% [System Para/Transformer]
Current Depending System Parameters
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT pri Nominal current of the primary side of the current transformers.
1 – 50000 A CT W1: 400ACT W2: 1200A
[System Para/CT W1]
210 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT sec Nominal current of the secondary side of the current transformers.
1 A, 5 A
5A [System Para/CT W1]
CT dir Protection functions with directional feature can only work properly if the connection of the current transformers is free of wiring errors. If all current transformers are connected to the device with an incorrect polarity, the wiring error can be compensated by this parameter. This parameter turns the current vectors by 180 degrees.
0°, 180°
0° [System Para/CT W1]
XCT pri This parameter defines the primary nominal current of the connected ground current transformer. If the ground current is measured via the Residual connection, the primary value of the phase current transformer must be entered here.
1 – 50000 A 50 A [System Para/CT W1]
XCT sec This parameter defines the secondary nominal current of the connected ground current transformer. If the ground current is done via the Residual connection, the primary value of the phase current transformer must be entered here.
1 A, 5 A
5 A [System Para/CT W1]
XCT dir Ground fault protection with directional feature depends also on the correct wiring of the ground current transformer. An incorrect polarity/wiring can be corrected by means of the settings "0°" or "180°". The operator has the possibility of turning the current vector by "180°" (change of sign) without modification of the wiring. This means, that – in terms of figures - the determined current indicator was turned by "180°" by the device.
0°, 180°
0° [System Para/CT W1]
www.eaton.com 211
IM02602004E ETR-4000
BlockingThe device provides a function for temporary blocking of the complete protection functionality or of single protections.
Make absolutely sure that no illogical or even life-threatening blockings are allocated.
Make sure not to carelessly deactivate protection functions that have to be available according to the protection concept.
Permanent BlockingSwitching “On” or “Off” the Complete Protection Functionality
In the »Protection« module, the complete protection of the device can be switched “On” or “Off”. Set the Function parameter to »Active« or »Inactive« in the »Prot« module .
Protection is activated only if in the »Prot« module the parameter Function is = »Active« (i.e.: with »Function« = »Inactive«, no protection function are operating). If »Function« = »Inactive«, then the device cannot protect any components.
Switching Modules “On” or “Off”
Each of the modules can be switched “On” or “Off” (permanently). This is achieved when the »Function« parameter is set to »Active« or »Inactive« in the respective module.
Activating or Deactivating the Tripping Command of a Protection Permanently
In each of the protections, the tripping command to the breaker can be permanently blocked. For this purpose, the »TripCmd Blo« parameter has to be set to »Active«.
Temporary BlockingTo Block the Complete Protection of the Device Temporarily by a Signal
In the »Prot« module, the complete protection of the device can be blocked temporarily by a signal. On the condition that a module-external blocking is permitted (»ExBlo Fc=active«). In addition to this, a related blocking signal from the »Assignment list« must have been assigned. For the time the allocated blocking signal is active, the module is blocked.
If the »Prot« module is blocked, the complete protection function does not work. As long as the blocking signal is active, the device cannot protect any components.
To Block a Complete Protection Module Temporarily by an Active Assignment
• In order to establish a temporary blockage of a protection module, the parameter »ExBlo Fc« of the module has to be set to »Active«. This gives the permission: »This module can be blocked«.
• Within the general protection parameters, a signal has to be additionally chosen from the »Assignment list«. The blocking only becomes active when the assigned signal is active.
212 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
To Block the Tripping Command of a Protection Element Temporarily by an Active Assignment
The tripping command of any of the protection modules can be blocked from an external signal. In this case, external does not only mean from outside the device, but also from outside the module. Not only real external signals are permitted to be used as blocking signals (for example: the state of a digital input), but the User can also choose any other signal from the »Assignment list«.
• In order to establish a temporary blockage of a protection element, the parameter »ExBlo TripCmd Fc« of the module has to be set to »Active«. This gives the permission: »The tripping command of this element can be blocked«.
• Within the general protection parameters, an additional signal has to be chosen and assigned to the »ExBlo« parameter from the »Assignment list«. If the selected signal is activated, the temporary blockage becomes effective.
www.eaton.com 213
IM02602004E ETR-4000
To Activate or Deactivate the Tripping Command of a Protection Module
214 www.eaton.com
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.Bl
o Tr
ipCm
d
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
Trip
Cm
d Fc
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
Trip
Cm
d
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
Trip
Cm
d
Trip
Blo
ckin
gs
Nam
e =
All M
odul
es T
hat A
re B
lock
able
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
Trip
Cm
d-I
Nam
e.Bl
o Tr
ipC
md
3O
R
AND
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Activate, Deactivate Respectively to Block Temporary Protection Functions
www.eaton.com 215
AND
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.Fu
nctio
n
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
Fc
Nam
e.Ac
tive
Prot
. Act
ive
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
1
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
Bloc
king
s (The
Gen
eral
Pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
is n
ot d
eact
ivat
ed o
r blo
cked
)
Nam
e.Ex
Blo1
-I
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
2Na
me.
ExBl
o2-I
Nam
e =A
ll Mod
ules
Tha
t Are
Blo
ckab
le
1
2
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: P
rot
OR
AND
* All p
rote
ctive
ele
men
ts w
ill be
blo
cked
that
are
usi
ng fu
ndam
enta
ls or
har
mon
ic m
easu
red
valu
es, i
f the
freq
uenc
y le
aves
the
nom
inal
freq
uenc
y ra
nge.
Pro
tect
ive
elem
ents
that
are
usi
ng R
MS
val
ues
will
rem
ain
activ
e. S
ee c
hapt
er "W
ide
frequ
ency
rang
e".
** Th
is a
pplie
s to
dev
ices
that
offe
r wid
e fre
quen
cy ra
nge
mea
sure
men
t onl
y.
Freq
uenc
y is
with
in th
e no
min
al fr
eque
ncy
rang
e.(*
)(**
)
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Current protective functions cannot only be blocked permanently (»Function = Inactive«) or temporarily by any blocking signal from the »Assignment list«, but also by »Reverse Interlocking«.
All other protection functions can be activated, deactivated, or blocked in the same manner.
216 www.eaton.com
AND
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.R
vs B
lo F
c
AND
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.Fu
nctio
n
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
Fc
Nam
e.Ac
tive
Prot
. Act
ive
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
1
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.R
vs B
lo
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
Nam
e.Rv
s Bl
o
Bloc
kings
**
(The
Gen
eral
Pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
is n
ot d
eact
ivate
d or
blo
cked
)
Nam
e =
I[1]..
.[n],
IG[1
]...[n
]
Nam
e.Ex
Blo1
-I
Nam
e.R
vs B
lo-I
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
2Na
me.
ExBl
o2-I
1
4
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: P
rot
OR
AND
*Al
l pro
tect
ive
elem
ents
will
be b
lock
ed th
at a
re u
sing
fund
amen
tals
or h
arm
onic
mea
sure
d va
lues
, if t
he fr
eque
ncy
leav
es th
e no
min
al fr
eque
ncy
rang
e. P
rote
ctiv
e el
emen
ts th
at a
re u
sing
RM
S va
lues
will
rem
ain
activ
e. S
ee c
hapt
er "W
ide
frequ
ency
rang
e".
** Th
is a
pplie
s to
dev
ices
that
offe
r wid
e fre
quen
cy ra
nge
mea
sure
men
t onl
y.
Freq
uenc
y is
with
in th
e no
min
al fr
eque
ncy
rang
e.(*
)(**
)
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Protection (Prot) ModuleProt
The »Protection« module serves as the outer frame for all other protection modules (i.e.: they are all enclosed by the »Protection« Module).
In the case where the »Protection« module is blocked, the complete protective function of the device is disabled.
Module Prot Blocked - Protection Inactive:
If the master »Protection« module is allowed to be temporarily blocked and the allocated blocking signals are active, then all protection functions will be disabled. In such a case, the protective function is »Inactive«.
Protection Active:
If the master »Protection« module was activated and a blockade for this module was not activated respectively, the assigned blocking signals are inactive at that moment, then the »Protection« is »Active«.
How to Block All Protective and Supervisory FunctionsIn order to block all protective and supervisory functions, call up the menu [Protection/Para/Global Prot Para/Prot]:
• Set the parameter »ExBlo Fc = active«;
• Choose an assignment for »ExBlo1«; and
• Optionally choose an assignment for »ExBlo2«.
If the signal becomes true, then all protective and supervisory functions will be blocked as long as one of these signals are true.
www.eaton.com 217
IM02602004E ETR-4000
218 www.eaton.com
AND
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Prot
.ExB
lo F
c
Prot
.Act
ive
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Prot
.ExB
lo 1
Prot
.ExB
lo
Pro
t -Ac
tive 1.
.n, A
ssig
nmen
t Lis
t
Prot
.ExB
lo 2
Prot
.ExB
lo1-
I
Prot
.ExB
lo2-
I
AND
Prot
.Ava
ilabl
e M
easu
red
Valu
es: O
K
At th
e m
omen
t, no
par
amet
er is
bei
ng c
hang
ed (e
xcep
t par
amet
er s
et p
aram
eter
s).
1
OR
AND
Sele
ctio
n Li
st
Pro
t.ExB
lo 3
**Pr
ot.E
xBlo
3-I
**=A
vaila
bilit
y of
third
blo
ckin
g in
put d
epen
ds o
n de
vice
and
mod
ule
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Each protection element generates its own pickup and trip signals, which are automatically passed onto the »Prot« module where the phase based and general (collective) pickup and trip signals are generated. The »Prot« module serves as a top level and a common place to group all pickups and trips from each individual protection element.
For instance, »PROT.PICKUP PHASE A« is the phase A pickup signal OR-ed from all protection elements; »PROT.TRIP PHASE A« is the phase A trip signal OR-ed from all protection elements; »PROT.PICKUP« is the collective pickup signal OR-ed from all protection elements; Prot.Trip is the collective Trip signal OR-ed from all protection elements, and etc. The Tripping commands of the protection elements have to be fed to the »Bkr Manager« module for further trip request processing.
The tripping commands are executed by the »Bkr Manager« module. Tripping commands have to be assigned to a breaker. The Breaker Manager will issue the trip command to the breaker.
If a protection element is activated and respectively decides to trip, two pickup signals will be created.
1. The module or the protection element issues an pickup/alarm (e.g.: »50P[1].PICKUP or »50P[1].TRIP«).
2. The master »Prot« module collects/summarizes the signals and issues a pickup/alarm or a trip signal »PROT.PICKUP« »PROT.TRIP«.
www.eaton.com 219
IM02602004E ETR-4000
220 www.eaton.com
Prot
.Trip
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Nam
e =
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e wi
ll le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Prot
.Trip Nam
e[n]
.Trip
...15 15 15
OR
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 221
Prot
.Pick
up
Pro
t.Pic
kup
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e =
Each
pic
kup
of a
mod
ule
(exc
ept f
rom
sup
ervis
ion
mod
ules
but
incl
udin
g BF
) will
lead
to a
gen
eral
pic
kup
(col
lect
ive
pick
up).
...14 1414
OR
IM02602004E ETR-4000
222 www.eaton.com
50R[
1]...
[n].T
rip*
59[n
].Trip
Cmd*
Prot
.Trip
IX o
r IR
51R
[1]..
.[n].T
rip*
Prot
.Trip
Eac
h ph
ase
sele
ctiv
e tri
p of
a tr
ip a
utho
rized
mod
ule
(I, IG
, V, V
X d
epen
ding
on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral t
rip.
19c
19d
23
OR
Prot
.Trip
Pha
se A
50P[
1]...
[n].T
rip P
hase
A*
51P[
1]...
[n].T
rip P
hase
A*
V[n
].Trip
Pha
se A
*
16a
16b
20
OR
Prot
.Trip
Pha
se B
50P[
1]...
[n].T
rip P
hase
B*
51P[
1]...
[n].T
rip P
hase
B*
V[n
].Trip
Pha
se B
*
17a
17b 21
OR
Prot
.Trip
Pha
se C
50P[
1]...
[n].T
rip P
hase
C*
51P[
1]...
[n].T
rip P
hase
C*
V[n
].Trip
Pha
se C
*
18a
18b
22
OR
50X[
1]...
[n].T
rip*
51X[
1]...
[n].T
rip*
19a
19b
*=Depending on the type of device
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 223
50R[
1]...
[n].P
icku
p*
59[n
].Pic
kup*
Prot
.Pick
up IX
or I
R
51R[
1]...
[n].P
icku
p*
Pro
t.Pic
kup
Eac
h ph
ase
sele
ctiv
e pi
ckup
of a
mod
ule
(I, IG
, V, V
X d
epen
ding
on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
sel
ectiv
e ge
nera
l pic
kup
(col
lect
ive
pick
up).
27c
27d 31
OR
Prot
.Pic
kup
Phas
e B
50P[
1]...
[n].P
ickup
IB*
V[n]
.Pic
kup
Phas
e B*
25a
29
OR
51P[
1]...
[n].P
icku
p IB
*25
b
Prot
.Pick
up P
hase
C
50P[
1]...
[n].P
ickup
IC*
V[n]
.Pic
kup
Phas
e C
*
26a
30
OR
26b
51P[
1]...
[n].P
ickup
IC*
Prot
.Pic
kup
Phas
e A
51P[
1]...
[n].P
ickup
IA*
V[n]
.Pic
kup
Phas
e A*
24b
28
OR
50P[
1]...
[n].P
ickup
IA*
24a
50X[
1]...
[n].P
icku
p*
51X
[1]..
.[n].P
icku
p*
27a
27b
*=Depending on the type of device
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Direct Commands of the Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res Fault a Mains No
Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Global Protection Parameters of the Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) the external blocking of the global protection functionality of the device.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Prot]
ExBlo1 If external blocking of this module is activated (allowed), the global protection functionality of the device will be blocked if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Prot]
ExBlo2 If external blocking of this module is activated (allowed), the global protection functionality of the device will be blocked if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Prot]
Protection Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Prot]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Prot]
Protection Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Available Signal: Protection is available.Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingPickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase APickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BPickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CPickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultPickup Signal: General PickupTrip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase ATrip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BTrip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
224 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultTrip Signal: General TripRes Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.
Protection Module Values
Value Description Menu Path
FaultNo Waveform No. [Operation/Count and RevData/Prot]
No of grid faults Number of grid faults: A grid fault, e.g. a short circuit, might cause several faults with trip and autoreclosing, each fault being identified by an increased fault number. In this case, the grid fault number remains the same.
[Operation/Count and RevData/Prot]
www.eaton.com 225
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Switchgear/Breaker - ManagerBkr[1] ,Bkr[2]
WARNING: Misconfiguration of the Breaker could result in death or serious injury.
Breaker ConfigurationFor the configuration of the breaker, great attention has to be payed to the following steps:
• Wiring;• Switching Authority;• POS Indicators Wiring;• General Settings;• Trip Manager;• Interlockings;• Ex OPEN/CLOSE (Option); and• Synchronous Switching.
It is recommended to use the status display in order to verify and analyze each of the steps.
The “Syn-check” function is not available on EMR-XXXX devices.
The User has to establish the wiring of the Position Indicators of the Breaker to the Digital Inputs of the protective device (52a or 52b or both (recommended)).
The User has to wire a Relay Output for the Trip command.
In case, the protective device is used for control purposes, two additional Relay Output Contacts have to be wired for the Control commands (issue the OPEN and CLOSE commands). That means the Relay Output for the Breaker Open and the Relay Output for the Breaker Close command.
Switching Authority
For the Switching Authority [Control\General Settings], the following general settings are possible:
None: No switching authority (switching not allowed);Local: Switching only via push buttons at the panel;Remote: Switching only via SCADA, digital inputs, or internal signals; andLocal and Remote: Switching via push buttons, SCADA, digital inputs, or internal signals.
POS Indicators Wiring
In the menu [Control/Breaker/Pos Indicators wiring], the signals for the switchgear status indication (position and ready) are to be assigned.
Position Indication with two contacts - 52a and 52b (recommended)
To identify the current position of the switchgear, the switchgear contact outputs have to be used (called 52a/52b at a breaker). The Position Indication can work on either one or both of these inputs. Nevertheless, it is recommended that both are used.
226 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
The protective device monitors and evaluates continuously the Status of the Input Signals CinBkr52a-I and CinBkr52b-I. These signals are validated based on the supervision timers »t-Move CLOSE« and »t-Move OPEN« validation functions. As a result, the breaker position will be detected by the following signals:
• Pos CLOSE;• Pos OPEN;• Pos Indeterm;• Pos Disturb; and• Pos State (0, 1, 2 or 3).
CLOSE initiated (Supervision)When a CLOSE command is initiated, the »t-Move CLOSE« timer will be started. While the timer is running, the »POS INDETERM« State will become true. If the command is executed and the breaker has reached the end position before the timer has elapsed, »POS CLOSE« will become true. Otherwise, if the timer has elapsed »POS DISTURB« will become true.
OPEN initiated (Supervision)When an OPEN command is initiated, the »t-Move OPEN« timer will be started. While the timer is running, the »POS INDETERM« State will become true. If the command is executed and the breaker has reached the end position before the timer has elapsed, »POS OPEN« will become true. Otherwise, if the timer has elapsed »POS DISTURB« will become true.
The following table shows how breaker positions are validated based on 52a and 52b:
States of the Digital Inputs Validated Breaker PositionsCinBkr52a-I CinBkr52b-I Pos CLOSE Pos OPEN Pos Indeterm Pos Disturb Breaker
State
0 0 0 0 1(while a Moving timer is running)
0(while a Moving timer is running)
0Intermediate
1 1 0 0 1(while a Moving timer is running)
0(while a Moving timer is running)
0Intermediate
0 1 0 1 0 0 1OPEN
1 0 1 0 0 0 2CLOSE
0 0 0 0 0(Moving timer
elapsed)
1(Moving timer
elapsed)
3Disturbed
1 1 0 0 0(Moving timer
elapsed)
1(Moving timer
elapsed)
3Disturbed
If for any reason only one breaker contact (52a or 52b) is wired, the Single Contact Indication can be used.
Single Contact Indication
The moving time supervision works only in one direction. If the 52a signal is connected to the device, only the “CLOSE command” can be supervised and if the 52b signal is connected to the device, only the “OPEN command” can be supervised.
If the single contact indication is used, the »SI SINGLECONTACTIND« will become true.
www.eaton.com 227
IM02602004E ETR-4000
In case of single contact indication, the protective device can monitor either the 52a or the 52b contact only. In case of the 52a, the device will monitor / supervise the CLOSE command. In case of the 52b, the device will monitor / supervise the OPEN command.
Single Contact Indication – 52a only
If only the 52a signal is used for the Status Indication of an “CLOSE command”, the switch command will also start the moving time, the position indication indicates an INTERMEDIATE position during this time interval. When the switchgear reaches the end position indicated by the Pos CLOSE signal, the moving time will be terminated. If the moving time elapsed before the switchgear has reached the end position, the switching operation was not successful and the Position Indication will change to Pos DISTURB.
An OPEN command also starts the moving time. Because the device does not receive an open signal by the breaker, it assumes that the breaker is in open position after the moving time has elapsed.
The following table shows how breaker positions are validated based on 52a only:
States of the Digital Input Validated Breaker PositionsCinBkr52a-I CinBkr52b-I Pos CLOSE Pos OPEN Pos Indeterm Pos Disturb Breaker
State
0 Not wired 0 0 1(while t-Move
CLOSE is running)
0(while t-Move
CLOSE is running)
0Intermediate
0 Not wired 0 1 0 0 1OFF
1 Not wired 1 0 0 0 2ON
1 Not wired 0 0 0(after t-Move
CLOSE is elapsed)
1(after t-Move
CLOSE is elapsed)
3Disturbed
Single Contact Indication – 52b only
If only the 52b signal is used for the monitoring of the “OPEN command”, the switch command will start the moving timer. The Position Indication will indicate an INTERMEDIATE position. If the moving time elapsed before the switchgear has reached the OPEN position, the switching operation was not successful and the Position Indication will change to Pos DISTURB.
A CLOSE command also starts the moving time. Because the device does not receive a close signal by the breaker, it assumes that the breaker is in close position after the moving time has elapsed.
The following table shows how breaker positions are validated based on 52b only:
States of the Digital Input Validated Breaker PositionsCinBkr52a-I CinBkr52b-I Pos CLOSE Pos OPEN Pos Indeterm Pos Disturb Breaker
State
Not wired 0 0 0 1(while t-Move
OPEN is running)
0(while t-Move
OPEN is running)
0Intermediate
Not wired 0 0 1 0 0 1OFF
Not wired 1 1 0 0 0 2ON
228 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
States of the Digital Input Validated Breaker PositionsNot wired 1 0 0 0
(after t-Move OPEN is elapsed)
1(after t-Move
OPEN is elapsed)
3Disturbed
General Settings
In the menu [Control/Breaker/General Settings], the moving times for opening and closing of the breaker can be set.
Trip Manager
In the Trip Manger all tripping commands are combined by an “OR” logic. The actual tripping command to the breaker is exclusively given by the Trip Manager. This means, that only tripping commands which are assigned in the Trip Manager lead to an operation of the breaker. In addition to that, the User can set the minimum hold time of the tripping command within this module and define whether the tripping command is latched or not.
Tripable Elements:
Name Description
-.- No assignment87.TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87H.TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GD[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GDH[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GD[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GDH[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command49.TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51Q[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51Q[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
www.eaton.com 229
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
ZI[1].TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip CommandZI[2].TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip CommandExP[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandSudden Press.TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExt Oil Temp.TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExt Temp Superv[1].TripCmd
Signal: Trip Command
Ext Temp Superv[2].TripCmd
Signal: Trip Command
Ext Temp Superv[3].TripCmd
Signal: Trip Command
RTD.TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
230 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 231
Signal Breaker CLOSE
Signal Breaker OPEN
Signal Breaker Ready
Trigger [x]
Trigger [x]
Trigger [x]B
reak
er
Breaker OPEN Command
Breaker CLOSE Command
Protection Trip Command
Position Indication:OPEN, CLOSE,
Indeterminated, Disturbed
Trip Command 50P[x]
Trip Command 51P[x]
Trip Command XX[x]
I Pro
tect
ion
Mod
ule
Trip Command 27[x]
Trip Command 59[x]
Trip Command XX[x]
V Pr
otec
tion
Mod
ule
HMI
Autoreclosure CLOSE
SCADA
IM02602004E ETR-4000
232 www.eaton.com
Bkr
.Trip
Bkr
Bkr.T
rip B
kr
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
1
Bkr.t
-Trip
Cm
d
t
. . . .
Activ
e
Inac
tive
Bkr.L
atch
ed
+ R
Trip
Cm
d Cr
Bkr.R
es T
ripC
mdC
r
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Ackn
owle
dge
-HM
I
Ack
now
ledg
e-1.
.n, A
ssig
nmen
t Lis
t
Ack
now
ledg
e-C
omm
Nam
e =E
ach
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e w
ill le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
11
15 15 15 15 15
OR
OR
OR
OR
AND
S
Q
R
Q
Cou
nter
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Interlockings
There are three interlocking inputs for each switching direction (OPEN/CLOSE) available. Switching into the corresponding switching direction can be inhibited via these inputs. Please note: The Protection Trip commands and the reclosure command of the auto reclosure module will be issued without interlocking. In cases when the breaker must not be opened, the protection trip command has to be inhibited by a separate blocking signal.
www.eaton.com 233
AND
Switc
h co
mm
and
requ
est v
ia
Digi
tal I
nput
:(M
anua
l Sw
itch
Com
man
d)
Com
mun
icatio
n is
sues
the
follo
win
g co
mm
ands
:(M
anua
l Sw
itch
Com
man
d)
HM
I iss
ues
the
follo
win
g co
mm
ands
:(M
anua
l Sw
itch
Com
man
d)
Auto
recl
osur
e iss
ues
the
follo
win
g co
mm
ands
:(A
utom
atic
Switc
h C
omm
and)
Pro
tect
ion
issu
es T
rip
Com
man
d (e
.g. 5
0P)
Interlockings
AND
Trip command assigned and
configured within the Trip manager
Bkr.O
PEN
Cm
d
Bkr.T
ripC
md
Bkr
OP
EN
Cm
d
Bkr
CLO
SE
Cm
d
Bkr
CLO
SE
Cm
d
Bkr
CLO
SE
Cm
d
Bkr
CLO
SE
Cm
d
Bkr
OP
EN
Cm
d
Bkr
OP
EN
Cm
d
15 15 15
41 42
Bkr.P
rot C
LOSE
Bkr.C
LOSE
Cm
d
Rel
ease
by
sync
hron
izin
g un
it
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Ex OPEN/CLOSE
If the breaker should be opened or closed by an external signal, the User can assign one signal that will trigger the CLOSE and one signal that will trigger the OPEN command (e.g.: digital inputs or output signals of the Logic).An applied CLOSE command will be overwritten by an upcoming OPEN command. An applied OPEN command will not be overwritten by an upcoming CLOSE command, that means, the OPEN command is dominant.
Synchronous Switching
If a signal is assigned to the »Synchronism« input, the closing of the switchgear will be performed only when this signal gets active during the maximum allowed waiting time »t-MaxSyncSuperv«.
If no signal is assigned to the »Synchronism« input, the synchronism release is permanent.
Direct Commands of the Switchgear/Breaker
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res Bwear Sl Breaker
Resetting the slow breaker alarm. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Ack TripCmd Acknowledge Trip Command. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Res TripCmdCr Resetting of the Counter: total number of trip commands.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Res Isum trip Reset summation of the tripping currents. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Res Isum Intr per hour
Sum per hour of interrupting currents. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Res Bkr OPEN capacity
Resetting of the Bkr. OPEN capacity. 100% means, that the breaker is to be maintained.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Global Protection Parameters of the Switchgear/Breaker
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CinBkr-52a The breaker is in CLOSE-position if the state of the assigned signal is true (52a).
-.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
Bkr[1]: DI-8P X1.DI 5Bkr[2]: DI-8P X1.DI 6
[Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Pos Indicators Wring]
CinBkr-52b The breaker is in OPEN-position if the state of the assigned signal is true (52b).
-.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Pos Indicators Wiring]
234 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Ready Breaker is ready for operation if the state of the assigned signal is true. This digital input can be used by some protective elements (if they are available within the device) like Auto Reclosure (AR), e.g. as a trigger signal.
-.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Pos Indicators Wiring]
Interl CLOSE1 Interlocking of the CLOSE command 1..n, Assignment List Wired Inputs.Bkr Trouble-I
[Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Interlockings]
Interl CLOSE2 Interlocking of the CLOSE command 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Interlockings]
Interl CLOSE3 Interlocking of the CLOSE command 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Interlockings]
Interl OPEN1 Interlocking of the OPEN command 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Interlockings]
Interl OPEN2 Interlocking of the OPEN command 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Interlockings]
Interl OPEN3 Interlocking of the OPEN command 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Interlockings]
SC CLOSE Switching CLOSE Command, e.g. the state of the Logic or the state of the digital input
1..n, DI-LogicList -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Ex OPEN/CLOSE Cmd]
SC OPEN Switching OPEN Command, e.g. the state of the Logic or the state of the digital input
1..n, DI-LogicList -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Ex OPEN/CLOSE Cmd]
t-TripCmd Minimum hold time of the OPEN-command (Breaker, load break switch)
0 - 300.00s 0.2s [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be Latched when it picks up.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
www.eaton.com 235
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Ack TripCmd Ack TripCmd 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger1 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds Bkr[1]: 50P[1].TripCmdBkr[2]: 50P[3].TripCmd
[Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger2 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds Bkr[1]: 50P[2].TripCmdBkr[2]: 50P[4].TripCmd
[Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger3 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds Bkr[1]: 51P[1].TripCmdBkr[2]: 51P[3].TripCmd
[Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger4 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds Bkr[1]: 51P[2].TripCmdBkr[2]: 51P[4].TripCmd
[Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger5 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds Bkr[1]: 50X[1].TripCmdBkr[2]: 50X[2].TripCmd
[Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger6 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds Bkr[1]: 51X[1].TripCmdBkr[2]: 51X[2].TripCmd
[Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger7 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds Bkr[1]: 50R[1].TripCmdBkr[2]: 50R[2].TripCmd
[Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger8 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds Bkr[1]: 51R[1].TripCmdBkr[2]: 51R[2].TripCmd
[Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger9 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds Bkr[1]: 51Q[1].TripCmdBkr[2]: ZI[2].TripCmd
[Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger10 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds Bkr[1]: ZI[1].TripCmdBkr[2]: -.-
[Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger11 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger12 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
236 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Trigger13 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger14 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger15 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger16 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger17 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger18 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger19 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger20 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger21 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger22 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger23 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger24 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger25 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
www.eaton.com 237
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Trigger26 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger27 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger28 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger29 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger30 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger31 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger32 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger33 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger34 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger35 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger36 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger37 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger38 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
238 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Trigger39 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger40 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger41 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger42 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger43 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger44 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger45 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger46 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger47 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger48 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger49 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger50 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger51 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
www.eaton.com 239
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Trigger52 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger53 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger54 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger55 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger56 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger57 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger58 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger59 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger60 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger61 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger62 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger63 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger64 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
240 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Trigger65 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger66 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger67 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger68 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger69 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Trigger70 Open Command to the Breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Synchronism Synchronism 1..n, In-SyncList -.- [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Synchron Switchg]
t-MaxSyncSuperv
Synchron-Run timer: Max. time allowed for synchronizing process after a close initiate. Only used for GENERATOR2SYSTEM working mode.
0 – 3000.00 s 0.2 s [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Synchron Switchg]
t-Move CLOSE Time to move to the CLOSE Position 0.01 – 100.00 s 0.1 s [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/General Settings]
t-Move OPEN Time to move to the OPEN Position 0.01 – 100.00 s 0.1 s [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/General Settings]
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side
W1 W1 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Operations Alarm
Service Alarm, too many Operations 1 - 100000 9999 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Isum Intr Alarm Alarm, the Sum (Limit) of interrupting currents has been exceeded.
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 100.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
www.eaton.com 241
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Isum Intr ph Alm Alarm, the per hour Sum (Limit) of interrupting currents has been exceeded.
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 100.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Bwear Curve Fc The Breaker Wear Curve defines the maximum allowed CLOSE/OPEN cycles depending on the brake currents. If the breaker maintenance curve is exceeded, an alarm will be issued. The breaker maintenance curve is to be taken from the technical data sheet of the breaker manufacturer. By means of the available points this curve is to be replicated.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
WearLevel Alarm
Breaker Wear curve Alarm
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 - 100.00% 80.00% [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
WearLevel Lockout
Breaker Wear Curve Lockout Level
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 - 100.00% 95.00% [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current1 Interrupted Current Level #1
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 0.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count1 Open Counts Allowed #1
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 10000 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current2 Interrupted Current Level #2
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 1.20 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count2 Open Counts Allowed #2
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 10000 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current3 Interrupted Current Level #3
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 8.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count3 Open Counts Allowed #3
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 150 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current4 Interrupted Current Level #4
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count4 Open Counts Allowed #4
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 12 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
242 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Current5 Interrupted Current Level #5
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count5 Open Counts Allowed #5
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 1 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current6 Interrupted Current Level #6
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count6 Open Counts Allowed #6
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 1 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current7 Interrupted Current Level #7
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count7 Open Counts Allowed #7
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 1 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current8 Interrupted Current Level #8
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count8 Open Counts Allowed #8
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 1 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current9 Interrupted Current Level #9
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count9 Open Counts Allowed #9
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 1 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current10 Interrupted Current Level #10
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count10 Open Counts Allowed #10
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 1 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
www.eaton.com 243
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Switchgear/Breaker Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
CinBkr-52a-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr (52a) [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Pos Indicators Wring]
CinBkr-52b-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52b) [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Pos Indicators Wring]
Ready-I Module Input State: Breaker Ready [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Pos Indicators Wring]
Sys-in-Sync-I State of the module input: This signals has to become true within the synchronization time. If not, switching is unsuccessful.
[Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Synchron Switchg]
Ack TripCmd-I State of the module input: Acknowledgment Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment). Module input signal
[Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Trip Manager]
Interl CLOSE1-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE command [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Interlockings]
Interl CLOSE2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE command [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Interlockings]
Interl CLOSE3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE command [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Interlockings]
Interl OPEN1-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN command [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Interlockings]
Interl OPEN2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN command [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Interlockings]
Interl OPEN3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN command [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Interlockings]
SC CLOSE-I State of the module input: Switching CLOSE Command, e.g. the state of the Logic or the state of the digital input
[Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Ex OPEN/CLOSE Cmd]
244 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description Assignment Via
SC OPEN-I State of the module input: Switching OPEN Command, e.g. the state of the Logic or the state of the digital input
[Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Ex OPEN/CLOSE Cmd]
Switchgear/Breaker Signals (Output States)
Name Description
SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and disturbed Positions cannot be detected.
Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEPos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionPos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionPos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionPos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-
back signals (Position Indicators) contradict themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.
State Signal: Breaker Position (0 = Indeterminate, 1 = OPEN, 2 = CLOSE, 3 = Disturbed)
Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed
successfully.CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command
unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed
because trip command is pending.CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction
Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
CES CLOSE d OPEN Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
CES SG not ready Command Execution Supervision: Switchgear not readyCES Field Interl Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not executed
because of field interlocking.CES SyncTimeout Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not executed
No Synchronization signal while t-sync was running.TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandAck TripCmd Signal: Acknowledge Trip CommandBwear Slow Breaker Signal: Slow Breaker AlarmRes Bwear Sl Breaker Signal: Resetting the slow breaker alarm
www.eaton.com 245
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
CLOSE Cmd Signal: CLOSE command issued to the switchgear. Depending on the setting the signal may include the CLOSE command of the Prot module.
OPEN Cmd Signal: OPEN command issued to the switchgear. Depending on the setting the signal may include the OPEN command of the Prot module.
CLOSE Cmd manual Signal: CLOSE Cmd manualOPEN Cmd manual Signal: OPEN Cmd manualSync CLOSE request Signal: Synchronous CLOSE requestOperations Alarm Signal: Service Alarm, too many OperationsIsum Intr trip: IA Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: IAIsum Intr trip: IB Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: IBIsum Intr trip: IC Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: ICIsum Intr trip Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded in at least one phase.Res TripCmdCr Signal: Resetting of the Counter: total number of trip commandsRes Isum trip Signal: Reset summation of the tripping currentsWearLevel Alarm Signal: Breaker Wear curve AlarmWearLevel Lockout Signal: Breaker Wear Curve Lockout LevelRes Bwear Curve Signal: Reset of the Breaker Wear maintenance curve.Isum Intr ph Alm Signal: Alarm, the per hour Sum (Limit) of interrupting currents has
been exceeded.Res Isum Intr ph Alm Signal: Reset of the Alarm, "the per hour Sum (Limit) of interrupting
currents has been exceeded".
Breaker Wear Counter Values
Value Description Menu Path
TripCmd Cr Counter: Total number of trips of the switchgear (breaker, load break switch…). Resettable with Total or All.
[Operation/Count and RevData/Ctrl/Bkr[1]]
Breaker Wear Values
Value Description Menu Path
Isum trip IA Summation of the tripping currents phase
[Operation/Count and RevData/Ctrl/Bkr[1]]
246 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Value Description Menu Path
Isum trip IB Summation of the tripping currents phase
[Operation/Count and RevData/Ctrl/Bkr[1]]
Isum trip IC Summation of the tripping currents phase
[Operation/Count and RevData/Ctrl/Bkr[1]]
Isum Intr per hour Sum per hour of interrupting currents. [Operation/Count and RevData/Ctrl/Bkr[1]]
Bkr OPEN capacity Bkr. OPEN capacity. 100% means, that the breaker is to be maintained.
[Operation/Count and RevData/Ctrl/Bkr[1]]
Switching the Breaker at the PanelCtrl
Manually switching a switchgear at the device panel is possible at the following switching authorities:
• Local • Local and Remote
Assumed the device displays the main screen:
1. Press the »Menu« softkey.
2. Select the »Control« menu by using the »up« or »down« softkeys and press the »right« arrow softkey button.
3. Select the »Control« menu by using the »up« or »down« softkeys and press the »right« arrow softkey button.
4. A symbol for the switchgear and its status (ON, OFF, intermediate or disturbed) is displayed.
5. Dependent on the status (ON/OFF), the switchgear can be switched ON or OFF by the corresponding softkey.
The current position of the switchgear will be visualized by different symbols:
Breaker State Symbol0
(Intermediate)
www.eaton.com 247
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Breaker State Symbol1
(OFF)
2
(ON)
3
(Disturbed)
Direct Commands of the Switching Authority
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Switching Authority
Switching Authority None, Local, Remote, Local and Remote
Local [Control/General Settings]
Signals of the Switching Authority
Name Description
Local Switching Authority: LocalRemote Switching Authority: Remote
Counters of the Switching Authority
Value Description Menu Path
CES SAuthority Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not executed. No switching authority.
[Operation/Status display/Control/Ctrl]
CES DoubleOperating
Command Execution Supervision: A second switch command is in conflict with a pending one.
[Operation/Status display/Control/Ctrl]
No. of rej. Com No. of rej. Com because Locked by ParaSystem
[]
248 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
The following Signals can trigger the Sync-check:
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 249
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
250 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 251
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
252 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 253
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
254 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 255
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
256 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Breaker WearThe protective relay offers the following Breaker Wear features:
• Monitoring of the accumulated interrupted currents.• Slow breaker alarm• Calculation of the Breaker Open Capacity »Bkr OPEN capacity«. 100% means that breaker maintenance is
mandatory now.• Breaker Wear Curve• Monitoring of total CLOSE/OPEN cycles and alarm for max allowed CLOSE/OPEN cycles per hour.
Slow Breaker Alarm
An increase of the closing or opening time of the breaker is an indication for the maintenance need of this switchgear. If the measured time exceeds the time »t-Move OPEN« or »t-Move CLOSE«, the signal »BWEAR SLOW BREAKER« will be activated. This signal will be active until it is reset manually.
Breaker Wear Curve
In order to keep the breaker in good working condition, the breaker needs to be monitored. The breaker health (operation life) depends above all on:
• The number of CLOSE/OPEN cycles and• The amplitudes of the interrupting currents.
The User has to maintain the breaker accordingly to the maintenance schedule that is to be provided by the manufacturer (breaker operation statistics). By means of up to ten points that the User can replicate the breaker wear curve within menu [Control/Breaker/BWear]. Each point has two settings: the interrupt current in kilo amperes and the allowed operation counts. The first point is always the number of allowed operations if no current is flowing (zero current). No matter how many points are used, the operation counts the last point as zero. The protective relay will interpolate the allowed operations based on the breaker wear curve. When the interrupted current is
www.eaton.com 257
IM02602004E ETR-4000
greater than the interrupt current at the last point, the protective relay will assume zero operation counts.
Global Protection Parameters of the Breaker Wear Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side
W1 W1 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Operations Alarm
Service Alarm, too many Operations 1 - 100000 9999 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Isum Intr Alarm Alarm, the Sum (Limit) of interrupting currents has been exceeded.
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 100.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
258 www.eaton.com
0.1 1 10 1001
10
100
1 103×
1 104×0.0
100001.2
10000
8.0150
20.012
20.00
Breaker Maintenance Curve for a typical 25kV Breaker
Num
ber o
f Ope
ratio
ns
Interrupted Current in kA per operation
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Isum Intr ph Alm Alarm, the per hour Sum (Limit) of interrupting currents has been exceeded.
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 100.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Bwear Curve Fc The Breaker Wear Curve defines the maximum allowed CLOSE/OPEN cycles depending on the brake currents. If the breaker maintenance curve is exceeded, an alarm will be issued. The breaker maintenance curve is to be taken from the technical data sheet of the breaker manufacturer. By means of the available points this curve is to be replicated.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
WearLevel Alarm
Breaker Wear curve Alarm
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 - 100.00% 80.00% [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
WearLevel Lockout
Breaker Wear Curve Lockout Level
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 - 100.00% 95.00% [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current1 Interrupted Current Level #1
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 0.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count1 Open Counts Allowed #1
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 10000 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current2 Interrupted Current Level #2
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 1.20 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count2 Open Counts Allowed #2
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 10000 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current3 Interrupted Current Level #3
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 8.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count3 Open Counts Allowed #3
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 150 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current4 Interrupted Current Level #4
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count4 Open Counts Allowed #4
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 12 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
www.eaton.com 259
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Current5 Interrupted Current Level #5
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count5 Open Counts Allowed #5
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 1 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current6 Interrupted Current Level #6
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count6 Open Counts Allowed #6
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 1 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current7 Interrupted Current Level #7
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count7 Open Counts Allowed #7
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 1 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current8 Interrupted Current Level #8
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count8 Open Counts Allowed #8
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 1 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current9 Interrupted Current Level #9
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count9 Open Counts Allowed #9
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 1 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Current10 Interrupted Current Level #10
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
Count10 Open Counts Allowed #10
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
1 - 32000 1 [Control/Bkr/Bkr[1]/Bwear]
260 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Breaker Wear Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Operations Alarm Signal: Service Alarm, too many OperationsIsum Intr trip: IA Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: IAIsum Intr trip: IB Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: IBIsum Intr trip: IC Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: ICIsum Intr trip Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded in at least one phase.Res TripCmdCr Signal: Resetting of the Counter: total number of trip commandsRes Isum trip Signal: Reset summation of the tripping currentsWearLevel Alarm Signal: Breaker Wear curve AlarmWearLevel Lockout Signal: Breaker Wear Curve Lockout LevelRes Bwear Curve Signal: Reset of the Breaker Wear maintenance curve.Isum Intr ph Alm Signal: Alarm, the per hour Sum (Limit) of interrupting currents has
been exceeded.Res Isum Intr ph Alm Signal: Reset of the Alarm, "the per hour Sum (Limit) of interrupting
currents has been exceeded".
Breaker Wear Counter Values
Value Description Menu Path
TripCmd Cr Counter: Total number of trips of the switchgear (breaker, load break switch…). Resettable with Total or All.
[Operation/Count and RevData/Ctrl/Bkr[1]]
Breaker Wear Values
Value Description Menu Path
Isum trip IA Summation of the tripping currents phase
[Operation/Count and RevData/Ctrl/Bkr[1]]
Isum trip IB Summation of the tripping currents phase
[Operation/Count and RevData/Ctrl/Bkr[1]]
Isum trip IC Summation of the tripping currents phase
[Operation/Count and RevData/Ctrl/Bkr[1]]
www.eaton.com 261
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Value Description Menu Path
Isum Intr per hour Sum per hour of interrupting currents. [Operation/Count and RevData/Ctrl/Bkr[1]]
Bkr OPEN capacity Bkr. OPEN capacity. 100% means, that the breaker is to be maintained.
[Operation/Count and RevData/Ctrl/Bkr[1]]
Direct Commands of the Breaker Wear Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res TripCmdCr Resetting of the Counter: total number of trip commands
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Res Isum trip Reset summation of the tripping currents Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Res Isum Intr per hour
Sum per hour of interrupting currents. Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Res Bkr OPEN capacity
Resetting of the Bkr. OPEN capacity. 100% means, that the breaker is to be maintained.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Control - Example: Switching of a BreakerCtrl
The following example shows how to switch a breaker via the HMI at the device.
Change into the menu »Control« or alternatively push the »CTRL« button at the device front.
Change to the control page by pushing the »right arrow« softkey.
Information only: On the control page the current switchgear positions is displayed. By means of the softkey »Mode« it can be switched to the menu »General Settings«. In this menu switching authority and interlockings can be set.
By means of the softkey »SG« it can be switched to the menu »SG«. In this menu specific settings for the switch gear can be done.
To execute a switching operation, change into the switching menu by pushing the right arrow softkey button.
262 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Executing a switching command via the devices HMI is only possible when the switching authority is set to »Local«. If no switching authority is given, this has to be set first to »Local« or »Local and Remote«.With the softkey »OK« it can be switched back to the single line diagram page.
Pushing the softkey »Mode« leads to the menu »General Settings«.
In this menu the switching authority can be changed.
Select between »Local« or »Local and Remote«.
Now it is possible to execute switching commands at the HMI.
Push the »right arrow« softkey to get to the control page.
The breaker is opened, therefore it can be closed only.After pushing the softkey »CLOSE« a confirmation window appears.
When you are sure to proceed with the switching operation, press the softkey »YES«.
The switching command will be given to the breaker. The display shows the intermediate position of the switchgear.
www.eaton.com 263
IM02602004E ETR-4000
It will be shown on the display when the switchgear reaches the new end position. Further possible switching operations (OPEN) will be displayed by softkeys.
Notice: For the case, the switchgear does not reach the new end position within the set supervision time the following Warning appears on the display.
264 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Protective Elements87 - Differential Protection
Phase Current Differential ProtectionElements:87
DescriptionThe protective device provides phase restrained differential protection function with the User-configurable multiple slope percentage restrained characteristic that allows the User to compensate both the static error and the dynamic error. The static error accounts for transformer magnetizing current and current measurement circuit calibration errors. The dynamic error may be caused by CT ratio mismatch due to tap changing and by CT secondary currents falsely representing their primary currents due to the increased magnetizing current caused by fault current.
The dynamic error is proportional to the fundamental restraining current. In addition, the static tripping characteristic can be temporarily modified at the User’s choice to prevent some nuisance tripping from the harmonic inrush during energization, over-excitation, or deep CT saturation. The harmonic inrush is evaluated through 2nd, 4th, and 5th
harmonics and the transient is monitored through the CT saturation detector.
The direction convention adopted here is as shown in the following drawing.
Protection Principle of the Current Differential Protection by Example of a Two-sided Fed Transformer.
The phase restrained percentage differential protection tripping characteristic can mathematically be expressed as:
∣I d∣≥∣I dmin∣ K 1∗∣I r∣Ir Idmin and Id2∗ I b
K 2∗∣I r∣I r2∗ Ib
d H ,m
Where ∣I d∣=∣I W1' 'I W2
' '∣ is defined as the fundamental differential current.I W1 and I W2 are uncompensated winding primary phase current phasors.I W1
' ' and I W2' ' are the compensated phase current phasors of winding 1 and winding 2.
www.eaton.com 265
Grid
IW1 IW2
Protective Relay
Protected Zone
Grid
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Under normal conditions, the differential current should be below ∣I dmin∣ . When an internal fault occurs, the different current will raise above the restraining current to trip. To establish this trip criterion, two winding currents must be matched by compensating their magnitudes and phases.
∣I r∣=0.5∗∣I W1' '−I W2
''∣ is the fundamental restraining current, and it is also called the through current for normal load and external faults. d H ,m is the temporary restraining current, which is a configurable multiple of the base current I b .
Setting the Tripping Curve
∣I dmin∣ is the minimum differential current multiple scaled to the base current in order for the phase restrained differential protection to trip, which should be set based on the static error (no load error, transformer magnetizing current, and measurement circuit noise). K1 and K2 are the restraining slopes that can be determined with the settings I d ∣I r0∣ , I d ∣I r1∣ , and I d ∣I r2∣ that are expressed as multiples of the base current.
K 1=∣I d ∣I r1∣−I d ∣I r0∣∣/2
K2=∣I d ∣I r2∣−I d ∣I r1∣∣/8
The base currents can be obtained from the transformer power rating (»SN«, MVA) and voltage ratings (»TrVLL,« line to line voltage).
The base currents are defined as:
I b ,W1=S N
3TrV LLW1
I b ,W2=S N
3TrV LLW2
266 www.eaton.com
Trip Range
Operating Range
Static Base Curve
Ir/IbIr1= 2 x Ib Ir2= 10 x Ib
Id[Ir2]
Id[Ir1]
Id[Ir0]Id min
Id/Ib
Slope1
Slope2
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
For settings the tripping characteristics of the 87 Differential Protection, the base current I b=I b , W1 is to be used.
The procedures to configure: I d ∣I r0∣ , I d ∣I r1∣ , and I d ∣I r2∣ :
1. Use I d ∣I r0∣ as a minimum restraining current multiple when the differential current is zero;
2. Select the slope K1 (usually around 15%-40% [typically 25%]);
3. I d ∣I r1∣=I d ∣I r0∣2∗K1 ;
4. Select the slope K2 (usually around 40%-90% [typically 60%]); and
5. I d ∣I r2∣=I d ∣I r1∣8∗K 2 .
Magnitude Compensation
The compensated phase current phasor calculations are performed automatically and involve amplitude and phase adjustments based on the system parameters, voltage ratings, tap position (assuming the tap changer is on the winding 1 side), winding connections and groundings, and the secondary winding phase shift (n) relative to the primary.
I W2'=
V LLW2
V LLW1∗1%Tap
∗T PhaseShift n ∗CT2Pri
CT2Sec∗I W2
Since the winding 1 is taken as the reference I W1'=
CT1Pri
CT1Sec∗I W1 , I W1 and I W2 are uncompensated
secondary winding phase current phasors.
CT Mismatch
None of the Amplitudes Matching factors must exceed a value of 10.
k CT1=CT1Pri
IbW110 and k CT2=
CT1Pri
IbW210
In addition, the second largest amplitudes matching factor must be greater than 0.5
The ratio between the maximum and second largest must not exceed a value of 3.
www.eaton.com 267
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Phase Compensation (ABC Phase System)
VectorGroup
PhaseShift
Transformer Connection Type
Winding 1 Connection Winding 2 Connection
0 0°
Yy0
Dd0
Dz0
1 30°
Yd1
Dy1
Yz1
268 www.eaton.com
a
b
c
A
a
b
c
A
BC
a
b
c
A
BC
a
bc
A
BC
a
bc
A
BC
a
bc
A
BC
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
VectorGroup
PhaseShift
Transformer Connection Type
Winding 1 Connection Winding 2 Connection
2 60°
Yy2
Dd2
Dz2
3 90°
Yd3
Dy3
Yz3
4 120°
Yy4
Dd4
Dz4
5 150°
Yd5
Dy5
Yz5
www.eaton.com 269
a
b
cA
BC
a
b
cA
BC
a
b
cA
BC
ab
cA
BC
ab
cA
BC
ab
cA
BC
a
b
cA
C B
a
b
c
C B
A
a
b
cA
C B
a
b
c
C
A
B
a
b
c
C
A
B
a
b
cA
BC
IM02602004E ETR-4000
VectorGroup
PhaseShift
Transformer Connection Type
Winding 1 Connection Winding 2 Connection
6 180°
Yy6
Dd6
Dz6
7 210°
Yd7
Dy7
Yz7
8 240°
Yy8
Dd8
Dz8
9 270°
Yd9
Dy9
Yz9
10 300°
Yy10
Dd10
Dz10
11 330° Yd11
270 www.eaton.com
a b
c
A
BC
a b
c
A
BC
a
c
b
A
BC
a
b
c
A
BC
a
b
c
A
BC
a
b
c
A
BC
a
b
c
A
BC
a
b
c
A
BC
a b
cA
BC
a
b
c
A
BC
a
b
c
A
BC
a
b
c
A
BC
a
bcA
BC
a
b cA
BC
a
b cA
BC
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
VectorGroup
PhaseShift
Transformer Connection Type
Winding 1 Connection Winding 2 Connection
Dy11
Yz11
Phase Compensation (ACB Phase System)
The phase shift n for the ACB phase sequence should be 12’s complement to the corresponding transformer connection type. For instance, Dy5 for the ABC phase sequence will be Dy7 (12-5) for the ACB sequence, Dy11 becomes Dy1, and so on.
Zero Sequence Removal
Zero sequence currents must be removed to prevent the phase differential protection from tripping on external ground faults. The protective device does not require the zero sequence currents to be removed externally and they will be automatically removed internally if their neutrals are grounded based on the system parameters »W1 Connection/Grounding« and »W2 Connection/Grounding«.
I W1' '=I W1
'−I 0,W1'
I W2' '=I W2
'−I 0,W2'
Retrofitting – External Compensation
By using the external removal approach, the relay will not see the zero sequence current on which other functions, such as residual overcurrent functions, ground differential function, etc., will be stopped.
For a retrofit project, if the User has CTs externally connected in such a way that the zero sequence currents are automatically removed, then the internal zero sequence currents compensation will not be needed. However, if the User prefers the external approach of zero sequence current removal, the User must be aware that the protective device is a multi-function, digital protection system and the phase differential function is one of them. By using the external removal approach, the relay will not see the zero sequence current on which other functions such as residual overcurrent functions, ground differential function, etc., will be stopped. If the User is only interested in the phase differential function in this relay, close attention must be paid to the phase shift and CT ratios. Under normal or external fault conditions, the CT secondary currents from two windings should be equal in magnitude, i.e.:
∣ CT1Sec
CT1Pri /3∗I W1∣=∣CT2Sec
CT2Pri∗I W2∣ if the winding 1 CTs are delta-connected; or
∣CT1Sec
CT1Pri∗I W1∣=∣ CT2Sec
CT2Pri/3∗I W2∣ if the winding 2 CTs are delta-connected.
The User must provide the relay with the modified CT primary rating to accommodate the current's effective decrease due to the CT delta connection. The CT primary rating setting on the CT delta connected side should be divided by 3 .
The phase shift n for the CT delta connected case should include the phase shift from transformer winding
www.eaton.com 271
a
b
c
A
BC
a
b
c
A
BC
a
b
c
A
BC
IM02602004E ETR-4000
connections and additional phase shift from CT delta connection. There are only two methods for the CT delta connection:
• DAB (dy1); or• DAC (dy11).
For instance, if the User has a Yd1 transformer and the neutral on the Y side is grounded, the User must have CTs on the Y side connected as DAC (Dy11), then the User has total phase shift 1+11=12 (same as 0 in terms of phase shift). If the User has a Yd5 transformer and the neutral on the Y side is grounded, the User must have CTs on the Y side connected as DAB (Dy1), then the User has total phase shift 5+1=6.
Transformer Winding Connection Type
CT Delta Connection Type on Y or y side
Total Phase Shift Multiple n
Dy1 DAC (Dy11) 12 (0)
Dy5 DAB (Dy1) 6
Dy7 DAC (Dy11) (18 % 12) =6
Dy11 DAB (Dy1) 12 (0)
Yd1 DAC (Dy11) 12 (0)
Transformer Winding Connection Type
CT Delta Connection Type on Y or y side
Total Phase Shift Multiple n
Yd5 DAB (Dy1) 6
Yd7 DAC (Dy11) (18 % 12) =6
Yd11 DAB (Dy1) 12 (0)
Once a correct phase shift n is selected, the phase compensation calculations are done automatically using the corresponding phase shifting matrix listed in the table.
Temporarily Restraining
The transient behavior can be evoked by:1. Directly energizing the transformer (inrush effect);2. Sympathetic inrush current sharing due to adjacent transformer energization; and/or3. Saturation of the CT.
Temporarily restraining can be triggered by:
1. 2nd harmonic trigger is enabled and the percentage of the 2nd harmonic exceeds its threshold;2. 4th harmonic trigger is enabled and the percentage of the 4th harmonic exceeds its threshold;3. 5th harmonic trigger is enabled and the percentage of the 5th harmonic exceeds its threshold; or
272 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
4. CT saturation trigger is enabled and saturation is detected.
By means of the »Block mode« (Cross Block), the User can specify if an harmonic signal or CT saturation within one phase temporarily causes restraining within this phase only or a cross block (3 phases).
Temporarily Restraining (by monitoring of the harmonics)
The protective device also offers the temporary restraining feature for further securing phase restrained percentage differential protection against harmonics and other transients such as CT saturation. Separating the temporary restraining from the fundamental restraining can make the differential protection more sensitive to internal faults and more secure when harmonics or other transients occur. The temporary restraining, whenever effective, will essentially add a constant d H ,m to the fundamental restraining. Graphically, the static tripping curve is temporarily raised by d H ,m . The amount of the temporary restraining is configured as multiple of the base current I b . The 2nd, 4th, and 5th harmonics percentage relative to fundamental and CT saturation can trigger the temporary restraining. For each harmonic trigger function to be effective, it must be enabled and the percentage of the harmonic over fundamental must exceed its threshold.
Moreover, for the 2nd and 5th harmonics trigger functions, they can be independently configured as having different trigger levels for transient and stationary harmonics. The transient restraining will be effective for a specified t-Trans beginning with energization, which should be set according to the time duration expected for inrush (IH2) currents. For example, this can vary from around 1 second up to nearly 30 seconds for special applications like auto-transformer banks.
The stationary harmonic restraining will take place after t-Trans for time as long as one of the stationary harmonic triggers is active.
www.eaton.com 273
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Temporarily Restraining (by CT saturation monitoring)
Beside the harmonic temporary restraining triggers, the protective device offers another trigger function - the Transients Monitor (Gradient Monitor). This monitor supervises the current transformer saturation. This monitor will be triggered by the behavior of the phase currents (their slopes, normalized derivative).
The normalized derivative is defined as:
m=1
∗I peak∗
didt ,
where I peak is the peak value within a half cycle and is the system frequency.
For a pure sinusoidal waveform, the normalized derivative should be equal to 1. Under CT saturation, m will be greater than 1. The setting CT Satur Sensitvn should be set properly to effectively identify CT saturation but not to generate a nuisance trigger.
When the CT saturation monitor is active, it will trigger the temporary restraining if m exceeds an internal threshold. The temporary restraining, whenever effective, will essentially add a constant d H ,m to the fundamental restraining. Graphically, the static tripping curve is temporarily raised by d H ,m by which the sensitivity of the differential protection function is temporarily reduced.
The internal threshold can be modified by means of the CT Saturation Sensitivn. The CT saturation monitor will behave more sensitively the lower the setting value is set.
Temporary Dynamic Rise of the Static Tripping Characteristic.
274 www.eaton.com
87H
Id[Ir1]
Id[Ir0]
Id[Ir1]´
Id[Ir0]´
Id[Ir2]
Id[Ir2]
d[m]Id min´
Id min
d[H,m]
Ir1= 2 x Ib Ir2= 10 x Ib Ir/Ib
Trip Range
Operating Range
Id/Ib
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
The following signals cannot become true if Id<Idmin:
87. Slope Blo87. H2,H4,H5 Blo87. Blo H287. Blo H487. Blo H587. Restraining
The signal restraining will become true if “87. Slope Blo” or “87. H2,H4,H5 Blo” is true.
Example on Setting the Differential Function
Setting the differential module will be described here with focus on the differential functionality.
Please note:
• All other functionality and settings are the same for this example;• Configuring the blocking,• Routing the trip command, and• Device planning.• Others are to be treated as described for other modules and in general in this document.
The protective device asks for nearly all type-plate data of the transformer to allow for optimal adjustment of the differential function without the need of an auxiliary transformer and other tools like CT tapping (especially that known from non-digital relays in the past).
This results in the fact that the relay automatically takes these numeric values into account:
• CT ratio and its deviation from full load amperage at each winding of the transformer;• Transformer ratio with respect to amplitude and transformer vector-group; and• Ratio change by tap changer displacement.
All this is internally compensated for by numeric means.
SN:Nominal, rated capacity of the transformer - basis for calculating the full load amperage of the transformer.
Example78 MVA
TrV W1:Rated voltage of the transformer regarding winding 1.
Example118 kV
TrV W2:Rated voltage of the transformer regarding winding 2.
Example14.4 kV
By means of these three settings, the following full load amperage Ib is calculated, which is defined as the full load
www.eaton.com 275
IM02602004E ETR-4000
amperage for the maximum allowed apparent power of the transformer. There is one full load amperage for each winding, but differential protection results are always displayed in relation to Ib of the winding 1.
Example:
Ib= 78000000VA3∗118000V
=381 A
Ib = Full load current (FLA related to the primary side)
Connection Groups
W1 Winding/GroundingThis is the setting for the connection scheme of the winding 1 and its grounding condition.
Allowed Settings Default (example)Y, D, Z, YN, ZN D
W2 Winding/GroundingThis is the setting for the connection scheme of the winding 2 and its grounding condition.
Allowed Settings Default (example)y, d, z, yn, zn yn
The combination of W1 Winding/Grounding and W2 Winding/Grounding allows for all possible physical connection schemes of power transformers. The N or n can be set whenever the neutral of the transformer is connected to ground and the grid on that side of the winding is grounded.
Phase Shift:Phase shift in multiples of 0...11 * (-30) degree that the secondary voltage lags the primary voltage.
Default (example)1 (-30 degrees )
Please refer to the Phase Compensation section for a number of typical, preferred transformer types.
For (Y, y, Z, z) connections, the neutral can be connected to ground or not connected to ground. In general, there is a distinction between odd (1, 3, 5, …, 11) and even (0, 2, 4, …,10) connection numbers. Together with the connection scheme (y, d, or z) and the treatment of the neutral of the transformer, the following characteristics can be defined for current transformation from one side of a transformer to the other (described by means of symmetrical components ( I1, I2, I0) and its representation by the protective device).
• The three-phase symmetrical system I1 is rotated counter-clockwise when transferring from winding 1 to winding 2 (applies for ABC phase sequence).
• The three-phase symmetrical system I2 is rotated clockwise when transferring from winding 1 to winding 2 (applies for ABC phase sequence).
• The connection of the transformer to a negative rotating system (ACB) is taken into account according to the parameter.
• The transformation of the zero sequence system I0 depends on the connection of the windings:• Only (Y, y, Z, z) – connections provide for an externally available neutral point;• Only when this neutral point is connected to ground, and at least another ground connection is
available on the grid to which the winding is connected (a zero sequence - respectively ground current can flow); and
• Only when both windings of the transformer allow for ground current flowing, the zero sequence current can be transformed from one side of the transformer to the other without any phase shift.
• Odd connection groups are created by Dy, Yd, Yz, Zy schemes.
276 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
• Even connection groups are created by Yy, Zd, Dz, Dd.• The primary values of winding 1 are reference values when displaying or evaluating relative values.
This primary voltage level is adapted using an on load tap changer.
Tap Changer:
The tap changer changes the transformer voltage ratio k Tap .
k Tap=TrV W11TapChanger% /100%
TrV W2
Default (example)14.4 kV
Principally, the following calculations need to be executed before calculating differential values and restraining values of the transformer differential protection:
• Rotating the measured values of winding 2 to the reference system independent from the count-clockwise rotation number (0, 1, …..11) * 30 degrees;
• Adjustment of measured values for winding 2 with respect to CT ratio mismatch;• Adjustment of measured values for winding 2 with respect to winding connection (y, d, z); and• Adjustment of measured values for winding 1 and winding 2 according to neutral connection and ground
treatment (zero sequence current elimination).
Automatic Calculations: Amplitudes, Vector Groups, and Zero Sequence Removal
The calculations performed can be done by matrix calculations. Three steps have to be completed.
1. Adjust the amplitude according to all transformation ratios (power transformer and CTs).2. Adjust the vector group angle by rotating the three-phase system accordingly.3. Remove the zero sequence current where necessary (this being valid for winding 1 and winding 2).
1. Amplitude Adjustment:
I W2A, B,C
´ = I W2A, B,C∗k r k r =
CT pri , W2
I fla , W2∗
I fla ,W1
CT pri , W1=
CT pri ,W2
CT pri , W1∗
TrV W2
TrV W1∗1 ∂Tap
2. Vector Group Adjustment:
The vector group adjustment is calculated using the following formulas and transformation matrices:
I W2ABC
' ' =[ T vector group ] ∗ I W2 ABC
' [T vector group ] [T 0,1 ,2...11 ]
www.eaton.com 277
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Even Connection Groups Odd Connection Groups
T 0=[1 0 00 1 00 0 1]
T 2=[ 0 −1 00 0 −1
−1 0 0 ]T 4=[0 0 1
1 0 00 1 0]
T 6=[−1 0 00 −1 00 0 −1]
T 8=[0 1 00 0 11 0 0]
T 10=[ 0 0 −1−1 0 00 −1 0 ]
T 1=13
∗[ 1 −1 00 1 −1
−1 0 1 ]T 3=
13
∗[ 0 −1 11 0 −1
−1 1 0 ]T 5=
13
∗[−1 0 11 −1 00 1 −1]
T 7=13
∗[−1 1 00 −1 11 0 −1]
T 9=13
∗[ 0 1 −1−1 0 11 −1 0 ]
T 11=13
∗[ 1 0 −1−1 1 00 −1 1 ]
3. Zero sequence removal (elimination of the ground current if this can only flow through one winding at the external asymmetrical faults and will not be transformed to the other winding).
Zero sequence removal will be calculated for the primary winding system, if the W1con value is set to YN or ZN.
A zero sequence current can only flow:
1. If the neutral is connected to ground; and2. The grid on the primary side is grounded as well.
I W1 A, B,C
* = I A, B ,C' ' − I 0
For the secondary winding system:
Zero sequence removal will be calculated for the secondary winding system, if the W2con value is set to yn or zn.
A zero sequence current can only flow:
1. If the vector group is odd;2. If the neutral is connected to ground; and3. The grid on the secondary side is grounded as well.
I W2A, B,C
' ' ' =I W2A ,B ,C
' ' − I 0
After setting the values for the percentage restrained characteristic curve, the settings for harmonic and transient restraining have to be defined. Both the harmonic and transient restraining settings depend on many parameters:
•
278 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
• Transformer type;• Transformer material;• Operational parameter of the grid; and• Time of energizing relative to the sinusoidal phase.
Therefor it is very difficult to give “one for all” settings in this area and to find a compromise between making a differential relay extremely fast and extremely reliable in its trip decisions.
Beginning with the static characteristic curve, typical slopes of 25% and 50% for both sections are recommended. They will be obtained by the following settings:
Id(Ir0)Default (example)0.2
Id(Ir1)Default (example)0.7
Id(Ir2)Default (example)5
In case of harmonic or transient restraint, the curve will be added by an offset d(H,m) - in version 1.0 a static offset.
To be able to withstand magnetizing inrush currents of typical values, the following value of d(H,m) is recommended and given per default.
d(H,m)Default (example)8
In case of any harmonic restraint threshold is reached, this value will be added to the characteristic curve.
It is important to estimate the necessary harmonic threshold to obtain stability against magnetizing inrush, CT saturation, and over-excitation. The harmonics seen under different operational conditions like magnetizing inrush and CT saturation depend on many different parameters.
Magnetizing inrush:
Basically, en harmonics can be observed and monitored. Due to this fact, the 2nd and 4th harmonic are monitored. Inrush currents depend on the time of energizing, the remnant magnetizing compared to phase of sinusoidal curve, the voltage (low voltage energizing produce less harmonic), the core material and the core geometry among others. It is generally recommended to set the harmonic restraint as active.
Stab H2Default (example)active
Stab H4Default (example)active
www.eaton.com 279
IM02602004E ETR-4000
To operate very stably under stationary circumstances, it can be distinguished between a stationary value of harmonic thresholds and a transient harmonic threshold directly after energizing. This transient period is always started if the differential as well the restraining current is below 0.05% of the nominal CT current setting. The following values are recommended for typical cases:
H2 StaDefault (example)25.00%
H2 TraDefault (example)10.00%
H4 StaDefault (example)20.00%
For CT saturation, the 5th harmonic is one typical criteria. This feature also should be activated as long as CT saturation is expected due to CT dimensioning and operational current values under external faults. It has to be noted that CT saturation can only be monitored as long as there is a critical rest of the current transformed to the secondary side of the CT. For severe CT saturation, the CT can be nearly short circuited, as seen from the primary side, so that nearly no measurable current can be monitored or analyzed.
Stab H5Default (example)active
H5 StaDefault (example)30.00%
H5 TraDefault (example)15.00%
The so called transient time period directly after energizing strongly depends on the above mentioned influencing parameter. Time spans from nearly zero to more than 15 seconds are known for special auto-transformer banks. A typical setting of 2 s is recommended for commonly used transformers.
t-TransDefault (example)2 s
All harmonic-generating events can occur to a different degree in one, two, or all three phases. That is why there is a choice provided to restrain only those phases with harmonic content or restrain all three phases, which is recommended for typical application, as long as knowledge of the grid and modes of operation do not prove another choice.
Block modeDefault (example)inactive
280 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
The Transient Monitor continuously analyzes the differential current signal. If it detects saturation (m>1 or m<-1), it will decide whether the saturation is caused by internal or external faults.
• External Faults: the sign of differential current and of slope are equal (both “-“ or both”+”).• Internal Faults: the sign of differential current and slope are different (one “-“ and the other “+” or the other
way round).
If the saturation is caused by an internal fault, there will be no raising/stabilizing of the tripping curve. If the saturation is caused by an external fault, the tripping curve will be raised by d(H,m).
CT-satur MonitDefault (example)active
The recommended value of the CT saturation monitor is 80%.
CT Satur SensitvnDefault (example)80.00%
Device Planning Parameters of the Phase Current Differential Protection
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
www.eaton.com 281
Idmax
Id
Pure sinusoidal waveform
t
DerivativeDerivativereal
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Global Protection Parameters of the Phase Current Differential Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87]
Setting Group Parameters of the Phase Current Differential Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
Id min Constant minimum pickup current (differential current).
0.1 – 1.0 Ib 0.2 Ib [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
Id(Ir0) Starting point of the static tripping characteristic when Ir = 0
0.0 – 1.0 Ib 0.0 Ib [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
282 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Id(Ir1) Breaking point of the static tripping characteristic when Ir = 2 x Ib
0.2 – 2.0 Ib 0.6 Ib [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
Id(Ir2) Value of the static tripping characteristic when Ir = 10 x Ib
1.0 – 8.0 Ib 6.2 Ib [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
d(H,m) Restraining factor for rising the static tripping characteristic in case of stationary or transient harmonic components, which are ascertained by Fourier analysis (H) or transients monitor (m).
0.0 – 30.0 Ib 8 Ib [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
H2 Restrain Restraining of differential protection function against stationary or transient components of the 2nd harmonic at the phase current (e.g.: rush-effect).
Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
H2/H1 Stat Threshold (2nd harmonic - basic wave ratio) for restraining the differential protection function against stationary 2nd harmonic.
10 - 50% 25% [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
H2/H1 Trans Threshold (2nd harmonic – basic wave ratio) for temporary restraining of the differential protection function against transient 2nd harmonic.
10 - 25% 10% [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
H4 Restrain Restraining of differential protection function against stationary components of the 4th harmonic at the phase current.
Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
H4/H1 Threshold (4th harmonic - basic wave ratio) for restraining the differential protection function against stationary 4th harmonic.
10 - 50% 20% [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
H5 Restrain Restraining of differential protection function against stationary or transient components of the 5th harmonic at the phase current (e.g.: transformer over-excitation).
Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
H5/H1 Stat Threshold (5th harmonic - basic wave ratio) for restraining the differential protection function against stationary 5th harmonic.
10 - 50% 30% [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
H5/H1 Trans Threshold (5th harmonic – basic wave ratio) for temporary restraining of the differential protection function against transient 5th harmonic.
10 - 25% 15% [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
t-Trans Time of temporary restraining of the differential protection function when thresholds for "H2 Tra“ and "H5 Tra“ (transient harmonic) are exceeded.
0.05 – 120.00 s 2 s [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
www.eaton.com 283
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Block mode Phase overlapping restraining of the differential protection function.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
CT Satur Monit Current Transformer Saturation Supervision Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
CT Satur Level Sensitiveness of the Current Transformer Saturation Supervision. The higher the value, the lower the sensitiveness.
100 - 500% 100% [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87]
Phase Current Differential Protection Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87]
Phase Current Differential Protection Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandAlarm A Signal: Pickup System Phase AAlarm B Signal: Pickup System Phase BAlarm C Signal: Pickup System CPickup Signal: PickupTrip A Signal: Trip System Phase ATrip B Signal: Trip System Phase BTrip C Signal: Trip System Phase CTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip CommandBlo H2 Signal: Blocked by Harmonic:2
284 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Blo H4 Signal: Blocked by Harmonic:4Blo H5 Signal: Blocked by Harmonic:5H2,H4,H5 Blo Signal: Blocked by Harmonics (Inhibit)Slope Blo Signal: Differential protection was blocked by current transformer
saturation. The tripping characteristic was lifted because of current transformer saturation.
Transient Signal: Temporary restraining of the differential protection afterward the transformer is being energized
Restraining Signal: Restraining of the differential protection by means of rising the tripping curve.
Slope Blo: A Slope Blo: ASlope Blo: B Slope Blo: BSlope Blo: C Slope Blo: CRestraining: A Restraining: ARestraining: B Restraining: BRestraining: C Restraining: C
87
Phase Current Differential Protection Module Values
Value Description Menu Path
IdA H2 Measured Value (Calculated): Differential Current Phase A Harmonic:2
[Operation/Measured Values/87]
IdB H2 Measured Value (Calculated): Differential Current Phase B Harmonic:2
[Operation/Measured Values/87]
IdC H2 Measured Value (Calculated): Differential Current Phase C Harmonic:2
[Operation/Measured Values/87]
IdA H4 Measured Value (Calculated): Differential Current Phase A Harmonic:4
[Operation/Measured Values/87]
IdB H4 Measured Value (Calculated): Differential Current Phase B Harmonic:4
[Operation/Measured Values/87]
IdC H4 Measured Value (Calculated): Differential Current Phase C Harmonic:4
[Operation/Measured Values/87]
IdA H5 Measured Value (Calculated): Differential Current Phase A Harmonic:5
[Operation/Measured Values/87]
IdB H5 Measured Value (Calculated): Differential Current Phase B Harmonic:5
[Operation/Measured Values/87]
www.eaton.com 285
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Value Description Menu Path
IdC H5 Measured Value (Calculated): Differential Current Phase C Harmonic:5
[Operation/Measured Values/87]
IrA Measured Value (Calculated): Restraint Current Phase A
[Operation/Measured Values/87]
IrB Measured Value (Calculated): Restraint Current Phase B
[Operation/Measured Values/87]
IrC Measured Value (Calculated): Restraint Current Phase C
[Operation/Measured Values/87]
IdA Measured Value (Calculated): Differential Current Phase A
[Operation/Measured Values/87]
IdB Measured Value (Calculated): Differential Current Phase B
[Operation/Measured Values/87]
IdC Measured Value (Calculated): Differential Current Phase C
[Operation/Measured Values/87]
Phase Current Differential Protection Module Statistics
Value Description Menu Path
IdAH2max Maximum Value IdAH2 [Operation/Statistics/Max/87]
IdBH2max Maximum Value IdBH2 [Operation/Statistics/Max/87]
IdCH2max Maximum Value IdCH2 [Operation/Statistics/Max/87]
IdAH4max Maximum Value IdAH4 [Operation/Statistics/Max/87]
IdBH4max Maximum Value IdBH4 [Operation/Statistics/Max/87]
IdCH4max Maximum Value IdCH4 [Operation/Statistics/Max/87]
286 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Value Description Menu Path
IdAH5max Maximum Value IdAH5 [Operation/Statistics/Max/87]
IdBH5max Maximum Value IdBH5 [Operation/Statistics/Max/87]
IdCH5max Maximum Value IdCH5 [Operation/Statistics/Max/87]
IrA max Measured Value (Calculated): Restraint Current Phase A Maximum Value
[Operation/Statistics/Max/87]
IrB max Measured Value (Calculated): Restraint Current Phase B Maximum Value
[Operation/Statistics/Max/87]
IrC max Measured Value (Calculated): Restraint Current Phase C Maximum Value
[Operation/Statistics/Max/87]
IdA max Measured Value (Calculated): Differential Current Phase A Maximum Value
[Operation/Statistics/Max/87]
IdB max Measured Value (Calculated): Differential Current Phase B Maximum Value
[Operation/Statistics/Max/87]
IdC max Measured Value (Calculated): Differential Current Phase C Maximum Value
[Operation/Statistics/Max/87]
Unrestrained High-set Differential Current Protection [87H]
Elements:87H
Irrespective of the set static tripping characteristic and restraining factors d[H,m], a pickup value for a max. differential current 87H can be adjusted and results in undelayed tripping when exceeded. This protection step is referred to as high-set differential step 87H and only trips on faults within the protection zone.
www.eaton.com 287
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Unrestrained High-set Differential Protection Step 87H
Device Planning Parameters of the Unrestrained High-set Differential Current Protection Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Unrestrained High-set Differential Current Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87H]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87H]
288 www.eaton.com
High-Set Differential Current Protection/
Unrestrained High-phase Fault: Pickup value of the differential current based
on the rated current.
Id[Ir2]
Id[Ir1]
Id[Ir0]Id min
Id/Ib
87H
Ir1= 2 x Ib Ir2= 10 x Ib Ir/Ib
Trip Range
Operating Range
Slope1
Slope2
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87H]
Setting Group Parameters of the Unrestrained High-set Differential Current Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87H]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87H]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87H]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87H]
Id>> High-Set Differential Current Protection/Unrestrained High-phase Fault: Pickup value of the differential current based on the rated current.
2.0 - 30.0Ib 10.0Ib [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87H]
Unrestrained High-set Differential Current Protection Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87H]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87H]
www.eaton.com 289
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87H]
Signals of the Unrestrained High-set Differential Current Protection Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandAlarm A Signal: Pickup System Phase AAlarm B Signal: Pickup System Phase BAlarm C Signal: Pickup System CPickup Signal: PickupTrip A Signal: Trip System Phase ATrip B Signal: Trip System Phase BTrip C Signal: Trip System Phase CTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip Command
87 GD - Restricted Ground Fault ProtectionElements87GD[1] ,87GD[2]
This protective element protects the wye-side of transformers against ground faults that are close to the neutral.
DescriptionThis protection principle is based on a restricted ground fault scheme that only can be used in systems with an earthed neutral. The ground differential current is the vector difference of the measured earth current and the calculated zero sequence current from three measured phase currents. Similarly to the phase restrained differential protection, the ground restraining current is the vector sum of the measured earth current and the calculated zero sequence current from three measured phase currents. The trip characteristic is very much similar to the phase restrained differential protection and it does not have the temporary restraining.
The accuracy of the zero current Io determination depends significantly on the tolerances of the phase current CT. This correspondingly applies to the Holmgreen Connection for measuring the earth current lG (instead by using the Toroidal-type CT), but because of its higher accuracy the Toroidal CT is to be preferred to the use of the Holmgreen Connection.
290 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
The trip commands generated by the protective function restricted ground fault 87GD have to be assigned within the Breaker Manager.
Please be aware that the protective function Restricted Ground Fault 87GD solely can be applied to the winding end which builds the earthed neutral point.
Device Planning Parameters of the Restricted Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Restricted Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side
W1, W2
87GD[1]: W187GD[2]: W2
[Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87GD[1]]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87GD[1]]
www.eaton.com 291
yD
Protected ZoneA
B
C
IB
IC
IA
Protective Relay
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87GD[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87GD[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the Restricted Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87GD[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87GD[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87GD[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87GD[1]]
IdG min Constant minimum pickup current (differential current).
0.05 – 1.00 Ib 0.05 Ib [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87GD[1]]
IdG(Ir0) Starting point of the static tripping characteristic when Ir = 0
0.00 – 1.00 Ib 0.1 Ib [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87GD[1]]
IdG(Ir1) Breaking point of the static tripping characteristic when Ir = 2 x Ib
0.2 – 2.0 Ib 0.2 Ib [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87GD[1]]
IdG(Ir2) Value of the static tripping characteristic when Ir = 10 x Ib
1.0 – 8.0 Ib 2.0 Ib [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87GD[1]]
292 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Restricted Ground Fault Protection Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87GD[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87GD[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87GD[1]]
Restricted Ground Fault Protection Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Signal: PickupTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip Command
87GDH - High Set Restricted Ground Fault ProtectionElements87GDH[1] ,87GDH[2]
Similar to the unrestrained phase differential protection, unrestrained ground differential protection functions are provided for a high ground differential current.
www.eaton.com 293
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Unstabilized High Set Differential Protection Step 87GDH
Device Planning Parameters of the High Set Restricted Ground Fault Protection Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the High Set Restricted Ground Fault Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side
W1, W2
87GDH[1]: W187GDH[2]: W2
[Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87GDH[1]]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87GDH[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87GDH[1]]
294 www.eaton.com
IdG/Ib
Ir/IbIr1= 2 x Ib
IdG[Ir2]
87GDH
IdG[Ir1]
IdG[Ir0]
Trip Range
Operating Range
Ir2= 10 x Ib
High-Set / Unrestrained Restricted Ground Fault:
Pickup value of the ground differential current based
on the rated current.
IdG minSlope1
Slope2
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87GDH[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the High Set Restricted Ground Fault Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87GDH[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87GDH[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87GDH[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87GDH[1]]
IdG>> High-Set / Unrestrained Restricted Ground Fault: Pickup value of the ground differential current based on the rated current.
2.00 - 20.00Ib 2.00Ib [Protection Para/<1..4>/Tdiff-Prot/87GDH[1]]
High Set Restricted Ground Fault Protection Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87GDH[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87GDH[1]]
www.eaton.com 295
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Tdiff-Prot/87GDH[1]]
High Set Restricted Ground Fault Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Signal: PickupTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip Command
87GD
Phase Current Differential Protection Module Values
Value Description Menu Path
IrG W1 Measured Value (Calculated): Ground Restraint Current Winding 1
[Operation/Measured Values/87GD W1]
IdG W1 Measured Value (Calculated): Ground Differential Current Winding 1
[Operation/Measured Values/87GD W1]
IrG W2 Measured Value (Calculated): Ground Restraint Current Winding 2
[Operation/Measured Values/87GD W2]
IdG W2 Measured Value (Calculated): Ground Differential Current Winding 2
[Operation/Measured Values/87GD W2]
Phase Current Differential Protection Module Statistics
Value Description Menu Path
IrG W1 max Measured Value (Calculated): Ground Restraint Current Winding 1 Maximum Value
[Operation/Statistics/Max/87GD W1]
IdG W1 max Measured Value (Calculated): Ground Differential Current Winding 1 Maximum Value
[Operation/Statistics/Max/87GD W1]
296 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Value Description Menu Path
IrG W2 max Measured Value (Calculated): Ground Restraint Current Winding 2 Maximum Value
[Operation/Statistics/Max/87GD W2]
IdG W2 max Measured Value (Calculated): Ground Differential Current Winding 2 Maximum Value
[Operation/Statistics/Max/87GD W2]
50P- DEFT Overcurrent ProtectionElements50P[1] ,50P[2] ,50P[3] ,50P[4]
If using inrush blockings, the tripping delay of the current protection functions must be at least 30 ms or more in order to prevent faulty trippings (applies only to devices which are equipped with Inrush protection).
All overcurrent protective elements are identically structured.
For each element the following characteristic is available:
• DEFT (definite time).
Explanation
This element offers a criterion setting. The criterion setting tells if the threshold is based on the fundamental (Phasor) or RMS.
For Tripping curves, please refer to the “Appendix/Instantaneous Current Curves (Phase)” section.
www.eaton.com 297
t = Tripping delay
I = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip .
IM02602004E ETR-4000
298 www.eaton.com
50P[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e =
50P
[1]..
.[n]
Fund
.
RMS
Nam
e.C
riter
ion
φ
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IA
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IB
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IC Nam
e.Tr
ip
IH2.
Blo
Pha
se A
IH2.
Blo
Phas
e B
IH2.
Blo
Phas
e C
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
**
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IA IB IC
AND
AND
AND
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
A
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
B
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
C
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.IH
2 Bl
o
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivate
d an
d no
act
ive b
lock
ing
sign
als) AN
D
AND
AND
Nam
e.IH
2 B
lo*
(Trip
ping
com
man
d de
activ
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
5 6 74 3
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2*
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2*
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2*
1516a
17a
18a
24a
25a
26a
14
OR
OR
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
φD
EFT
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.t
Bas
ed o
n ab
ove
para
met
ers,
tri
ppin
g tim
es a
nd re
set m
odes
will
be c
alcu
late
d by
the
devic
e.
*=Applies only to devices that offer Inrush Protection
t 0
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Device Planning Parameters of the 50P Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Non-directional Non-directional [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the 50P Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side
W1, W2
50P[1]: W150P[2]: W150P[3]: W250P[4]: W2
[Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50P[1]]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50P[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50P[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50P[1]]
Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50P[1]]
AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50P[1]]
AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50P[1]]
AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50P[1]]
AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50P[1]]
www.eaton.com 299
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Setting Group Parameters of the 50P Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
50P[1]: Active50P[2]: Inactive50P[3]: Inactive50P[4]: Inactive
[Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50P[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50P[1]]
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50P[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50P[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50P[1]]
Criterion Measuring method: fundamental or RMS Fundamental, True RMS
True RMS [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50P[1]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
Only available if: Characteristic = DEFT Or Characteristic = INV Minimum of the setting range If: VRestraint = Active Minimum of the setting range If: VRestraint = Inactive
0.02 – 40.00 In 50P[1]: 2 In50P[2]: 2.5 In50P[3]: 2.0 In50P[4]: 2.5 In
[Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50P[1]]
t Tripping delay
Only available if: Characteristic = DEFT
0.00 – 300.00 s 50P[1]: 0 s50P[2]: 0.25 s50P[3]: 0.0 s50P[4]: 0.25 s
[Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50P[1]]
IH2 Blo Blocking the trip command, if an inrush is detected.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50P[1]]
300 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
50P Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50P[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50P[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50P[1]]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50P[1]]
AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50P[1]]
AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50P[1]]
AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter3 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50P[1]]
AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter4 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50P[1]]
50P Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandIH2 Blo Signal: Blocking the trip command by IH2Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IAPickup IB Signal: Pickup IBPickup IC Signal: Pickup IC
www.eaton.com 301
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Pickup Signal: PickupTrip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase ATrip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BTrip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip CommandActive AdaptSet Active Adaptive ParameterDefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter SetAdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
Commissioning: Overcurrent Protection, Non-directional [ANSI 50P]
Object to be tested:
• Signals to be measured for each current protection element: the threshold values, total tripping time (recommended), or alternatively tripping delays and the drop-out ratios; each time 3 x single-phase and 1 x three-phase.
Eaton recommends measuring the total tripping time instead of the tripping delay. The tripping delay should be specified by the User. The total tripping time is measured at the position signaling contact of the breaker (not at the relay output contacts!).
Total tripping time = tripping delay (please refer to the tolerances of the protection elements) + breaker operating time (about 50 ms)
Please take the breaker operating times from the technical data specified in the relevant documentation provided by the breaker manufacturer.
Necessary means:
• Current source;• Current meters; and• Timer.
Procedures:
Testing the threshold values (3 x single-phase and 1 x three-phase)For each test performed, feed a current that is about 3-5% above the threshold value for activation/tripping. Then check the threshold values.
Testing the total tripping delay (recommendation)Measure the total tripping times at the auxiliary contacts of the breaker (breaker tripping).
302 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Testing the tripping delay (measuring at the relay output contact)Measure the tripping times at the relay output contact.
Testing the drop-out ratioReduce the current to 97% below the trip value and check the drop-out ratio.
Successful test resultThe measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and drop-out ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Technical Data section.
51P - INV Overcurrent-ProtectionElements51P[1] ,51P[2] ,51P[3] ,51P[4]
If using inrush blockings, the tripping delay of the current protection functions must be at least 30 ms or more in order to prevent faulty trippings (applies only to devices which are equipped with Inrush protection).
All overcurrent protective elements are identically structured.
For each element, the following characteristics are available:
• NINV (IEC/XInv);• VINV (IEC/XInv);• LINV (IEC/XInv);• EINV (IEC/XInv);• MINV (ANSI/XInv);• VINV (ANSI/XInv);• EINV (ANSI/XInv);• Thermal Flat;• Therm Flat IT;• Therm Flat I2T; and• Therm Flat I4T.
For tripping curves please refer to the “Appendix/Time Current Curves (PHASE)” section.
www.eaton.com 303
IM02602004E ETR-4000
304 www.eaton.com
Fund
.
RMS
Nam
e.C
riter
ion
φ
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IA
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IB
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IC Nam
e.Tr
ip
IH2.
Blo
Phas
e A
IH2.
Blo
Phas
e B
IH2.
Blo
Phas
e C
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
**
Nam
e.P
ickup
IA IB IC
AND
AND
AND
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
A
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
B
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
C
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.IH
2 Bl
o
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sign
als) AN
D
AND
AND
Nam
e.IH
2 B
lo*
Imax
(Trip
ping
com
man
d de
activ
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
5 6 74 3
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2*
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2*
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2*
1516b
17b
18b
24b
25b
26b
14
OR
OR
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
φ INV
Imax
Nam
e.t-r
eset
Nam
e.t-m
ultip
lier
Nam
e.Cu
rve
Shap
e
Nam
e.R
eset
Mod
e
Base
d on
abo
ve p
aram
eter
s,
tripp
ing
times
and
rese
t mod
es w
ill
be c
alcu
late
d by
the
devi
ce.
51P[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e =
51P[
1]...
[n]
*=Applies only to devices that offer Inrush Protection
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Device Planning Parameters of the 51P Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode 51P[1]: Non-directional51P[2]: Do not use, Non-directional51P[3]: Non-directional51P[4]: Do not use, Non-directional
Non-directional [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the 51P Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side
W1, W2
51P[1]: W151P[2]: W151P[3]: W251P[4]: W2
[Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51P[1]]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51P[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51P[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51P[1]]
Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51P[1]]
AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51P[1]]
AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51P[1]]
AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51P[1]]
AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51P[1]]
www.eaton.com 305
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Setting Group Parameters of the 51P Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
51P[1]: Active51P[2]: Inactive51P[3]: Active51P[4]: Inactive
[Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51P[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51P[1]]
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51P[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51P[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51P[1]]
Criterion Measuring method: fundamental or RMS Fundamental, True RMS
True RMS [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51P[1]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
Minimum of the setting range If: VRestraint = Active Minimum of the setting range If: VRestraint = Inactive
0.02 – 40.00 In 1.00 In [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51P[1]]
Curve Shape Characteristic IEC NINV, IEC VINV, IEC EINV, IEC LINV, ANSI MINV, ANSI VINV, ANSI EINV, Therm Flat, IT, I2T, I4T
ANSI MINV [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51P[1]]
306 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-multiplier Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor. The setting range depends on the selected tripping curve.
0.02 - 20.00 51P[1]: 151P[2]: 251P[3]: 1.051P[4]: 2.0
[Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51P[1]]
Reset Mode Reset Mode Instantaneous, t-delay, Calculated
Calculated [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51P[1]]
t-reset Reset time for intermittent phase failures (INV characteristics only)
Available if:Reset Mode = t-delay
0.00 – 60.00 s 0 s [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51P[1]]
IH2 Blo Blocking the trip command, if an inrush is detected.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51P[1]]
51P Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51P[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51P[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51P[1]]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51P[1]]
AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51P[1]]
AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51P[1]]
www.eaton.com 307
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description Assignment Via
AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter3 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51P[1]]
AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter4 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51P[1]]
51P Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandIH2 Blo Signal: Blocking the trip command by IH2Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IAPickup IB Signal: Pickup IBPickup IC Signal: Pickup ICPickup Signal: PickupTrip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase ATrip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BTrip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip CommandActive AdaptSet Active Adaptive ParameterDefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter SetAdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
Commissioning: Overcurrent Protection, Non-directional [ANSI 51P]
Object to be tested
• Signals to be measured for each current protection element: the threshold values, total tripping time (recommended), or alternatively tripping delays and the drop-out ratios; each time 3 x single-phase and 1 x three-phase.
308 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Eaton recommends measuring the total tripping time instead of the tripping delay. The tripping delay should be specified by the User. The total tripping time is measured at the position signaling contact of the breaker (not at the relay output contacts!).
Total tripping time = tripping delay (please refer to the tolerances of the protection stages) + breaker operating time (about 50 ms)
Please take the breaker operating times from the technical data specified in the relevant documentation provided by the breaker manufacturer.
Necessary means:
• Current source;• Current meters; and• Timer.
Procedure:
Testing the threshold values (3 x single-phase and 1 x three-phase)For each test performed, feed a current that is about 3-5% above the threshold value for activation/tripping. Then check the threshold values.
Testing the total tripping delay (recommendation)Measure the total tripping times at the auxiliary contacts of the breaker (breaker tripping).
Testing the tripping delay (measuring at the relay output contact)Measure the tripping times at the relay output contact.
Testing the drop-out ratioReduce the current to 97% below the trip value and check the drop-out ratio.
Successful test resultThe measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and drop-out ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Technical Data section.
50X DEFT Measured Ground Fault ProtectionElements50X[1] ,50X[2]
If using inrush blockings, the tripping delay of the ground current protection functions must be at least 30 ms or more in order to prevent faulty trippings.
All ground current elements are identically structured.
For each element the following characteristics are available:
• DEFT (definite time).
www.eaton.com 309
IM02602004E ETR-4000
For tripping curves please refer to the “Appendix/Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Measured)” section.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents. However, this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
310 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 311
50X[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e =
50X[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
**
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivate
d an
d no
act
ive b
lock
ing
sign
als)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d de
activ
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
IH2.
Blo
IG
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.IG
H2
Blo
AND
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.IG
H2
Blo*
84 3
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2*
151427
a
19a
AND AN
D
AND
φDE
FT
Nam
e.t
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IX M
easu
red
Fund
.
RM
S
Nam
e.C
riter
ion
φ
Base
d on
abo
ve p
aram
eter
s,
tripp
ing
times
and
rese
t mod
es
will
be c
alcu
late
d by
the
devic
e.
*=Applies only to devices that offer Inrush Protection
t 0
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Device Planning Parameters of the 50X Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Non-directional Non-directional [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the 50X Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side
W1, W1 (sensitive measurement), W2, W2 (sensitive measurement)
W1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50X[1]]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50X[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50X[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50X[1]]
Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50X[1]]
AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50X[1]]
AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50X[1]]
AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50X[1]]
AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50X[1]]
312 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Setting Group Parameters of the 50X Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
50X[1]: Inactive50X[2]: Active
[Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50X[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50X[1]]
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50X[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50X[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50X[1]]
Criterion Measuring method: fundamental or RMS Fundamental, True RMS
True RMS [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50X[1]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element will be started.
0.02 - 20.00In 1In [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50X[1]]
Pickup (sensitive)
If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element will be started.
0.002 - 2.000In 0.02In [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50X[1]]
t Tripping delay
Only available if: Characteristic = DEFT
0.00 - 300.00s 0.5s [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50X[1]]
www.eaton.com 313
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
IH2 Blo Blocking the trip command, if an inrush is detected.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50X[1]]
50X Ground Fault Protection Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50X[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50X[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50X[1]]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50X[1]]
AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50X[1]]
AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50X[1]]
AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter3 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50X[1]]
AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter4 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50X[1]]
50X Ground Fault Protection Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
314 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Signal: Pickup IX or IRTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip CommandIGH2 Blo Signal: Blocked by IH2Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive ParameterDefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter SetAdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
Commissioning: Ground Fault Protection – Non-directional [ANSI 50X]
Please test the non-directional ground overcurrent analog to the non-directional phase overcurrent protection.
51X INV Measured Ground Fault ProtectionElements51X[1] ,51X[2]
All ground current elements are identically structured.
For each element the following characteristics are available:
• NINV (IEC/XInv);• VINV (IEC/XInv);• LINV (IEC/XInv);• EINV (IEC/XInv);• MINV (ANSI/XInv);• VINV (ANSI/XInv);• EINV (ANSI/XInv);• Thermal Flat;• IT;• I2T; and• I4T.
For tripping curves please refer to the “Appendix/Time Current Curves (Ground Current)” section.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents. However, this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
www.eaton.com 315
IM02602004E ETR-4000
316 www.eaton.com
Nam
e.Tr
ipCm
d
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
**
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d de
activ
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
IH2.
Blo
IG
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.IG
H2
Blo
AND
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.IG
H2 B
lo*
84 3
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2*
151427
b
19b
AND
AND
AND
IX M
easu
red
Fund
.
RM
S
Nam
e.Cr
iterio
n
φ
51X[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e =
51X[
1]...
[n]
φ INV
Nam
e.t-r
eset
Nam
e.t-m
ultip
lier
Nam
e.C
urve
Sha
pe
Nam
e.R
eset
Mod
e
Bas
ed o
n ab
ove
para
met
ers,
trip
ping
tim
es a
nd re
set m
odes
will
be c
alcu
late
d by
the
devi
ce.
*=Applies only to devices that offer Inrush Protection
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Device Planning Parameters of the 51X Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Non-directional Non-directional [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the 51X Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side
W1, W1 (sensitive measurement), W2, W2 (sensitive measurement)
W1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51X[1]]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51X[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51X[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51X[1]]
Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51X[1]]
AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51X[1]]
AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51X[1]]
AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51X[1]]
AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51X[1]]
www.eaton.com 317
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Setting Group Parameters of the 51X Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
51X[1]: Inactive51X[2]: Active
[Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51X[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51X[1]]
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51X[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51X[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51X[1]]
Criterion Measuring method: fundamental or RMS Fundamental, True RMS
True RMS [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51X[1]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element will be started.
0.02 - 20.00In 0.5In [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51X[1]]
Pickup (sensitive)
If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element will be started.
0.002 - 2.000In 0.02In [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51X[1]]
318 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Curve Shape Characteristic IEC NINV, IEC VINV, IEC EINV, IEC LINV, ANSI MINV, ANSI VINV, ANSI EINV, Therm Flat, IT, I2T, I4T
ANSI MINV [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51X[1]]
t-multiplier Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor. The setting range depends on the selected tripping curve.
0.02 - 20.00 1 [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51X[1]]
Reset Mode Reset Mode Instantaneous, t-delay, Calculated
Calculated [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51X[1]]
t-reset Reset time for intermittent phase failures (INV characteristics only)
Only available if:Reset Mode = t-delay
0.00 - 60.00s 0.00s [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51X[1]]
IH2 Blo Blocking the trip command, if an inrush is detected.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51X[1]]
51X Ground Fault Protection Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51X[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51X[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51X[1]]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51X[1]]
www.eaton.com 319
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description Assignment Via
AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51X[1]]
AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51X[1]]
AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter3 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51X[1]]
AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter4 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51X[1]]
51X Ground Fault Protection Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Signal: Pickup IX or IRTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip CommandIGH2 Blo Signal: Blocked by IH2Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive ParameterDefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter SetAdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
Commissioning: Ground Fault Protection – Non-directional [ANSI 51X]
Please test the non-directional ground overcurrent analog to the non-directional phase overcurrent protection.
320 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
50R DEFT Calculated Ground Fault Protection ModuleElements50R[1] ,50R[2]
If using inrush blockings, the tripping delay of the ground current protection functions must be at least 30 ms or more in order to prevent faulty trippings.
All ground current elements are identically structured.
For each element, the following characteristics are available:
• DEFT (definite time).
For tripping curves please refer to the “Appendix/Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Calculated)” section.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents. However, this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
www.eaton.com 321
IM02602004E ETR-4000
322 www.eaton.com
Nam
e.Tr
ipCm
d
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
**
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sign
als)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d de
activ
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
IH2.
Blo
IG
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.IG
H2 B
lo
AND
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.IG
H2
Blo*
84 3
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2*
151427
c
19c
AND AN
D
AND
Fund
.
RMS
Nam
e.C
riter
ion
φ
50R[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e =
50R
[1]..
.[n]
IX C
alcu
late
d
Nam
e.t
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
t0
φDE
FT
Base
d on
abo
ve p
aram
eter
s, tr
ippi
ng
times
and
rese
t mod
es w
ill be
cal
cula
ted
by th
e de
vice.
*=Applies only to devices that offer Inrush Protection
t 0
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Device Planning Parameters of the 50R Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Non-directional Non-directional [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the 50R Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side
W1, W1 (sensitive measurement), W2, W2 (sensitive measurement)
W1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50R[1]]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50R[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50R[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50R[1]]
Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50R[1]]
AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50R[1]]
AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50R[1]]
AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50R[1]]
AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50R[1]]
www.eaton.com 323
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Setting Group Parameters of the 50R Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
50R[1]: Inactive50R[2]: Active
[Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50R[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50R[1]]
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50R[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50R[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50R[1]]
Criterion Measuring method: fundamental or RMS Fundamental, True RMS
True RMS [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50R[1]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element will be started.
0.02 - 20.00In 1In [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50R[1]]
t Tripping delay
Only available if: Characteristic = DEFT
0.00 - 300.00s 0.5s [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50R[1]]
IH2 Blo Blocking the trip command, if an inrush is detected.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/50R[1]]
324 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
50R Ground Fault Protection Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50R[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50R[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50R[1]]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50R[1]]
AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50R[1]]
AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50R[1]]
AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter3 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50R[1]]
AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter4 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/50R[1]]
50R Ground Fault Protection Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Signal: Pickup IX or IRTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip CommandIGH2 Blo Signal: Blocked by IH2Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive Parameter
www.eaton.com 325
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter SetAdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
Commissioning: Ground Fault Protection – Non-directional [ANSI 50R]
Please test the non-directional ground overcurrent using the procedure for non-directional phase overcurrent protection.
51R INV Calculated Ground Fault ProtectionElements51R[1] ,51R[2]
All ground current elements are identically structured.
For each element the following characteristics are available:
• NINV (IEC/XInv);• VINV (IEC/XInv);• LINV (IEC/XInv);• EINV (IEC/XInv);• MINV (ANSI/XInv);• VINV (ANSI/XInv);• EINV (ANSI/XInv);• Thermal Flat;• IT;• I2T; and• I4T.
For tripping curves please refer to the “Appendix/Time Current Curves (Ground Current)” section.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents. However, this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
326 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 327
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs**
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Trip
Blo
ckin
gs
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d de
activ
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
IH2.
Blo
IG
Inac
tive
Act
ive
Nam
e.IG
H2
Blo
AND
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.IG
H2 B
lo*
84 3
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2*
151427
d
19d
AND A
ND
AND
Fund
.
RM
S
Nam
e.Cr
iterio
n
φ
φ INV
Nam
e.t-r
eset
Nam
e.t-m
ultip
lier
Nam
e.Cu
rve
Shap
e
Nam
e.R
eset
Mod
e
Base
d on
abo
ve p
aram
eter
s, tr
ippi
ng
times
and
rese
t mod
es w
ill be
cal
cula
ted
by th
e de
vice
.
IX C
alcu
late
d
51R[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e =
51R
[1]..
.[n]
*=Applies only to devices that offer Inrush Protection
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Device Planning Parameters of the 51R Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Non-directional Non-directional [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the 51R Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side
W1, W1 (sensitive measurement), W2, W2 (sensitive measurement)
W1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51R[1]]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51R[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51R[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51R[1]]
Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51R[1]]
AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51R[1]]
AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51R[1]]
AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51R[1]]
AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51R[1]]
328 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Setting Group Parameters of the 51R Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
51R[1]: Inactive51R[2]: Active
[Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51R[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51R[1]]
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51R[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51R[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51R[1]]
Criterion Measuring method: fundamental or RMS Fundamental, True RMS
True RMS [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51R[1]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element will be started.
0.02 - 20.00In 0.1In [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51R[1]]
Curve Shape Characteristic IEC NINV, IEC VINV, IEC EINV, IEC LINV, ANSI MINV, ANSI VINV, ANSI EINV, Therm Flat, IT, I2T, I4T
ANSI MINV [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51R[1]]
www.eaton.com 329
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-multiplier Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor. The setting range depends on the selected tripping curve.
0.02 - 20.00 1 [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51R[1]]
Reset Mode Reset Mode Instantaneous, t-delay, Calculated
Calculated [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51R[1]]
t-reset Reset time for intermittent phase failures (INV characteristics only)
Only available if:Reset Mode = t-delay
0.00 - 60.00s 0.00s [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51R[1]]
IH2 Blo Blocking the trip command, if an inrush is detected.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51R[1]]
51R Ground Fault Protection Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51R[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51R[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51R[1]]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51R[1]]
AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51R[1]]
AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51R[1]]
330 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description Assignment Via
AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter3 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51R[1]]
AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter4 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51R[1]]
51R Ground Fault Protection Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Signal: Pickup IX or IRTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip CommandIGH2 Blo Signal: Blocked by IH2Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive ParameterDefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter SetAdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
Commissioning: Ground Fault Protection – Non-directional [ANSI 51R]
Please test the non-directional ground overcurrent analog to the non-directional phase overcurrent protection.
ZI - Zone InterlockingElementsZI[1] ,ZI[2]
Principle – General Use
The purpose of zone interlocking is to speed up tripping for some faults without sacrificing the coordination of the system and interjecting nuisance trips into the system. Zone interlocking devices can communicate across distribution zones to determine whether or not a device sees a fault condition.
Zone interlocking is a communication scheme used with breakers and protective relays to improve the level of protection in a power distribution system. This is achieved through communication between the downstream and upstream devices in a power system. The zones are classified by their location downstream of the main circuit protective device which is generally defined as Zone 1.
www.eaton.com 331
IM02602004E ETR-4000
By definition, a selectively coordinated system is one where by adjusting the trip unit pickup and time delay settings, the breaker closest to the fault trips first. The upstream breaker serves two functions: (1) back-up protection to the downstream breaker and (2) protection of the conductors between the upstream and downstream breakers.
For faults which occur on the conductors between the upstream and downstream breakers, it is ideal for the upstream breaker to trip with no time delay. This is the feature provided by Zone Selective Interlocking.
The zone interlocking information can be transferred to or received from other compatible zone interlocking devices by means of suitable communication cables. With its 3-wire scheme this terminal block implies, however, only a combined connection for phase and ground fault input and output is possible.
Systems containing multiple sources, or where the direction of power flow varies, require special considerations, or may not be suitable for this feature.
The breaker failure pickup signal »BF.PICKUP« is implicitly connected to zone interlocking, so that NO zone interlock output signal can be sent to the upstream device if a breaker failure on a downstream device is detected.
Description of the Functions and Features
• Configurable protection functions to initiate the zone interlocking OUTPUT signal (start functions).
• Remove zone interlocking OUTPUT signal immediately after detection of a breaker failure.
• Reset time (about ten cycles - settable) to interrupt OUTPUT signal for durable trip signal.
• Small trip delay (about three cycles – settable) to wait for downstream devices interlocking signals.
• Zone interlocking trip signal only possible by absence of zone interlocking INPUT signals.
• Configurable zone interlocking trip functions (protective functions serve as zone interlocking trip functions).
• Zone interlocking trip function pickup and tripping characteristic adaption using adaptive settings controlled by the zone interlocking input signals.
Device Planning Parameters of the Zone Interlocking
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Use Use [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Zone Interlocking
In the global parameter menu for zone interlocking 2, external blocking inputs (»Ex Block1/Ex Block2«), just like the other protection modules, can be assigned to two input functions, so that the zone interlocking function can be blocked by the assigned function.
Via an external input signal, the zone interlocking can also be blocked if the parameter »ExtBlockTripCMD« is assigned.
Breaker Failure Pickup flag BF.Pickup is implicitly connected to zone interlocking, so that NO zone interlock output signal can be sent to the upstream device if a breaker failure on downstream device is detected.
332 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/ZI-Prot/ZI[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/ZI-Prot/ZI[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/ZI-Prot/ZI[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the Zone Interlocking
The zone interlocking Setting Group Parameters consists of three groups of setting to configure the zone interlocking module to adapt to various application philosophies accordingly:
• General: This group comprises the settings used to control the general usage of the zone interlocking module.
• OUTPUT: What should be assigned to the Zone Out?- Phase,- Ground, or
• - Both.
The OUTPUT group comprises the settings to configure the zone interlocking output logic. If the zone interlocking application is used to a downstream device, the settings in OUTPUT group should be programmed accordingly. If the zone interlocking application is only used for an upstream device (main breaker or Zone 1), the setting ZoneInterlockOut within the OUTPUT group should be disabled.
• TRIP: Activate the Zone Trip.
The TRIP group comprises the settings used to configure the zone interlocking TRIP logic. If the zone interlocking application is applied to an upstream device, (main breaker or Zone 1), the settings in the TRIP group should be programmed accordingly. If the zone interlocking application is only used for a downstream device (feeder breaker or Zone 2), the setting ZoneInterlockTript in TRIP group should be disabled.
Setting the above mentioned setting groups accordingly the zone interlocking module can be configured as:
• Downstream device application (using only OUTPUT logic);,
• Upstream device application (using only TRIP logic); or
• Midstream device application (using both OUTPUT and TRIP logic together).
The following menu and tables show the detailed information about the settings.
www.eaton.com 333
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/stage. The elements, that are associated with Zone Interlocking depend on the protective device. Transformer relays: ZI[1]: 50P[1], 50P[2], 51P[1], 50X[1], 51X[1], 50R[1], 51R[1] ZI[2]: 50P[3], 50P[4], 51P[3], 50X[2], 51X[2], 50R[2], 51R[2] All other Protective Devices: ZI: 50P[1], 50P[2], 51P[1], 50X[1], 50X[2], 51X[1], 50R[1], 50R[2], 51R[1]
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/ZI-Prot/ZI[1]/General Settings]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/ZI-Prot/ZI[1]/General Settings]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/ZI-Prot/ZI[1]/General Settings]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/ZI-Prot/ZI[1]/General Settings]
ZI OUT Fc Zone Interlocking Out activate (allow) / inactivate (disallow)
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/ZI-Prot/ZI[1]/Zone Out]
Fault Type Fault Type Phase, Ground, Both
Phase [Protection Para/<1..4>/ZI-Prot/ZI[1]/Zone Out]
Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/ZI-Prot/ZI[1]/Zone Trip]
Fault Type Fault Type Phase, Ground, Both
Phase [Protection Para/<1..4>/ZI-Prot/ZI[1]/Zone Trip]
334 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Zone Interlocking Output Logic [X2]
The following current protective function elements serve as the Phase Zone Interlock OUTPUT start functions:
• 51P[1];• 50P[1]; and• 50P[2].
The following current protective function serves as the Ground Zone Interlock OUTPUT start functions:
• 51X[1];• 50X[1];• 51R[1]; and• 50R[1].
www.eaton.com 335
ZI.OUT
Zone Interlocking OUTPUT Logic Timing
STARTEDSTANDBY TRIPPED RESET STANDBYSTATETRANSFER
51P[1].Trip
51P[1].Pickup
ZI.Bkr Blo
t
t
0
1
0
1
t
0
1
t
0
1
t
0
1
Reset Timer
10 Cycles
IM02602004E ETR-4000
336 www.eaton.com
OR
OR OR
OR
OR
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
Phas
e
Gro
und
Faul
t Typ
e
Both
50P[
1].P
icku
p
51P[
1].P
icku
p
50P[
2].P
icku
p
50P[
1].T
ripC
md
51P
[1].T
ripCm
d
50P
[2].T
ripCm
d
50X[
1].P
icku
p
51X[
1].P
icku
p
50R
[1].P
icku
p
51R
[1].P
icku
p
50X[
1].T
ripC
md
51X[
1].T
ripC
md
50R
[1].T
ripC
md
51R
[1].T
ripC
md
Activ
e
ZI O
UT F
c
Inac
tive
BF[1
].Trip
ZI[1
].Bkr
Blo
ZI[1
].Gro
und
OU
T
ZI[1
].Pha
se O
UT
ZI[1
].OU
T
166 m
st
166 m
st
X2:
ZI.Z
one
Out
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
2(E
lem
ent i
s no
t dea
ctiv
ated
and
no
activ
e bl
ockin
g si
gnal
s)
OR
50R
[2].P
icku
p
50X[
2].P
icku
p
OR
50X[
2].T
ripC
md
50R
[2].T
ripC
md
(Har
dwar
e O
utpu
t)
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Zone Interlocking Output Logic [X5]
The following current protective function elements serve as the Phase Zone Interlock OUTPUT start functions:
• 51P[3];• 50P[3]; and• 50P[4].
The following current protective function serves as the Ground Zone Interlock OUTPUT start functions:
• 51X[2];• 50X[2];• 51R[2]; and• 50R[2].
www.eaton.com 337
IM02602004E ETR-4000
338 www.eaton.com
OR
OR OR
OR
OR
OR
OR
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
Phas
e
Gro
und
Faul
t Typ
e
Both
50P[
3].P
icku
p
51P[
3].P
icku
p
50P[
4].P
icku
p
50P[
3].T
ripC
md
51P[
3].T
ripC
md
50P
[4].T
ripCm
d
50X[
2].P
icku
p
51X[
2].P
icku
p
50R
[2].P
ickup
51R
[2].P
ickup
50X[
2].T
ripC
md
51X[
2].T
ripC
md
50R[
2].T
ripC
md
51R[
2].T
ripC
md
Activ
e
ZI O
UT F
c
Inac
tive
BF[2
].Trip
ZI[2
].Bkr
Blo
ZI[2
].Gro
und
OU
T
ZI[2
].Pha
se O
UT
ZI[2
].OU
T
166 m
st
166 m
st
X5:
ZI.Z
one
Out
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
2(E
lem
ent i
s no
t dea
ctiv
ated
and
no
activ
e bl
ockin
g si
gnal
s)
(Har
dwar
e O
utpu
t)
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Zone Interlocking Trip Logic [X2]
The following overcurrent protection elements trigger Phase Zone-Interlock trip functions:
• 1.5 * 51P[1];• 50P[1]; and• 50P[2].
The following overcurrent protection elements trigger Ground Zone Interlock trip functions:
• 51X[1];• 50X[1];• 51R[1]; and• 50R[1].
www.eaton.com 339
Zone Interlocking TRIP Logic Timing
STARTEDSTANDBY TRIPPED STANDBY INTERLOCKED STANDBY
ZI.Trip
STATETRANSFER
51P[1].Pickup
ZI.Pickup
t
t
0
1
0
1
t
0
1
t
0
1
t0
1
Trip Delay Timer
3 Cycles
ZI.IN
IM02602004E ETR-4000
340 www.eaton.com
AND AN
D
OR
50 m
st
50 m
st
OR OR OR
OR
AND
AND
Phas
e
Gro
und
Faul
t Typ
e
Both
50P[
1].P
icku
p
1.5*
51P[
1].P
icku
p
50P[
2].P
icku
p
50X[
1].P
ickup
51X[
1].P
ickup
50R[
1].P
icku
p
51R[
1].P
icku
p
Activ
e
Trip
Inac
tive
ZI[1
].Gro
und
Pic
kup
ZI[1
].Pha
se P
icku
p
ZI[1
].Pha
se T
rip
ZI[1
].Gro
und
Trip
ZI[1
].Trip
ZI.IN
X2:
ZI.Z
one
Trip
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
2(E
lem
ent i
s no
t dea
ctiv
ated
and
no
activ
e bl
ocki
ng s
igna
ls)
ZI[1
].Trip
Cmd
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Trip
ping
com
man
d de
activ
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
3
15AN
D
14O
R
1414
ZI[1
].Pic
kup
Har
dwar
e In
put
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Zone Interlocking Trip Logic [X5]
The following protection elements trigger Phase Zone Interlock trip functions:
• 1.5 * 51P[3];• 50P[3]; and• 50P[4].
The following overcurrent protection elements trigger Ground Zone Interlock trip functions:
• 51X[2];• 50X[2];• 51R[2]; and• 50R[2].
www.eaton.com 341
IM02602004E ETR-4000
342 www.eaton.com
AND
AND
OR
OR OR OR
OR
AND
AND
Phas
e
Gro
und
Faul
t Typ
e
Bot
h
50P[
3].P
icku
p
1.5*
51P[
3].P
icku
p
50P[
4].P
icku
p
50X[
2].P
icku
p
51X[
2].P
icku
p
50R
[2].P
icku
p
51R
[2].P
icku
p
Act
ive
Trip
Inac
tive
ZI.G
roun
d P
icku
p
ZI[2
].Pha
se P
icku
p
ZI[2
].Pha
se T
rip
ZI[2
].Gro
und
Trip
ZI[2
].Trip
ZI.IN
X5: Z
I.Zon
e Tr
ip
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
2(E
lem
ent i
s no
t dea
ctiva
ted
and
no a
ctive
blo
ckin
g si
gnal
s)
ZI[2
].Trip
Cm
d
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Trip
ping
com
man
d de
activ
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
3
15AN
D
14O
R
1414
ZI[2
].Pic
kup
(Har
dwar
e In
put)
t 050
ms
t 050
ms
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Zone Interlocking Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/ZI-Prot/ZI[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/ZI-Prot/ZI[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/ZI-Prot/ZI[1]]
Zone Interlocking Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandBkr Blo Signal: Blocked by Breaker FailurePhase Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase PickupPhase Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase Trip Ground Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground PickupGround Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground Trip Pickup Signal: Pickup Zone InterlockingTrip Signal: Zone Interlocking TripTripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip CommandPhase OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase OUTGround OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground OUTOUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUTIN Signal: Zone Interlocking IN
Zone Interlocking Wiring
The ZI Outputs are for use with connection to electronic inputs only.
The zone interlocking connection between relays is done by means of a twisted shielded cable. Downstream zone interlock outputs may be paralleled from up to ten devices (FP-5000 or DT-3000 or a combination of both) for connection to upstream zone interlocked relays.
www.eaton.com 343
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Hardware Terminals for Zone Interlocking
By means of the zone interlocking terminals, the device can be connected to other Eaton protective devices such as an FP5000, DT3000, etc.
As an upstream device, the terminals - Phase/Ground IN should be connected to the OUT terminals of up to ten downstream device(s) by means of a dedicated cable wired in parallel. As a downstream device, the terminals - Phase/Ground OUT should be connected to the IN terminals of an upstream device by means of a dedicated cable.
344 www.eaton.com
Zone 1
J3
FP-X000
1
4
2
Out
In
Com
X2
13
14
15
Shield
Out
Com
Zone 2
16
17
18
Shield
In
Com
EDR-X000
Zone 3
J3
FP-X000
1
4
2
Out
In
Com
DT-3000
13
14
15
Out
In
Out
16
18
In
Com
Ground
Phase
J3
FP-X000
1
4
2
Out
In
Com
X2
13
14
15
Shield
Out
Com
16
17
18
Shield
In
Com
EDR-X000
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Terminal Marking X2, X5 for Device: ETR-4000
49 - Thermal Overload Protection49
One thermal overload protection function is provided for tripping and alarming based on the thermal model using the maximum phase current (transformer only - from either winding 1 or winding 2) based on the User’s choice.
This thermal overload protection function applies to transformers ONLY.
The thermal model, with preload current taken into account, is in compliance with IEC255-8 (VDE 435 T301). The thermal tripping limit is determined by the so called overload factor K multiplying the maximum permissible continuous phase current Ib. Ib is also referred to as the base current or rated current, which can be found from the transformer (or other equipment to be protected) name plate. The overload factor K must be determined based on the transformer type and its cooling method (or other equipment to be protected). The transformer with natural cooling may have less tolerance on overload while other types of transformer with forced cooling (oil or air) may be allowed to run under substantial overload for a relatively long time.
The warming and cooling process of the thermal overload model is dictated by the warming, cooling constants (» t-warm«, »t-cool«). t-warm« is the time in which the temperature of the operating equipment to be protected has
reached 63% of the stationary operating temperature under rated load current after switching on. »t-cool«is the time in which the temperature of the operating equipment to be protected has dropped 63% of the stationary operating temperature when switching off from the rated load condition. These time constants may be found in the data sheet of the transformer or may be derived from test reports.
The tripping time is determined by the tripping time characteristic according to the thermal model. The alarm threshold is defined as a percentage of the thermal tripping limit.
www.eaton.com 345
123456789
101112131415161718
RO3
X?.Do not useDo not use
COM
OUT
IN
COM
RO4
RO1
RO2
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Legend:
Tripping characteristic with initial load:
Characteristic with complete memory function - the heating caused by the current before the overload happens is taken into account for the thermal model of the electrical equipment to be protected.
The curves below are valid for Ip=0 and K=1.
346 www.eaton.com
(K*Ib)2=100%
(K*Ib)2=67%
t
Thermal Cap max
Thermal Cap Used
t = Tripping delay
τ-cool = Cooling time constant
K = Overload Factor: The maximum thermal limit is defined as k *IB, the product of the overload factor and the base current .
I = Measured current (x In)
Ip = Preload Current
Ib = Base Current: Maximum permissible thermal continuous current .
τ-warm = Warming-up time constant
( )t = τ-warm ln I2 - Ip2
I2 - (K*Ib)2
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Thermal Overload Characteristic Example – IEC Trip Characteristic for Overload Protection
www.eaton.com 347
1 10 1000.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 103×
= 10
= 20
= 50
= 100
= 200
= 500= 1000
t [s]
Ib
I
IM02602004E ETR-4000
348 www.eaton.com
49
49.T
rip
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
IA RM
SIA
49.A
larm
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sign
als)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d de
activ
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
Ala
rm
Thre
shol
dIB RM
SIB
IC RM
SIC
MAX
ILxR
MS
100%
τ-wa
rmτ-
cool
k*Ib
Nam
e =
49
2 3
49.T
ripCm
d1514
AND
AND
AND
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Direct Commands of the Thermal Overload Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Reset Reset the Thermal Replica Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Device Planning Parameters of the Thermal Overload Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Thermal Overload Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side
W1, W2
W1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/49]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/49]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/49]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/49]
Setting Group Parameters of the Thermal Overload Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/49]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/49]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/49]
www.eaton.com 349
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/49]
Ib Base Current: Maximum permissible thermal continuous current.
0.01 – 4.00 In 1.00 In [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/49]
K Overload Factor: The maximum thermal limit is defined as k*IB, the product of the overload factor and the basic current.
0.80 - 1.20 1.00 [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/49]
Alarm Threshold
Alarm Threshold 50 - 100% 80% [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/49]
τ-warm Warming-up time constant 1 – 60000 s 10 s [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/49]
τ-cool Cooling time constant 1 – 60000 s 10 s [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/49]
Thermal Overload Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/49]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/49]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/49]
Signals of the Thermal Overload Module (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External Blocking
350 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandAlarm Signal: Alarm Thermal OverloadTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip CommandRes Thermal Cap Signal: Resetting Thermal Replica
Thermal Overload Module Values
Value Description Menu Path
Thermal Cap Used Measured value: Thermal Capacity Used
[Operation/Measured Values/49]
Time To Trip Measured value (calculated / measured): Remaining time until the thermal overload module will trip
[Operation/Measured Values/49]
Thermal Overload Module Statistics
Value Description Menu Path
Thermal Cap max Thermal Capacity maximum value [Operation/Statistics/Max/49]
Thermal Cap min Thermal Capacity minimum value [Operation/Statistics/Min/49]
Commissioning: Thermal Overload Model [49]
Object to be tested:Protective function ThR
Necessary means:• Three-phase current source• Timer
Procedure:Calculate the tripping time based on the formula provided.
The warming-up time constant has to be known to guarantee optimal protection.
www.eaton.com 351
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Legend:
Testing the threshold values:Apply the current on which the mathematical calculation was based.
Testing the trip delay:
The thermal capacity should be zero before the test is started (see »Measuring Values«).
For testing the trip delay, a timer is to be connected to the contact of the associated trip relay. Apply the current on which the mathematical calculation was based. The timer is started as soon as the current is applied and it is stopped when the relay trips.
Successful test result:The calculated tripping time and the drop-out ratio comply with the measured values. For permissible deviations/tolerances, please see the Technical Data section.
352 www.eaton.com
( )t = τ-warm ln I2 - Ip2
I2 - (K*Ib)2
t = Tripping delay
τ-cool = Cooling time constant
K = Overload Factor: The maximum thermal limit is defined as k *IB, the product of the overload factor and the base current .
I = Measured current (x In)
Ip = Preload Current
Ib = Base Current: Maximum permissible thermal continuous current .
τ-warm = Warming-up time constant
RTD Protection ModuleElements:RTD
General – Principle Use
The Resistance-based Temperature Detector (RTD) Protection Module uses temperature data that are provided by Eaton's Universal Resistance-based Temperature Detector (URTD) module (please refer to the URTD Module section) or Eaton's Universal Resistance-based Temperature Detector II (URTDII) module (please refer to the URTDII Module section).
If voting trip is required, please map the output used for tripping purposes: "RTD. Voting Trip Grp 1" or "RTD.Voting Trip Grp 2"
The protective device provides tripping and alarming functions based on the direct temperature measurements read from Eaton’s (URTD) device that has 11 temperature sensor channels or Eaton’s (URTDII) device that has 11 or 12 temperature sensor channels. Each channel will have one trip function without an intended delay and one alarm function with a delay.
• The “trip” function has only a threshold setting.
• Each individual »Alarm Function« will have a threshold setting range, and can be individually enabled or disabled. Since the temperature cannot change instantaneously (which is a way that temperature differs from current), the “delay” is essentially built in to the function due to the fact that the temperature will take some time to increase from room temperature to the “trip threshold” level.
• The dropout ratio for both trip and alarm is 0.99.
• The temperature rise is limited by the RTD driver.
• The entire function can be turned off or on, or individual channels can be turned off or on.
Voting
Additionally, RTD voting schemes are available and User programmable. The Voting feature must be activated and configured within the following menu, [Protection Para\Set[x]\Temp-Prot/ RTD\Vote[x]]. Here, the setting »Function« has to be set to »Active«.
Once activated, the number of channels that will be used by the voting feature is selected. This is set by way of the parameter »Voting[x]«. This parameter defines how many of the selected channels must be over its threshold level in order to get a voting trip. Each individual channel must be selected or deselected by setting to either »Yes« or »No«. When selecting »Yes«, the channel will be used in the voting process. Note that in order to be selected, each channel must also be active and the RTD module itself has to be active.
If for example, Vote[x] is set to »3«, and all channels are set to »Yes«, and if any three of the selected channels exceed their individual threshold settings, a Vote trip will occur. Please note that the voting trips are not included within the RTD trips. In order to have voting trips, the User has to assign them to a Trip Input of an External Trip module. The External Trip has to be assigned then within the trip manager to the Breaker.
www.eaton.com
IM02602004E ETR-4000
354 www.eaton.com
RTD
Each
Cha
nnel
(RTD
):
W1-
A, W
1-B,
W1-
C, W
2-A,
W2-
B,W
2-C
, Am
b1, A
mb2
, Aux
1, A
ux2,
Aux
3
AND
Inac
tive
Activ
e
RTD
.Trip
Fun
ctio
n
RTD
.Trip
RTD
Tem
pera
ture
RTD
.Trip
Cm
d15
RTD
.Ala
rm
14
AND
Inac
tive
Activ
e
RTD
.Ala
rm F
unct
ion
RTD
.Ala
rm
RTD
Tem
pera
ture
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
2
RTD
.Tim
eout
Ala
rm
Supe
rv
RTD
.Inva
lid
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Trip
ping
com
man
d de
activ
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
3RT
D.T
rip
AND
AND
OR
t-Del
ay t 0
Cau
tion:
A B
lock
Trip
Com
man
d bl
ocks
th
e tr
ips
of a
ll R
TDs.
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Device Planning Parameters of the RTD Temperature Protection Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the RTD Temperature Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/RTD]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/RTD]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/RTD]
Setting Group Parameters of the RTD Temperature Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/General Settings]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/General Settings]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/General Settings]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/General Settings]
www.eaton.com 355
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
W1-A Alarm Function
Winding1 Phase A Alarm Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W1-A]
W1-A Trip Function
Winding1 Phase A Trip Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W1-A]
W1-A Alarm Winding1 Phase A Threshold for Temperature Alarm
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 - 200°C 105°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W1-A]
W1-A t-Delay Winding1 Phase A If this time is expired a Temperature Alarm will be generated.
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 - 360min 1min [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W1-A]
W1-A Trip Winding1 Phase A Threshold for Temperature Trip
Only available if: Device Planning: Trip Function = Use
0 - 200°C 110°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W1-A]
W1-B Alarm Function
Winding1 Phase B Alarm Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W1-B]
W1-B Trip Function
Winding1 Phase B Trip Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W1-B]
W1-B Alarm Winding1 Phase B Threshold for Temperature Alarm
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 - 200°C 105°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W1-B]
W1-B t-Delay Winding1 Phase B If this time is expired a Temperature Alarm will be generated.
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 - 360min 1min [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W1-B]
W1-B Trip Winding1 Phase B Threshold for Temperature Trip
Only available if: Device Planning: Trip Function = Use
0 - 200°C 110°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W1-B]
356 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
W1-C Alarm Function
Winding1 Phase C Alarm Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W1-C]
W1-C Trip Function
Winding1 Phase C Trip Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W1-C]
W1-C Alarm Winding1 Phase C Threshold for Temperature Alarm
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 - 200°C 105°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W1-C]
W1-C t-Delay Winding1 Phase C If this time is expired a Temperature Alarm will be generated.
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 – 360 min 1 min [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W1-C]
W1-C Trip Winding1 Phase C Threshold for Temperature Trip
Only available if: Device Planning: Trip Function = Use
0 - 200°C 110°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W1-C]
W2-A Alarm Function
Winding2 Phase A Alarm Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W2-A]
W2-A Trip Function
Winding2 Phase A Trip Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W2-A]
W2-A Alarm Winding2 Phase A Threshold for Temperature Alarm
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 - 200°C 105°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W2-A]
W2-A t-Delay Winding2 Phase A If this time is expired a Temperature Alarm will be generated.
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 – 360 min 1 min [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W2-A]
W2-A Trip Winding2 Phase A Threshold for Temperature Trip
Only available if: Device Planning: Trip Function = Use
0 - 200°C 110°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W2-A]
www.eaton.com 357
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
W2-B Alarm Function
Winding2 Phase B Alarm Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W2-B]
W2-B Trip Function
Winding2 Phase B Trip Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W2-B]
W2-B Alarm Winding2 Phase B Threshold for Temperature Alarm
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 - 200°C 105°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W2-B]
W2-B t-Delay Winding2 Phase B If this time is expired a Temperature Alarm will be generated.
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 – 360 min 1 min [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W2-B]
W2-B Trip Winding2 Phase B Threshold for Temperature Trip
Only available if: Device Planning: Trip Function = Use
0 - 200°C 110°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W2-B]
W2-C Alarm Function
Winding2 Phase C Alarm Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W2-C]
W2-C Trip Function
Winding2 Phase C Trip Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W2-C]
W2-C Alarm Winding2 Phase C Threshold for Temperature Alarm
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 - 200°C 105°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W2-C]
W2-C t-Delay Winding2 Phase C If this time is expired a Temperature Alarm will be generated.
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 – 360 min 1 min [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W2-C]
W2-C Trip Winding2 Phase C Threshold for Temperature Trip
Only available if: Device Planning: Trip Function = Use
0 - 200°C 110°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/W2-C]
358 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Amb1 Alarm Function
Ambient Alarm Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Amb 1]
Amb1 Trip Function
Ambient Trip Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Amb 1]
Amb1 Alarm Ambient Threshold for Temperature Alarm
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 - 200°C 105°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Amb 1]
Amb1 t-Delay Ambient If this time is expired a Temperature Alarm will be generated.
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 – 360 min 1 min [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Amb 1]
Amb1 Trip Ambient Threshold for Temperature Trip
Only available if: Device Planning: Trip Function = Use
0 - 200°C 110°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Amb 1]
Amb2 Alarm Function
Ambient Alarm Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Amb 2]
Amb2 Alarm Function
Ambient Trip Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Amb 2]
Amb2 Alarm Ambient Threshold for Temperature Alarm
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 - 200°C 105°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Amb 2]
Amb2 t-Delay Ambient If this time is expired a Temperature Alarm will be generated.
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 – 360 min 1 min [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Amb 2]
Amb2 Trip Ambient Threshold for Temperature Trip
Only available if: Device Planning: Trip Function = Use
0 - 200°C 110°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Amb 2]
www.eaton.com 359
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Aux1Alarm Function
Auxiliary Alarm Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 1]
Aux1Trip Function
Auxiliary Trip Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 1]
Aux1 Alarm Auxiliary Threshold for Temperature Alarm
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 - 200°C 105°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 1]
Aux1 t-Delay Auxiliary If this time is expired a Temperature Alarm will be generated.
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 – 360 min 1 min [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 1]
Aux1 Trip Auxiliary Threshold for Temperature Trip
Only available if: Device Planning: Trip Function = Use
0 - 200°C 110°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 1]
Aux2 Alarm Function
Auxiliary Alarm Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 2]
Aux2 Trip Function
Auxiliary Trip Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 2]
Aux2 Alarm Auxiliary Threshold for Temperature Alarm
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 - 200°C 105°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 2]
Aux2 t-Delay Auxiliary If this time is expired a Temperature Alarm will be generated.
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 – 360 min 1 min [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 2]
Aux2 Trip Auxiliary Threshold for Temperature Trip
Only available if: Device Planning: Trip Function = Use
0 - 200°C 110°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 2]
360 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Aux3 Alarm Function
Auxiliary Alarm Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 3]
Aux3 Trip Function
Auxiliary Trip Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 3]
Aux3 Alarm Auxiliary Threshold for Temperature Alarm
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 - 200°C 105°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 3]
Aux3 t-Delay Auxiliary If this time is expired a Temperature Alarm will be generated.
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 – 360 min 1 min [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 3]
Aux3 Trip Auxiliary Threshold for Temperature Trip
Only available if: Device Planning: Trip Function = Use Only available if: Device Planning: Trip Function = Use
0 - 200°C 110°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 3]
Aux4 Alarm Function
Auxiliary Alarm Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 4]
Aux4 Trip Function
Auxiliary Trip Function Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 4]
Aux4 Alarm Auxiliary Threshold for Temperature Alarm 0 - 200°C 105°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 4]
Aux4 t-Delay Auxiliary If this time is expired a Temperature Alarm will be generated.
0 – 360 min 1 min [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 4]
Aux4 Trip Auxiliary Threshold for Temperature Trip 0 - 200°C 110°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux 4]
www.eaton.com 361
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
WD W1 Alarm Function
Winding W1 Alarm Function Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/WD W1 Group]
WD W1 Trip Function
Winding W1 Trip Function Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/WD W1 Group]
WD W1 Alarm Winding W1 Threshold for Temperature Alarm
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 - 200°C 80°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/WD W1 Group]
WD W1 t-Delay Winding W1 If this time is expired a Temperature Alarm will be generated.
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 – 360 min 1 min [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/WD W1 Group]
WD W1 Trip Winding W1 Threshold for Temperature Trip
Only available if: Device Planning: Trip Function = Use
0 - 200°C 100°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/WD W1 Group]
WD W2 Alarm Function
Winding W2 Alarm Function Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/WD W2 Group]
WD W2 Trip Function
Winding W2 Trip Function Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/WD W2 Group]
WD W2 Alarm Winding W2 Threshold for Temperature Alarm
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 - 200°C 80°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/WD W2 Group]
WD W2 t-Delay Winding W2 If this time is expired a Temperature Alarm will be generated.
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 – 360 min 1 min [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/WD W2 Group]
WD W2 Trip Winding W2 Threshold for Temperature Trip
Only available if: Device Planning: Trip Function = Use
0 - 200°C 100°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/WD W2 Group]
362 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Amb Alarm Function
Ambient Alarm Function Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Amb Group]
Amb Trip Function
Ambient Trip Function Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Amb Group]
Amb Alarm Ambient Threshold for Temperature Alarm
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 - 200°C 80°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Amb Group]
Amb t-Delay Ambient If this time is expired a Temperature Alarm will be generated.
Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use Only available if: Device Planning: Alarm Function = Use
0 – 360 min 1 min [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Amb Group]
Amb Trip Ambient Threshold for Temperature Trip
Only available if: Device Planning: Trip Function = Use Only available if: Device Planning: Aux = Use
0 - 200°C 100°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Amb Group]
Aux Alarm Function
Auxiliary Alarm Function Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux Group]
Aux Trip Function
Auxiliary Trip Function Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux Group]
Aux Alarm Auxiliary Threshold for Temperature Alarm 0 - 200°C 80°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux Group]
Aux t-Delay Auxiliary If this time is expired a Temperature Alarm will be generated.
0 – 360 min 1 min [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux Group]
Aux Trip Auxiliary Threshold for Temperature Trip 0 - 200°C 100°C [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Aux Group]
www.eaton.com 363
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting1]
Voting 1 Voting: This parameter defines how many of the selected channels must be over its threshold level for getting a voting trip
1 - 11 1 [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting1]
W1-A Winding1 Phase A No, Yes
Yes [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting1]
W1-B Winding1 Phase B No, Yes
Yes [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting1]
W1-C Winding1 Phase C No, Yes
Yes [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting1]
W2-A Winding2 Phase A No, Yes
Yes [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting1]
W2-B Winding2 Phase B No, Yes
Yes [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting1]
W2-C Winding2 Phase C No, Yes
Yes [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting1]
Amb 1 Ambient 1 No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting1]
Amb 2 Ambient 2 No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting1]
364 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Aux 1 Auxiliary 1 No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting1]
Aux 2 Auxiliary 2 No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting1]
Aux 3 Auxiliary 3 No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting1]
Aux 4 Auxiliary 4 No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting1]
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting2]
Voting 2 Voting: This parameter defines how many of the selected channels must be over its threshold level for getting a voting trip
1 - 11 1 [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting2]
W1-A Winding1 Phase A No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting2]
W1-B Winding1 Phase B No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting2]
W1-C Winding1 Phase C No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting2]
W2-A Winding2 Phase A No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting2]
www.eaton.com 365
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
W2-B Winding2 Phase B No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting2]
W2-C Winding2 Phase C No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting2]
Amb 1 Ambient 1 No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting2]
Amb 2 Ambient 2 No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting2]
Aux 1 Auxiliary 1 No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting2]
Aux 2 Auxiliary 2 No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting2]
Aux 3 Auxiliary 3 No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting2]
Aux 4 Auxiliary 4 No, Yes
No [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/RTD/Voting2]
RTD Temperature Protection Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/RTD]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/RTD]
366 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/RTD]
RTD Temperature Protection Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandAlarm Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip CommandW1-A Trip Winding1 Phase A Signal: TripW1-A Alarm Winding1 Phase A Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionW1-A Timeout Alarm Winding1 Phase A Timeout AlarmW1-A Invalid Winding1 Phase A Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value
(e.g caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)W1-B Trip Winding1 Phase B Signal: TripW1-B Alarm Winding1 Phase B Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionW1-B Timeout Alarm Winding1 Phase B Timeout AlarmW1-B Invalid Winding1 Phase B Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value
(e.g caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)W1-C Trip Winding1 Phase C Signal: TripW1-C Alarm Winding1 Phase C Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionW1-C Timeout Alarm Winding1 Phase C Timeout AlarmW1-C Invalid Winding1 Phase C Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value
(e.g caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)W2-A Trip Winding2 Phase A Signal: TripW2-A Alarm Winding2 Phase A Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionW2-A Timeout Alarm Winding2 Phase A Timeout AlarmW2-A Invalid Winding2 Phase A Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value
(e.g caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)W2-B Trip Winding2 Phase B Signal: TripW2-B Alarm Winding2 Phase B Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionW2-B Timeout Alarm Winding2 Phase B Timeout AlarmW2-B Invalid Winding2 Phase B Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value
(e.g caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)W2-C Trip Winding2 Phase C Signal: TripW2-C Alarm Winding2 Phase C Alarm RTD Temperature Protection
www.eaton.com 367
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
W2-C Timeout Alarm Winding2 Phase C Timeout AlarmW2-C Invalid Winding2 Phase C Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value
(e.g caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)Amb 1 Trip Ambient 1 Signal: TripAmb 1 Alarm Ambient 1 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionAmb 1 Timeout Alarm Ambient 1 Timeout AlarmAmb 1 Invalid Ambient 1 Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g
caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)Amb 2 Trip Ambient 2 Signal: TripAmb 2 Alarm Ambient 2 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionAmb 2 Timeout Alarm Ambient 2 Timeout AlarmAmb 2 Invalid Ambient 2 Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g
caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)Aux 1 Trip Auxiliary 1 Signal: TripAux 1 Alarm Auxiliary 1 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionAux 1 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 1 Timeout AlarmAux 1 Invalid Auxiliary 1 Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g
caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)Aux 2 Trip Auxiliary 2 Signal: TripAux 2 Alarm Auxiliary 2 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionAux 2 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 2 Timeout AlarmAux 2 Invalid Auxiliary 2 Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g
caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)Aux 3 Trip Auxiliary 3 Signal: TripAux 3 Alarm Auxiliary 3 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionAux 3 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 3 Timeout AlarmAux 3 Invalid Auxiliary 4 Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g
caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)Aux4 Trip Auxiliary 4 Signal: TripAux4 Alarm Auxiliary 4 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionAux4 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 4 Timeout AlarmAux4 Invalid Auxiliary 4 Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g
caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)Trip WD W1 Group Trip all Windings of group W1Alarm WD W1 Group Alarm all Windings of group W1TimeoutAlmWDW1Grp Timeout Alarm of group W1WD W1 Group Invalid Winding W1 Group Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value
(e.g caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)Trip WD W2 Group Trip all Windings of group W2Alarm WD W2 Group Alarm all Windings of group W2TimeoutAlmWDW2Grp Timeout Alarm of group W2
368 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
WD W2 Group Invalid Winding W2 Group Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)
Trip Amb Group Trip all Windings of group AmbientAlarm Amb Group Alarm all Windings of group AmbientTimeoutAlmAmbGrp Timeout Alarm of group AmbientAmb Group Invalid Ambient Group Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g
caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)Trip Any Group Trip Any GroupAlarm Any Group Alarm Any GroupTimeoutAlmAnyGrp Timeout Alarm Any GroupVoting Trip Grp 1 Voting Trip Group 1Voting Trip Grp 2 Voting Trip Group 2Timeout Alarm Alarm timeout expiredTrip Aux Group Trip Auxiliary GroupAlarm Aux Group Alarm Auxiliary GroupTimeoutAlmAuxGrp Timeout Alarm Auxiliary GroupAuxGrpInvalid Invalid Auxiliary Group
RTD Temperature Protection Module Counter Values
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
Hottest WD W1 Hottest winding on side W1 0°C 0 - 200°C [Operation/Measured Values/URTD]
Hottest WD W2 Hottest winding on side W2 0°C 0 - 200°C [Operation/Measured Values/URTD]
Hottest Amb Hottest Ambient Temperature 0°C 0 - 200°C [Operation/Measured Values/URTD]
Hottest Aux Hottest Auxiliary temperature in degrees C. Resettable with "Sys Res OperationsCr" or "All".
0°C 0 - 200°C [Operation/Measured Values/URTD]
www.eaton.com 369
IM02602004E ETR-4000
URTDII Module InterfaceURTD
Principle – General UseThe optional Universal Resistance-based Temperature Detector II (URTDII) Module provides temperature data to the protective device up to 12 RTDs embedded in the motor, generator, transformer, or cable connector and driven equipment (see Eaton I.L. IL02602013E). The temperature data will be shown as measured values and statistics in the Operating Data menu. In addition, each channel will be monitored. The measured data provided by the URTDII Module can also be used for temperature protection (please refer to the Temperature Protection section).
The URTDII conveys multiplexed temperature data back to the relay via a single optical fiber. The URTDII may be mounted remotely from the protective device. The fiber optic connector is located on the X102 terminal of the protective device.
Consider the benefit of mounting the URTDII module away from the protective device and as close to the protected equipment as possible. The big bundle of RTD wires to the protected equipment becomes much shorter. The URTDII may be placed up to 400 ft (121.9 m) from the protective device with the optical fiber connection. Note that the URTDII will require a power supply connection at its remote location.
Connect a suitable source to the power terminals J10A-1 and J10A-2 on the URTDII module. Connect any of the Shield terminals to a non-current-carrying safety ground. It is recommended to have a ground connection on both sides of the unit.
Style Power SupplyURTDII-01 48-240VAC
48-250VDCURTDII-02 24-48VDC
URTDII Module Fiber Optic Connection to the Protective DeviceThe figure above shows the fiber optic connections between the URTDII Module and the protective device. The protective device supports the optical fiber connection. The following table lists the fiber optic order options.
370 www.eaton.com
UNIVERSALRTD MODULE
OpticalFiberfor URTDCommunicationstoProtective Device(PreferredMethod)
Connect toTerminal X102
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Fiber Optic Order Options.
Cutler-Hammer Agilent Technologies
Length Catalog Number Number3.3 ft (1 m) MPFO-1 HBFR-ELS001 or HBFRRLS00116.4 ft (5 m) MPFO-5 HBFR-ELS005 or HBFRRLS00532.8 ft (10 m) MPFO-10 HBFR-ELS010 or HBFRRLS01082.0 ft (25 m) MPFO-25 HBFR-ELS025164.0 ft (50 m) MPFO-50 HBFR-ELS050246.1 ft (75 m) MPFO-75 HBFR-ELS075249.3 ft (76 m) MPFO-76 HBFR-ELS076328.1 ft (100 m) MPFO-100 HBFR-ELS100393.7 ft (120 m) MPFO-120 HBFR-ELS120Uncut Fiber HBFR-EUS (Length)
The optical fiber is the only method of transmitting temperature data from the URTDII Module to the protective device.
Preassembled plastic optical fibers with connectors can be ordered from Eaton, or from any distributor of Agilent Technologies® optical fiber products. In addition, these same distributors offer long rolls of cable with connectors that can be installed in the field. Some distributors will make custom lengths to order.
Force is 11 pounds (50 Newtons).
Surplus length of a pre-cut fiber does not cause a problems. Simply coil and tie the excess fiber at a convenient point. Avoid high tie pressure. Bending radius of the fiber should be greater than 2 in. (50.8 mm).
The fiber termination at the URTDII simply snaps into or out of the connector. To connect the fiber termination at the protective device, push the plug of the fiber optic onto the device interface then turn it until it “snaps”.
The protective device as well as the URTDII have various power supply options. Make certain that the power supply is acceptable for both units before connecting the same power supply to both devices.
Wiring RTDs to the URTDII Module
RTD Control URTDII Connection Name
Terminals Transformer Temperature Monitoring Point
RTD1:Alarm FunctionalTrip FunctionalW1-A AlarmW1-A t-DelayW1-A Trip
MW1 J2-1, J2-2 W1-A – Transformer Winding 1,Phase A RTD Temperature.
www.eaton.com 371
IM02602004E ETR-4000
RTD Control URTDII Connection Name
Terminals Transformer Temperature Monitoring Point
RTD2:Alarm FunctionalTrip FunctionalW1-B AlarmW1-B t-DelayW1-B Trip
MW2 J2-5, J2-6 W1-B - Transformer Winding 1,Phase B RTD Temperature.
RTD3:Alarm FunctionalTrip FunctionalW1-C AlarmW1-C t-DelayW1-C Trip
MW3 J2-8, J2-9 W1-C - Transformer Winding 1,Phase C RTD Temperature.
RTD4:Alarm FunctionalTrip FunctionalW2-A AlarmW2-A t-DelayW2-A Trip
MW4 J2-12, J2-13 W2-A - Transformer Winding 2,Phase A RTD Temperature.
RTD5:Alarm FunctionalTrip FunctionalW2-B AlarmW2-B t-DelayW2-B Trip
MW5 J2-15, J2-16 W2-B - Transformer Winding 2,Phase B RTD Temperature.
RTD6:Alarm FunctionalTrip FunctionalW2-C AlarmW2-C t-DelayW2-C Trip
MW6 J2-19, J2-20 W2-C - Transformer Winding 2,Phase C RTD Temperature.
RTD7:Alarm FunctionalTrip FunctionalAmb1 AlarmAmb1 t-DelayAmb1 Trip
MB1 J10B-19, J10B-20 AMB1 - Transformer Ambient RTD Temperature (1).
RTD8:Alarm FunctionalTrip FunctionalAmb2 AlarmAmb2 t-DelayAmb2 Trip
MB2 J10B-15, J10B-16 AMB2 - Transformer Ambient RTD Temperature (2).
RTD9:Alarm FunctionalTrip FunctionalAux1 AlarmAux1 t-DelayAux1 Trip
LB1 J10B-12, J10B-13 AUX1 – User Defined RTD Temperature.
RTD10:Alarm FunctionalTrip FunctionalAux2 AlarmAux2 t-DelayAux2 Trip
LB2 J10B-8, J10B-9 AUX2 – User Defined RTD Temperature.
372 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
RTD Control URTDII Connection Name
Terminals Transformer Temperature Monitoring Point
RTD11:Alarm FunctionalTrip FunctionalAux3 AlarmAux3 t-DelayAux3 Trip
AUX1 J10B-5, J10B-6 AUX3 – User Defined RTD Temperature.
RTD12:Alarm FunctionalTrip FunctionalAux4 AlarmAux4 t-DelayAux4 Trip
AUX2 J10B-1, J10B-2 AUX4 – User Defined RTD Temperature.
Consult the URTDII Module Instruction Leaflet (I.L. IL02602013E) for complete instructions.
Three URTD terminals are provided for each RTD input.
The three terminals for any unused RTD input channel should be wired together. For example, if MW5 and MW6 are unused, MW5 terminals J2-15, J2-16, and J2-17 should be wired together and MW6 terminals J2-19, J2-20, J2- 21 should be separately wired together.
www.eaton.com 373
1 -2 +3 C4 S5 -6 +7 C8 -9 +
10 C11 S12 -13 +14 C15 -16 +17 C18 S19 -20 +21 C
212019181716151413121110987654321
C+-SC+-C+-SC+-C+-SC+-
J10B J2
Auxiliary
LoadBearings
MotorBearings
MotorWindings
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
UniversalRTD Module II
WireShield/Drain
TerminalsMotor
USE TAPE TO INSULATEDO NOT CONNECT CABLE'S SHIELD WIRE AT THIS END!
TerminalsMotor
WireShield/Drain
WireShield/Drain
WireShield/Drain
WireShield/Drain
WireShield/Drain
IM02602004E ETR-4000
See the figure above for wiring of RTDs to the URTD inputs. Use #18 AWG, three-conductor shielded cable. Note the connection rules in the figure. When making connections to a two-lead RTD, connect two of the cable conductors to one of the RTD leads as shown. Make this connection as close to the transformer as possible. Connect the third cable conductor to the remaining RTD lead.
Connect the shield / drain wire to the Shield terminal as shown in the figure. The RTD cable shield should be connected only at the URTD end, and insulated at the RTD end. The RTD's themselves must not be grounded at the object to be protected.
Remember to set the URTDII module DIP switches according to the types of RTDs in each of the channels (see I.L. IL02602013E).
Direct Commands of the URTD Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/URTD]
Force W1-A Force Measured Value: Winding Temperature
0 - 392 0 [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/URTD]
Force W1-B Force Measured Value: Winding Temperature
0 - 392 0 [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/URTD]
Force W1-C Force Measured Value: Winding Temperature
0 - 392 0 [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/URTD]
Force W2-A Force Measured Value: Winding Temperature
0 - 392 0 [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/URTD]
Force W2-B Force Measured Value: Winding Temperature
0 - 392 0 [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/URTD]
Force W2-C Force Measured Value: Winding Temperature
0 - 392 0 [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/URTD]
Force Amb1 Force Measured Value: Ambient Temperature
0 - 392 0 [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/URTD]
Force Amb2 Force Measured Value: Ambient Temperature
0 - 392 0 [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/URTD]
374 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Force Aux1 Force Measured Value: Auxiliary Temperature
0 - 392 0 [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/URTD]
Force Aux2 Force Measured Value: Auxiliary Temperature
0 - 392 0 [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/URTD]
Force Aux3 Force Measured Value: Auxiliary Temperature
0 - 392 0 [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/URTD]
Force Aux4 Force Measured Value: Auxiliary Temperature
0 - 392 0 [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/URTD]
Global Protection Parameters of the URTD Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Force Mode By means of this function the normal Relay Output States can be overwritten (forced) in case that the Relay Output is not in a disarmed state. The relays can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Permanent, Timeout
Permanent [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/URTD]
t-Timeout Force The Output State will be set by force for the duration of this time. That means, for the duration of this time, the Relay Output does not show the state of the signals that are assigned on it.
Only available if: Mode = Timeout DISARM
0.00 – 300.00 s 0.03 s [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/URTD]
Temperature Unit
Temperature Unit Celsius, Fahrenheit
Celsius [System Para/General Settings]
URTD Signals (Output States)
Name Description
W1-A Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Winding1 Phase AW1-B Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Winding1 Phase BW1-C Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Winding1 Phase CW2-A Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Winding2 Phase AW2-B Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Winding2 Phase BW2-C Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Winding2 Phase CAmb1 Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Ambient1Amb2 Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Ambient2
www.eaton.com 375
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Aux1 Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Auxiliary1Aux2 Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Auxiliary2Aux3 Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Auxiliary3Aux4 Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Auxiliary4Superv Signal: URTD Supervision Channelactive Signal: URTD activeOuts forced Signal: The State of at least one Relay Output has been set by force.
That means that the state of at least one Relay is forced and hence does not show the state of the assigned signals.
URTD Module Statistics
Value Description Menu Path
W1-A max Measured Value: Winding Temperature Maximum Value [Operation/Statistics/Max/URTD]
W1-B max Measured Value: Winding Temperature Maximum Value [Operation/Statistics/Max/URTD]
W1-C max Measured Value: Winding Temperature Maximum Value [Operation/Statistics/Max/URTD]
W2-A max Measured Value: Winding Temperature Maximum Value [Operation/Statistics/Max/URTD]
W2-B max Measured Value: Winding Temperature Maximum Value [Operation/Statistics/Max/URTD]
W2-C max Measured Value: Winding Temperature Maximum Value [Operation/Statistics/Max/URTD]
Amb1 max Measured Value: Ambient Temperature Maximum Value [Operation/Statistics/Max/URTD]
Amb2 max Measured Value: Ambient Temperature Maximum Value [Operation/Statistics/Max/URTD]
Aux1 max Measured Value: Auxiliary Temperature Maximum Value [Operation/Statistics/Max/URTD]
376 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Value Description Menu Path
Aux2 max Measured Value: Auxiliary Temperature Maximum Value [Operation/Statistics/Max/URTD]
Aux3 max Measured Value: Auxiliary Temperature Maximum Value [Operation/Statistics/Max/URTD]
Aux4 max Measured Value: Auxiliary Temperature Maximum Value [Operation/Statistics/Max/URTD]
URTD Measured Values
Value Description Menu Path
W1-A Measured Value: Winding Temperature [Operation/Measured Values/URTD]
W1-B Measured Value: Winding Temperature [Operation/Measured Values/URTD]
W1-C Measured Value: Winding Temperature [Operation/Measured Values/URTD]
W2-A Measured Value: Winding Temperature [Operation/Measured Values/URTD]
W2-B Measured Value: Winding Temperature [Operation/Measured Values/URTD]
W2-C Measured Value: Winding Temperature [Operation/Measured Values/URTD]
Amb1 Measured Value: Ambient Temperature [Operation/Measured Values/URTD]
Amb2 Measured Value: Ambient Temperature [Operation/Measured Values/URTD]
Aux1 Measured Value: Auxiliary Temperature [Operation/Measured Values/URTD]
Aux2 Measured Value: Auxiliary Temperature [Operation/Measured Values/URTD]
Aux3 Measured Value: Auxiliary Temperature [Operation/Measured Values/URTD]
www.eaton.com 377
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Value Description Menu Path
Aux4 Measured Value: Auxiliary Temperature [Operation/Measured Values/URTD]
RTD Max Maximum temperature of all channels. [Operation/Measured Values/URTD]
IH2 – Inrush BlockingElementsIH2[1] ,IH2[2]
Principle – General Use
The magnetizing current may have a significant amount of harmonics when energizing an unloaded transformer, in particular, 2nd harmonics. The IH2 module (harmonic blocking) uses a percentage of the 2nd harmonics over its fundamental to generate general or phase-based blocking signals for other protection functions use.
There are two blocking modes.
• If 1-phase block mode is selected, the module will only generate the blocking signals for those phases whose 2nd harmonic percentages exceed their threshold respectively.
• If 3-phase mode is selected, the module will generate the blocking signals for all three phases as long as the 2nd harmonic percentage in one or more phases exceeds their threshold.
Note that the 2nd harmonic percentage in IX shares the same threshold as other phases but it will not be controlled by the blocking mode.
378 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 379
AND
1-ph
Blo
IH2.
Bloc
k M
ode
3-ph
Blo
IH2.
IH2
/ IH
1
IA IB IC
AND
AND
AND
IH2.
Activ
e
IH2.
Blo
Phas
e B
IH2.
Blo
Pha
se C
IH2.
Blo
Pha
se A
IH2
IH1
IH2
IH1
IH2
IH1
IH2
IXIG
H1
IGH
2
AND
IH2.
Blo
IG
IH2.
3-ph
Blo
4
5 6 7 8
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
OR
OR OR
OR
IH2
IH1
IH2
IH1
IH2
IH1
IGH2
IGH
1
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Device Planning Parameters of the IH2 Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the IH2 Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side
IH2[1]: W1IH2[2]: W2
IH2[1]: W1IH2[2]: W2
[Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/IH2[1]]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/IH2[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/IH2[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the IH2 Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/IH2[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/IH2[1]]
IH2 / IH1 Maximum permissible percentage of the 2nd harmonic over the fundamental.
10 - 40% 15% [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/IH2[1]]
Block Mode 1-ph Blo: If an inrush is detected in one phase, the corresponding phase of those modules will be blocked, where inrush blocking is set to active./3-ph Blo: If an inrush is detected in at least one phase, all three phases of those modules where inrush blocking is set to active will be blocked (cross blocking).
1-ph Blo, 3-ph Blo
1-ph Blo [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/IH2[1]]
380 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Inrush Module IH2 States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/IH2[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/IH2[1]]
IH2 Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo Phase A Signal: Blocked Phase ABlo Phase B Signal: Blocked Phase BBlo Phase C Signal: Blocked Phase CBlo IG meas Signal: Blocking of the ground protection module (measured ground current)Blo IG calc Signal: Blocking of the ground protection module (calculated ground current)3-ph Blo Signal: Inrush was detected in at least one phase - trip command blocked.
Commissioning: IH2
Dependent on the configured IH2 module blocking mode (»1-ph Blo or 3-ph Blo«), the test procedure is different.
For mode »1-ph-Blo«, the test has to be carried out first for each individual phase and then for all three phases together.
For mode »3-ph-Blo«, the test is a three-phase test.
Object to be tested:Test of the IH2 module harmonic blocking.
Necessary means:• Three-phase current source with adjustable frequency; and• Three-phase current source (for the fundamental harmonic).
Procedure (dependent on the configured blocking mode):
• Feed the current to the secondary side with nominal frequency.• Abruptly feed current to the secondary side with double nominal frequency. The amplitude must exceed the
pre-set ratio/threshold »IH2/IN«.• Ascertain that the signal »IH2 ALARM« is now generated.
www.eaton.com 381
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Successful test results:
The signal »IH2 ALARM« is generated and the event recorder indicates the blocking of the current protection element.
51Q - Negative-Sequence Overcurrent ProtectionElements51Q[1] ,51Q[2]
The negative-sequence overcurrent element (51Q) is to be seen as an equivalent to the phase overcurrent protection (51P) with the exception that it uses negative-sequence current (I2) as measured quantities instead of the three phase currents used by phase overcurrent elements. The negative-sequence current used by 51Q is derived from the following well-known symmetrical component transformation:
I 2=13 I Aa2 I Ba I C
The pickup set value of a 51Q element should be set in accordance of the negative-sequence current occurrence in the protected object.
Besides that, the negative-sequence overcurrent element (51Q) uses the same setting parameters as the phase overcurrent elements (51P), like trip and reset characteristics from both IEC/ANSI standards, time multiplier, etc. The negative-sequence overcurrent element (51Q) can be used by line, generator, transformer and motor protection to protect the system from unbalanced faults. Because the 51Q element operates on the negative-sequence current component which is normally absent during load conditions, the 51Q can, therefore, be set more sensitive than the phase overcurrent elements (51P). On the other hand, coordination of negative-sequence overcurrent elements in a radial system does not mean automatically very long fault clearing time for the furthest upstream protection devices, because the tripping time of concerned negative-sequence overcurrent element needs only be coordinate with the next downstream device with the negative-sequence overcurrent element. This makes the 51Q in many cases as an advantageous protection concept in addition to the phase overcurrent elements.
If you are using inrush blockings, the tripping delay of the current protection functions must be at least 30 ms or more in order to prevent faulty trippings.
All elements are identically structured.
For each element, the following characteristics are available:
• NINV (IEC/XInv)• VINV (IEC/XInv)• LINV (IEC/XInv)• EINV (IEC/XInv)• MINV (ANSI/XInv)• VINV (ANSI/XInv)• EINV (ANSI/XInv)• Thermal Flat• Therm Flat IT• Therm Flat I2T• Therm Flat I4T
382 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
For Tripping curves please refer to Chapter “Appendix/Instantaneous Current Curves (I2)”.
At the moment of breaker closure, negative-sequence current might be the result of transients.
www.eaton.com 383
Nam
e.Tr
ipCm
dNam
e.Tr
ip
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
**
Nam
e.IH
2 Bl
o
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d de
activ
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
IH2.
IH2
Blo
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.IH
2 Bl
o
AND
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.IH
2 Bl
o
5
4 3
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2
1514
AND
AND
AND
I251Q
[1]..
.[n]
Nam
e =
51Q
[1]..
.[n]
φ INV
Nam
e.t-r
eset
Nam
e.t-m
ultip
lier
Nam
e.C
urve
Sha
pe
Nam
e.R
eset
Mod
e
Bas
ed o
n ab
ove
para
met
ers,
trip
ping
tim
es a
nd re
set m
odes
will
be c
alcu
late
d by
the
devi
ce.
67
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Device Planning Parameters of the 51Q Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Non-directional
Non-directional [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the 51Q Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side
W1, W2
51Q[1]: W151Q[2]: W2
[Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
384 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Setting Group Parameters of the 51Q Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Active [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
Minimum of the setting range If: VRestraint = Active Minimum of the setting range If: VRestraint = Inactive
0.02 – 40.00 In 1.00 In [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
Curve Shape Characteristic IEC NINV, IEC VINV, IEC EINV, IEC LINV, ANSI MINV, ANSI VINV, ANSI EINV, Therm Flat, IT, I2T, I4T
ANSI MINV [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
t-multiplier Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor. The setting range depends on the selected tripping curve.
0.02 - 20.00 1.0 [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
www.eaton.com 385
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Reset Mode Reset Mode Instantaneous, t-delay, Calculated
Calculated [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
t-reset Reset time for intermittent phase failures (INV characteristics only)
Available if:Reset Mode = t-delay
0.00 – 60.00 s 0 s [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
IH2 Blo Blocking the trip command, if an inrush is detected.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
51Q Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter3 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
386 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description Assignment Via
AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter4 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/I-Prot/51Q[1]]
51Q Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandIH2 Blo Signal: Blocking the trip command by IH2Pickup Signal: PickupTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip CommandActive AdaptSet Active Adaptive ParameterDefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter SetAdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
Commissioning: Negative Sequence Overcurrent [51Q]
Object to be tested
• Signals to be measured for each current protection element: the threshold values, total tripping time (recommended), or alternatively tripping delays and the dropout ratios.
Eaton recommends measuring the total tripping time instead of the tripping delay. The tripping delay should be specified by the customer. The total tripping time is measured at the position signaling contact of the breaker (not at the relay output contacts!).
Total tripping time = tripping delay (please refer to the tolerances of the protection stages) + breaker operating time (about 50 ms)
Please take the breaker operating times from the technical data specified in the relevant documentation provided by the breaker manufacturer.
Necessary means:
• Current source
www.eaton.com 387
IM02602004E ETR-4000
• Current meters• Timer
Procedure:
Testing the threshold values
In order to get a negative-sequence current, please change the phase sequence at the terminals of the current source (in case of ABC sequence to ACB – in case of a ACB sequence to ABC).
For each test performed, feed a current that is about 3-5% above the threshold value for activation/tripping. Then check the threshold values.
Testing the total tripping delay (recommendation)
Measure the total tripping times at the auxiliary contacts of the breakers (breaker tripping).
Testing the tripping delay (measuring at the relay output contact)
Measure the tripping times at the relay output contact.
Testing the dropout ratio
Reduce the current to 97% below the trip value and check the dropout ratio.
Successful test result
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found under Technical Data.
SOTF - Switch Onto Fault ProtectionSOTF
In case a faulty line is energized (e.g.: when an grounding switch is in the CLOSE position), an instantaneous trip is required. The SOTF module is provided to generate a permissive signal for other protection functions such as overcurrents to accelerate their trips. The SOTF condition is recognized according to the User’s operation mode that can be based on:
• The breaker state;• No current flowing;• Breaker state and no current flowing;• Breaker switched on manually; and/or• An external trigger.
This protection module can initiate a high speed trip of the overcurrent protection modules. The module can be started via a digital input that indicates that the breaker is manually closed.
This module issues a signal only (the module is not armed and does not issue a trip command).
In order to influence the trip settings of the overcurrent protection in case of switching onto a fault, the User has to assign the signal “SOTF.ENABLED“ to an Adaptive Parameter Set. Please refer to Parameter / Adaptive Parameter Sets sections. Within the Adaptive Parameter Set, the User has to modify the trip characteristic of the overcurrent protection according to the User's needs.
388 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 389
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
Nam
e =
SOTF
2
SOTF
.ena
bled
SOTF
.I<IA IB IC
SOTF
.I<
SOTF
.AR
Blo
*AR
.Run
ning
*
SO
TF.
t-en
able
tT
Ext S
OTF
SOTF
AND
AND
AND
I<
Bkr
Sta
te A
nd I<
SOTF
.Mod
e
Bkr
Sta
te
Bkr
man
ual C
LOS
EEx
t SO
TF
OR
OR
*App
lies
only
for d
evice
s wi
th A
uto
Rec
losu
re
Bkr[x
].Ex
Man
CLO
SE
Cmd
0
41Bk
r.Pro
t CLO
SE
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Device Planning Parameters of the Switch Onto Fault Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Switch Onto Fault Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side
W1, W2
W1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/SOTF]
Mode Mode Bkr State, I<, Bkr State And I<, Bkr manual CLOSE, Ext SOTF
Bkr manual CLOSE
[Protection Para/Global Prot Para/SOTF]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/SOTF]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/SOTF]
Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/SOTF]
Assigned Bkr Assigned Breaker
Only available if: Mode = Bkr State Or Bkr State And I<
-, Bkr[1], Bkr[2]
Bkr[1] [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/SOTF]
Ext SOTF External Switch Onto Fault
Only available if: Mode = Ext SOTF
1..n, DI-LogicList -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/SOTF]
Setting Group Parameters of the Switch Onto Fault Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/SOTF]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/SOTF]
390 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/SOTF]
I< The breaker is in the OPEN Position, if the measured current is less than this parameter.
0.01 – 1.00 In 0.01 In [Protection Para/<1..4>/SOTF]
t-enable While this timer is running, and while the module is not blocked, the Switch Onto Fault Module is effective (SOTF is armed).
0.10 – 10.00 s 2 s [Protection Para/<1..4>/SOTF]
Switch Onto Fault Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/SOTF]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/SOTF]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/SOTF]
Ext SOTF-I Module Input State: External Switch Onto Fault Alarm [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/SOTF]
Signals of the Switch Onto Fault Module (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blockingenabled Signal: Switch Onto Fault enabled. This Signal can be used to modify
Overcurrent Protection Settings.I< Signal: No Load Current.
Commissioning: Switch Onto Fault [ANSI 50HS]
Object to be tested:
Testing the module Switch Onto Fault according to the configured operating mode:
• I< (No current);• Bkr state (Breaker position);• I< (No current) and Bkr state (Breaker position); and
www.eaton.com 391
IM02602004E ETR-4000
• Bkr manual CLOSE.
Necessary means:
• Three-phase current source (if the Enable Mode depends on current);• Ampere meters (may be needed if the Enable Mode depends on current); and• Timer.
Test Example for Mode Bkr Manual CLOSE
Mode I< (In order to test the effectiveness): Initially, do not feed any current. Start the timer and feed with an abruptly changing current that is distinctly greater than the I<-threshold to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Mode I< and Bkr state: Simultaneously, manually switch on the breaker and feed with an abrupt change current that is distinctly greater than the I<-threshold.
Mode Bkr state: The breaker has to be in the OFF position. The signal „SOTF.ENABLED“=0 is false. If the breaker is switched on, the signal „SOTF.ENABLED“=1 becomes true as long as the timer t-effective is running.
• The breaker has to be in the OPEN position. There must be no load current.
• The status display of the device shows the signal "SOTF.ENABLED“=1.
Testing:
• Manually switch the breaker to the CLOSE position and start the timer at the same time.
• After the hold time t-enable is expired, the state of the signal has to change to "SOTF.enabled“=0.
• Write down the measured time.
Successful test result:
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and drop-out ratios correspond with those values, specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Technical Data section.
ExP - External ProtectionAvailable elements:ExP[1] ,ExP[2] ,ExP[3] ,ExP[4]
All elements of the external protection ExP[1]...[4] are identically structured.
By means of these elements, the protective device can detect and execute pickups and trips that are issued by other external devices. This can be helpful, for logging purposes, if the other device is not equipped with an event or waveform recorder. This might also be helpful if the other device has no communication (SCADA) interface.
392 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 393
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Al
arm
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Tr
ip
AND
AND
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Nam
e.Al
arm
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed
and
no a
ctiv
e bl
ockin
g sig
nals
)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d de
activ
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
ExP[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e =
ExP[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e.Tr
ip-I
Nam
e.Al
arm
-I2 3
14 15AN
D
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Device Planning Parameters of the External Protection Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Do not use [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the External Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/ExP/ExP[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/ExP/ExP[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/ExP/ExP[1]]
Alarm Assignment for External Alarm 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/ExP/ExP[1]]
Trip External trip of the Bkr. if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/ExP/ExP[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the External Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/ExP/ExP[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/ExP/ExP[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/ExP/ExP[1]]
394 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/ExP/ExP[1]]
External Protection Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/ExP/ExP[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/ExP/ExP[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/ExP/ExP[1]]
Alarm-I Module Input State: Alarm [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/ExP/ExP[1]]
Trip-I Module Input State: Trip [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/ExP/ExP[1]]
External Protection Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandAlarm Signal: AlarmTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip Command
www.eaton.com 395
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Commissioning: External Protection
Object to be tested:
• Test of the External Protection Module.
Necessary means:
• Dependent on the application.
Procedure:
Simulate the functionality of the External Protection (pickup, trip, and blockings) by (de-)energizing the digital inputs.
Successful test result:
All external pickups, external trips, and external blockings are correctly recognized and processed by the device.
Ext Temp Superv – External Temperature SupervisionElements:Ext Temp Superv[1] ,Ext Temp Superv[2] ,Ext Temp Superv[3]
All elements of the external protection Ext Temp Superv are identically structured.
By using the Ext Temp Superv module, the following can be incorporated into the device function: trip commands, alarms (pickups), and blockages of digital external temperature protection.
Since the Ext Temp Superv module is functionally identical to the Ext. Protection module, it is the User’s responsibility to select the proper assignments for the settings Alarm (Pickup) and Trip for reflecting the purpose of this module.
396 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 397
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Al
arm
Ext T
emp
Supe
rv1…
[n].T
ripC
md
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Tr
ip
AND
AND
Ext T
emp
Supe
rv1…
[n].T
rip
Ext T
emp
Supe
rv1…
[n].A
larm
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed
and
no a
ctiv
e bl
ockin
g sig
nals
)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d de
activ
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
Ext T
emp
Supe
rv[1
]...[n
]
Nam
e =
Ext T
emp
Supe
rv[1
]...[n
]
Ext T
emp
Supe
rv1…
[n].T
rip-I
Ext T
emp
Supe
rv1.
.[n].A
larm
-I2 3
14 15AN
D
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Device Planning Parameters of the External Temperature Supervision Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the External Temperature Supervision Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Temp Superv[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Temp Superv[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Temp Superv[1]]
Alarm Assignment for External Alarm 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Temp Superv[1]]
Trip External trip of the Bkr. if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Temp Superv[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the External Temperature Supervision Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/Ext Temp Superv[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/Ext Temp Superv[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/Ext Temp Superv[1]]
398 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/Ext Temp Superv[1]]
External Temperature Supervision Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Temp Superv[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Temp Superv[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Temp Superv[1]]
Alarm-I Module Input State: Alarm [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Temp Superv[1]]
Trip-I Module Input State: Trip [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Temp Superv[1]]
External Temperature Supervision Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandAlarm Signal: AlarmTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip Command
www.eaton.com 399
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Commissioning: External Temperature Supervision
Object to be tested:
• Test of the External Temperature Supervision module.
Necessary means:
• Dependent on the application.
Procedure:
Simulate the functionality of the External Temperature Supervision (pickup, trip, blockings) by (de-)energizing of the digital inputs.
Successful test result:
All external pickups, external trips, and external blockings are correctly recognized and processed by the device.
Ext Oil Temp – External Oil Temperature ProtectionAvailable elements:Ext Oil Temp
By using the Ext Oil Temp module, the following can be incorporated into the device function: trip commands, alarms (pickups), and blockages of digital external temperature facilities.
Since the Ext Oil Temp module is functionally identical to the Ext. Protection module, it is the User’s responsibility to select the proper assignments for the settings Alarm (Pickup) and Trip for reflecting the purpose of this module.
400 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 401
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Al
arm
Ext O
il Tem
p.Tr
ipC
md
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Tr
ip
AND
AND
Ext O
il Tem
p.Tr
ip
Ext O
il Te
mp.
Alar
m
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed
and
no a
ctive
blo
ckin
g sig
nals
)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d de
activ
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
Ext O
il Te
mp
Nam
e =
Ext O
il Te
mp
Ext O
il Te
mp.
Trip
-I
Ext O
il Tem
p.Al
arm
-I2 3
14 15AN
D
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Device Planning Parameters of the External Oil Temperature Protection Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the External Oil Temperature Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Oil Temp]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Oil Temp]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Oil Temp]
Alarm Assignment for External Alarm 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Oil Temp]
Trip External trip of the Bkr. if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Oil Temp]
Setting Group Parameters of the External Oil Temperature Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/Ext Oil Temp]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/Ext Oil Temp]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/Ext Oil Temp]
402 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Temp-Prot/Ext Oil Temp]
External Oil Temperature Protection Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Oil Temp]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Oil Temp]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Oil Temp]
Alarm-I Module Input State: Alarm [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Oil Temp]
Trip-I Module Input State: Trip [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Temp-Prot/Ext Oil Temp]
External Oil Temperature Protection Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandAlarm Signal: AlarmTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip Command
www.eaton.com 403
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Commissioning: External Protection
Object to be tested:
• Test of the External Oil Temperature Protection module.
Necessary means:
• Dependent on the application.
Procedure:
Simulate the functionality of the External Oil Temperature Protection (pickup, trip, blockings) by (de-)energizing of the digital inputs.
Successful test result:
All external pickups, external trips, and external blockings are correctly recognized and processed by the device.
Sudden Pressure ProtectionAvailable elements:Sudden Press
Principle – General Use
Most large size transformers (5000 KVA or above) are recommended to be equipped with a sudden pressure relay that detects rapid change in oil or gas pressure within the tank as result of internal arcing. The sudden pressure relay can detect internal faults such as turn to turn faults that other protection functions such as differential and overcurrents may not be sensitive enough to sense. The sudden pressure relay is usually equipped with output contacts that can be directly used for tripping and alarming, but it does not have recording and communication capabilities built in.
A sudden pressure protection module is provided in the protective device to take the output signals from the conventional sudden pressure relay and to form more secure and intelligent transformer protections. Through this module, the events of sudden pressure relay operations can be recorded and communicated to the control center.
404 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 405
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Al
arm
Sudd
en P
ress
.Trip
Cmd
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Tr
ip
AND
AND
Sudd
en P
ress
.Trip
Sudd
en P
ress
.Ala
rm
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivate
d an
d no
act
ive
bloc
king
si
gnal
s)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d de
activ
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
Sudd
en P
ress
Nam
e =
Sudd
en P
ress
Sudd
en P
ress
.Trip
-I
Sudd
en P
ress
.Ala
rm-I
2 3
14 15AN
D
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Device Planning Parameters of the Sudden Pressure Protection Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Sudden Pressure Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Sudden Press]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Sudden Press]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Sudden Press]
Alarm Assignment for External Alarm 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Sudden Press]
Trip External trip of the Bkr. if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Sudden Press]
Setting Group Parameters of the Sudden Pressure Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Sudden Press]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Sudden Press]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Sudden Press]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Sudden Press]
406 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Sudden Pressure Protection Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Sudden Press]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Sudden Press]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Sudden Press]
Alarm-I Module Input State: Alarm [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Sudden Press]
Trip-I Module Input State: Trip [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Sudden Press]
Sudden Pressure Protection Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandAlarm Signal: AlarmTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Commissioning: Sudden Pressure Protection
Object to be tested:
• Test of the Sudden Pressure Protection module.
Necessary means:
• Dependent on the application.
Procedure:
Simulate the functionality of the Sudden Protection Relay.
Successful test result:
All external pickups, external trips, and external blockings are correctly recognized and processed by the device.
www.eaton.com 407
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Supervision50BF – Breaker Failure Supervision
BF[1] ,BF[2]
Principle – General Use
The breaker failure (BF) protection is used to provide backup protection in the event that a breaker fails to operate properly during fault clearing. A breaker failure condition is recognized if current is still flowing through the breaker after tripping or opening breaker commands have been issued for a specified time. The User can select different trigger modes. In addition, up to three additional trigger events (trip commands) can be assigned from all the protec-tion modules.
Trigger Modes
There are three trigger modes for the breaker failure available. In addition, there are three assignable trigger inputs available.
• All Trips: The Trip Command of the Breaker will be used to trigger the Breaker Failure.
• Current Trips: All current trips that are assigned to this breaker (within the breaker manager) will start the BF module. The list/section “Current Functions” shows all current trips in tabular form.
• External Trips: All external trips that are assigned to this breaker (within the breaker manager) will start the BF module.The list/section “External Trips” shows all external trips in tabular form.
• In addition, the User can also select none (e.g.: if the User intends to use only one of the three additional assignable trigger inputs).
Those trips can exclusively start the breaker failures that are assigned within the breaker manager to the breaker that is to be supervised.
Select the winding side from which the measured currents should be taken in case this protective device is a transformer differential protection.
In case, that an External Trip Module is used, this trip has to be assigned also within the Trip Manager. Otherwise, this trip cannot trigger the BF-Failure module.
408 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 409
φ
BF.I-
BF >
BF.t-
BF
S
1
R1
1
Trig
ger
All T
rips
Curre
nt T
rips
Exte
rnal
Trip
s
Bkr[x
].Trip
Cm
d
Curre
nt.T
ripCm
d
ExtT
rip[x
].Trip
Cm
d
1..n
, 1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent
List
BF.T
rigge
r3
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
BF.T
rigge
r2
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
BF.T
rigge
r1
BF Nam
e =
BF
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivate
d an
d no
act
ive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
2 11 15 15
IA IB IC
BF.L
ocko
ut
Res
Loc
kout
BF.P
ickup
BF.T
rip
BF.T
rigge
r1-I
BF.T
rigge
r2-I
BF.T
rigge
r3-I
14
OR
Res
Loc
kout
Res
et
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Explanation:
By triggering the BF element, a delay timer will be started. Once the timer is started, it won´t be stopped if the trigger falls back.
The timer will be stopped, if the current magnitudes fall below the set threshold. The BF function is now in the rejected mode until the trigger falls back.
Once the delay timer has expired and if the current magnitudes of any of the three phase currents still exceed the set threshold, the Breaker Failure signal will be issued (becomes active).
This signal will remain active as long as the current magnitudes exceed the set threshold. This signal will become inactive (falls back) as soon as all current magnitudes fall below the set threshold, e.g. if the upstream protective device has interrupted the current (OFF command to the upstream breaker) by processing the BF signal of the downstream device.
Once a Breaker Failure is detected, the Breaker Failure signal will set a Lockout Signal. The Lockout Signal is a persistent alarm and has to be acknowledged manually at the HMI.
Direct Commands
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res Lockout Reset Lockout Inactive, Active
Inactive [Operation/Reset]
Device Planning Parameters of the BF Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Use Use [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the BF Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side
BF[1]: W1BF[2]: W2
BF[1]: W1BF[2]: W2
[Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/BF[1]]
Bkr Selection of the Breaker to be monitored. BF[1]: Bkr[1].BF[2]: Bkr[2].
BF[1]: Bkr[1].BF[2]: Bkr[2].
[Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/BF[1]]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/BF[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/BF[1]]
Trigger Determining the trigger mode for the Breaker Failure.
- . -, All Trips, Current Trips, ExP Fc
All Trips [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/BF[1]]
410 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Trigger1 Trigger that will start the BF Trigger -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/BF[1]]
Trigger2 Trigger that will start the BF Trigger -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/BF[1]]
Trigger3 Trigger that will start the BF Trigger -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/BF[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the BF Module
In order to prevent a faulty activation of the BF Module, the pickup (alarm) time must be greater than the sum of:
• The open time of the breaker (please refer to the technical data of the manufacturer of the breaker);
• + The tripping delay of the device (please refer to the Technical Data section);
• + The security margin; and
• + The operating time.
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Supervision/BF[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Supervision/BF[1]]
I-BF > Current level that needs to exist after Trip Command has been given.
0.02 – 0.10 In 0.02 In [Protection Para/<1..4>/Supervision/BF[1]]
t-BF If the delay time is expired, an BF alarm is given out.
0.00 – 10.00 s 0.20 s [Protection Para/<1..4>/Supervision/BF[1]]
www.eaton.com 411
IM02602004E ETR-4000
BF Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/BF[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/BF[1]]
Trigger1 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BF [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/BF[1]]
Trigger2 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BF [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/BF[1]]
Trigger3 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BF [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/BF[1]]
BF Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingPickup Signal: BF-Module Started (Pickup)Trip Signal: Breaker Failure TripLockout Signal: LockoutRes Lockout Signal: Reset Lockout
Trigger Functions - All Trips
These signals will start the BF module if all trips have been selected as the trigger event.
In case that the protective device is equipped with directional overcurrent protection. All ANSI 67 elements (directional overcurrent protection), will be displayed as ANSI 50/51 elements. That means, that the name of an ANSI 50/51 element wont change, if it is set within the device planning from “non-directional” to “directional”.
412 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Trigger Functions - Current Trips
These signals will start the BF module if current trips have been selected as the trigger event.
In case that the protective device is equipped with directional overcurrent protection. All ANSI 67 elements (directional overcurrent protection), will be displayed as ANSI 50/51 elements. That means, that the name of an ANSI 50/51 element wont change, if it is set within the device planning from “non-directional” to “directional”.
Name Description
-.- No assignment87.TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87H.TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GD[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GDH[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GD[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GDH[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command49.TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51Q[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51Q[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandZI[1].TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip CommandZI[2].TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip Command
www.eaton.com 413
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Trigger Functions - External Trips
These trips will start the BF module if external trips have been selected as the trigger event.
Name Description
-.- No assignmentExP[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandSudden Press.TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExt Oil Temp.TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExt Temp Superv[1].TripCmd
Signal: Trip Command
Ext Temp Superv[2].TripCmd
Signal: Trip Command
Ext Temp Superv[3].TripCmd
Signal: Trip Command
Trigger Functions - Additional Trips
Name Description
-.- No assignment87.TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87H.TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GD[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GDH[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GD[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GDH[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
414 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
51R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command49.TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51Q[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51Q[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandZI[1].TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip CommandZI[2].TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip CommandExP[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandRTD.TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 415
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
416 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 417
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
418 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 419
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
420 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 421
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
Logic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
422 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Commissioning: Breaker Failure Protection
The time that is configured for the BF MUST NOT be below the sum of breaker control time + security margin + operation time of the protective device, otherwise an unwanted operation of the BF is caused by any protective trip.
Object to Be Tested:
• Test of the breaker failure protection.
Necessary Means:
• Current source;• Current meter; and• Timer.
When testing, the applied test current must always be higher than the tripping threshold »I-BF«. If the test current falls below the threshold while the the delay timer is running, no pickup will be generated.
www.eaton.com 423
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Procedure (Single-Phase):
For testing the tripping time of the BF protection, a test current has to be higher than the threshold value of one of the current protection modules that are assigned to trigger the BF protection. The BF trip delay can be measured from the time when one of the triggering inputs becomes active to the time when the BF protection trip is asserted.
To avoid wiring errors, checked to make sure the breaker in the upstream system switches off.
The time, measured by the timer, should be in line with the specified tolerances.
Re-connect the control cable to the breaker!
Successful Test Result:
The actual times measured comply with the setpoint times. The breaker in the higher-level section switches off.
CLPU - Cold Load Pickup SupervisionAvailable Elements:CLPU
A greater amount of current than normal load current may be experienced due to the load inrush when manually or automatically closing the breaker after it had been opened for a prolonged time. This high starting current causes some overcurrent elements to unnecessarily trip the breaker. The cold load pickup (CLPU) function prevents this from happening. The cold load pickup function detects a warm-to-clod load transition according to the 4 selectable cold load detection modes:
• Breaker state• Undercurrent (I<)• Breaker state AND Undercurrent• Breaker state OR Undercurrent
After a warm-to-cold load transition has been detected, a specified load-off timer will be started. This User-settable load-off timer is used in some cases to make sure that the load is really “cold” enough. After the load-off timer times out, the CLPU function issues an “enable” signal »CLPU.ENABLED« which can be used to block some sensitive protection elements like instantaneous overcurrent elements, current unbalance or power protection elements at User´s choice. Using this enable signal some time inverse overcurrent elements may also be desensitized at User's choice by means of activating adaptive settings of the corresponding overcurrent elements.
When a cold load condition is finished (a cold-to-warm load condition is detected) due to e.g. breaker closing or load current injection, a load inrush detector will be initiated which supervises the coming and going of the load inrush current process. A load inrush is detected if the coming load current excesses a User-specified inrush current threshold. This load inrush is considered as finished if the load current is decayed to be 90% of the inrush current threshold. After the inrush current is diminished a settle timer starts. The cold load pickup enable signal can only be reset after settle timer times out. Another max-Block timer which is started parallel with the load inrush detector after a cold load condition is finished may also terminate the CLPU enable signal if a load inrush condition is prolonged abnormally.
The cold load pickup function can be blocked manually by external or internal signal at User´s choice. For the devices with Auto-Reclosing function the CLPU function will be blocked automatically if auto-reclosure is initiated (AR is running).
424 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
This module issues a signal only (it is not armed).
In order to influence the tripping settings of the overcurrent protection, the User has to assign the signal “CLPU.ENABLED“ to an adaptive parameter set. Please refer to the Parameter / Adaptive Parameter Sets section. Within the adaptive parameter set, the User has to modify the tripping characteristic of the overcurrent protection according to the needs.
Please be aware of the meaning of the two delay timers.
t load Off (Pickup Delay): After this time expires, the load is no longer diversified.
t Max Block (Release Delay): After the starting condition is fulfilled (e.g.: breaker switched on manually), the “CLPU.enabled” signal will be issued for this time. That means for the duration of this time, the tripping thresholds of the overcurrent protection can be desensitized by means of adaptive parameters (please refer to the Parameters section). This timer will be stopped if the current falls below 0.9 times of the threshold of the load inrush detector and remains below 0.9 times of the threshold for the duration of the settle time.
Note that only one CLPU unit is offered. Therefore the breaker status and the currents must be used from one winding side. The cold load pickup condition is recognized after the load is off (trigger event fulfilled) for a period specified by the User (t-LoadOff). While in the cold load pickup condition, when the load is re-energized, the cold load pickup condition will be maintained for a period specified as t-MaxBlock.".
Example Mode: Breaker Position
www.eaton.com 425
IM02602004E ETR-4000
426 www.eaton.com
Nam
e =
CLPU
CLPU Cin
Bkr
-52a
0101
CLP
U.de
tect
ed
t-Loa
d O
fft-M
ax B
lock
Col
d Lo
ad01Pl
ease
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
Nam
e =
CLP
U
2
CLP
U.en
able
d
CLPU
.I<
IA IB IC
CLP
U.I<
AR.R
unni
ng*
CLP
U
AND
AND
AND
I<
Bkr
Sta
te A
nd I<
CLP
U.M
ode
Bkr
Sta
te
Bkr
Sta
te O
r I<
OR
OR
Bkr[x
].Pos
OPE
N
*App
lies
only
for d
evic
es w
ith A
uto
Recl
osur
e
AND
CLP
U.Lo
ad In
rush
CLP
U.Se
ttle
Tim
e
Imax
1.0
* Thr
esho
ld
0.9
* Thr
esho
ld
Set
tle T
ime
0
0
Settl
e Ti
me+
e
OR
0
t-Max
Blo
ck
t-Loa
d O
ff
0
CLP
U.d
etec
ted
1.0
* Thr
esho
ld
0.9
* Thr
esho
ld
Load
Inru
sh D
etec
tor
S
Q
R1
Q
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Device Planning Parameters of the Cold Load Pickup Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameter of the Cold Load Pickup Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side.
W1, W2
W1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/CLPU]
Mode Mode Bkr State, I<, Bkr State Or I<, Bkr State And I<
Bkr State [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/CLPU]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/CLPU]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/CLPU]
Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/CLPU]
Bkr Pos Detect Criterion by which the Breaker Switch Position is to be detected.
Only available if: CLPU.Mode = I<
-.-, Bkr[1].State, Bkr[2].State
Bkr[1].State [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/CLPU]
Set Parameters of the Cold Load Pickup Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/CLPU]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/CLPU]
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/CLPU]
www.eaton.com 427
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-Load Off Select the outage time required for a load to be considered cold. If the Pickup Timer (Delay) has run out, a Cold Load Signal will be issued.
0.00 – 7200.00 s 10 s [Protection Para/<1..4>/CLPU]
t-Max Block Select the maximum amount of time allowed for cold load pickup to be active; if the time has elapsed a warm load signal will be issued.
0.00 – 300.00 s 10 s [Protection Para/<1..4>/CLPU]
I< The breaker is in the OPEN Position, if the measured current is less than this parameter.
0.01 – 1.00 In 0.01 In [Protection Para/<1..4>/CLPU]
Threshold Set the load current inrush threshold. 0.10 – 4.00 In 1.2 In [Protection Para/<1..4>/CLPU]
Settle Time Select the time for the cold load inrush. 0.00 – 300.00 s 1.00 s [Protection Para/<1..4>/CLPU]
States of the Inputs of the Cold Load Pickup Module
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/CLPU]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/CLPU]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/CLPU]
Signals of the Cold Load Pickup Module (States of the Outputs)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blockingenabled Signal: Cold Load enableddetected Signal: Cold Load detectedI< Signal: No Load Current.Load Inrush Signal: Load InrushSettle Time Signal: Settle Time
428 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Commissioning of the Cold Load Pickup Module
Object to be tested:
Testing the Cold Load Pickup module according to the configured operating mode:
• I< (No current);• Bkr state (Breaker position);• I< (No Current) and Bkr state (Breaker position); and• I< (No Current) or Bkr state (Breaker position).
Necessary means:
• Three-phase current source (if the Enable Mode depends on current);• Ampere meters (may be needed if the Enable Mode depends on current); and• Timer.
Test Example for Mode Bkr State (Breaker Position)
Mode I<: In order to test the tripping delay, start the timer and feed with an abrupt change current that is distinctly less than the I<-threshold. Measure the tripping delay. In order to measure the drop-out ratio, feed a current with an abrupt change that is distinctly above the I<-threshold.
Mode I< and Bkr state: Combine the abrupt change (switching the current ON and OFF) with the manual switching ON and OFF of the breaker.
Mode I< or Bkr state: Initially carry out the test with an abrupt changing current that is switched ON and OFF (above and below the I<-threshold). Measure the tripping times. Finally, carry out the test by manually switching the breaker ON and OFF.
• The breaker has to be in the OFF position. There must not be any load current.
• The Status Display of the device shows the signal "CLPU.ENABLED“=1.
• The Status Display of the device shows the signal ”CLPU.I<“=1.
Testing the tripping delay and the resetting ratio:
• Switch the breaker manually ON and simultaneously start the timer.
• After the the »t Max Block (Release Delay)« timer has expired, the signal "CPLU.Enabled “=0 has to become untrue.
• Write down the measured time.
• Manually switch the breaker OFF and simultaneously start the timer.
• After the »t load Off« timer has expired, the signal ”CPLU.ENABLED “=1 has to become true.
• Write down the measured time.
www.eaton.com 429
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Successful test result:
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and drop-out ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Technical Data section.
74TC - Trip Circuit MonitoringTCM[1] ,TCM[2]
The trip circuit monitoring is used for monitoring if the trip circuit is ready for opening operations. The monitoring can be fulfilled two ways. The one way assumes only 52a is used in the trip circuit and other assumes besides 52a, 52b is also used for the circuit monitoring. Two options either 52a only (or breaker closed) or both (52a and 52b) are provided for the User to select based on use of the breaker status in the trip circuit. With 52a only in the trip circuit, the monitoring is only effective when the breaker is closed while if both 52a and 52b are used, the trip circuit will be monitored all time as long as the control power is on.
The trip circuit continuity is monitored through the digital inputs DI1 and DI2, and the breaker status 52a or 52b or both must be monitored through the other digital inputs. "For transformer protection, if the User wants to monitor both breakers, it is recommended to use the breaker closed option (52a), because the Either (breaker open or closed) will consume at least four digital inputs for this application only." Note that the digital inputs used for this purpose must be configured properly based on the trip circuit control voltage and also that the de-bouncing times must be set to minimum. If the trip circuit is detected broken, an alarm will be issued with a specified delay, which must be greater than a period from the time when a trip contact is closed to the time when the breaker status is clearly recognized by the relay.
Slot 1 has two digital inputs, each of which has a separate root (contact separation) for the trip circuit supervision.
In this case, the trip circuit supply voltage also serves as supply voltage for the digital inputs and so the supply voltage failure of a trip circuit can be detected directly.
In order to identify a conductor failure in the trip circuit on the supply line or in the trip coil, the off-coil has to be looped-in to the supervision circuit.
The time delay is to be set in a way that switching actions cannot cause false trips in this module.
430 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
One Breaker Application Examples
Trip Circuit Monitoring for One Breaker: Auxiliary Contacts (52a and 52b) in Trip Circuit.
www.eaton.com 431
Breaker 1 (Bkr[1]) Control Voltage
12345678
PE
9101112
COM1
131415161718
V+
DI1COM2DI2
V-
X1TC
W1-52a
W1-52b
+DC
- DC
52a 52b
Trip
Relay Control Voltage
AND
t-TCM
0
tTCM.Pickup
56
X1
AND78
X1
OR
DI-Threshold
52a and 52b in Trip Circuit
DI-Threshold
V+V-
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Trip Circuit Monitoring for One Breaker: Auxiliary Contacts (52a Only) in Trip Circuit.
432 www.eaton.com
Breaker 1 (Bkr[1]) Control Voltage
12345678
PE
9101112
COM1
131415161718
V+
DI1
V-
X1TC
W1-52a
W1-52b
+DC
- DC
52a 52b
Trip
Relay Control Voltage
AND
Bkr.Pos CLOSE
t-TCM
0
t TCM.Pickup56
X1
52a only in Trip Circuit
DI-Threshold
V+V-
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Two Breaker Application Example
Trip Circuit Monitoring for Two Breakers: Auxiliary Contacts (52a Only) in Trip Circuits.
www.eaton.com 433
Breaker 1 (Bkr[1]) Control Voltage
12345678
PE
9101112
COM1
131415161718
V+
DI1COM2DI2
V-
X1TC
W1-52a
W1-52b
+DC
- DC
52a 52b
Trip
Relay Control Voltage
AND
Bkr[1].Pos ON
t-TCM
0
t TCM[1].Pickup56
X1
52a only in Trip Circuit
W2-52a
W2-52b
Breaker 2 (Bkr[2]) Control Voltage
TC
+DC
- DC
52a 52b
Trip
AND
Bkr[2].Pos ON
t-TCM
0
t TCM[2].Pickup78
X1
52a only in Trip Circuit
DI-Threshold
DI-Threshold
V+V-
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Device Planning Parameters of the Trip Circuit Monitoring Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Trip Circuit Monitoring Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Bkr Pos Detect Criterion by which the Breaker Switch Position is to be detected.
TCM[1]: Bkr[1].StateTCM[2]: Bkr[2].State
TCM[1]: Bkr[1].StateTCM[2]: Bkr[2].State
[Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/TCM[1]]
Mode Select if trip circuit is going to be monitored when the breaker is closed or when the breaker is either open or close.
Closed, Either
Closed [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/TCM[1]]
Input 1 Select the input configured to monitor the trip coil when the breaker is closed.
-.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
TCM[1]: DI-8P X1.DI 1TCM[2]: DI-8P X1.DI 2
[Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/TCM[1]]
Input 2 Select the input configured to monitor the trip coil when the breaker is open. Only available if Mode set to “Either”.
Only available if: Mode = Either
-.-, DI-8P X1.DI 1, DI-8P X1.DI 2, DI-8P X1.DI 3, DI-8P X1.DI 4, DI-8P X1.DI 5, DI-8P X1.DI 6, DI-8P X1.DI 7, DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/TCM[1]]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/TCM[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/TCM[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the Trip Circuit Monitoring Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Supervision/TCM[1]]
434 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Supervision/TCM[1]]
t-TCM Tripping delay time of the Trip Circuit Supervision
0.10 – 10.00 s 0.2 s [Protection Para/<1..4>/Supervision/TCM[1]]
Trip Circuit Monitoring Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
CinBkr-52a-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr (52a) [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/TCM[1]]
CinBkr-52b-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52b) [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/TCM[1]]
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/TCM[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/TCM[1]]
Trip Circuit Monitoring Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingPickup Signal: Pickup Trip Circuit SupervisionNot Possible Not possible because no state indicator assigned to the breaker.
Commissioning: Trip Circuit Monitoring for Breakers [74TC]
For breakers that trip by means of little energy (e.g.: via an optocoupler), it has to be ensured that the current applied by the digital inputs will not cause false tripping of the breaker.
www.eaton.com 435
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Object to Be Tested:
• Test of the trip circuit monitoring (with 52a and 52b contact).
Procedure, Part 1:
• Simulate failure of the control voltage in the power circuits.
Successful Test Result, Part 1:
After expiration of »t-TCM« the trip circuit supervision, TCM of the device should signal an alarm.
Procedure, Part 2:
Simulate a broken cable in the breaker control circuit.
Successful Test Result, Part 2:
After expiration of »t-TCM«, the trip circuit supervision TCM of the device should signal an alarm.
CTS – Current Transformer SupervisionCTS[1] ,CTS[2]
Most functions of metering, protection, and control in the relay rely on correct current measurements. It is important to make sure the CT connections and their operations are correct. The failures (including CT secondary wire broken, insulation broken down, broken wiring between CT and relay, and mismatched polarities) will cause the incorrect current measurements. The other CT errors (due to the magnetizing current that is proportional to the primary current, CT saturation, and measuring circuit and quantization error) can also cause inaccurate current measurements.
The CTS utilizes the Kirchhoff’s current law to detect a CT failure and can differentiate the wiring errors from the measurement errors by adding biases to offset the measurement related errors. The biases include two terms, one of which is related to the static error that accounts for CT magnetizing characteristic differences and current measurement circuit calibration errors and other is the dynamic error that is proportional to the measured maximum current due to CT transformation characteristics. The CTs are assumed to be used in the wye-grounded winding sides. Under normal conditions, the mismatch between the calculated and the measured zero sequence current should be less than the bias value. However, if there is a CT wiring error, such relationship will not hold true. If the mismatch exceeds the bias for a specified time, an alarm will be generated.
The operating principle can be expressed in terms of CT secondary currents as follow:
IL1IL2IL3KI∗IG=3∗I 0KI ∗ IG∆IKd∗Imax
KI is the ratio of the ground CT ratio over the phase CT ratio, and it is automatically calculated from the rated system parameters.
∆I = The static error, a minimum mismatch allowed between the calculated and measured zero sequence current.
Kd = The dynamic error factor, a restrain slope that defines a percentage error generated by a high current.
Imax = maximum phase current.Total bias value = ∆I + Kd x Imax.
436 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
The current transformer supervision operation can be graphically represented as follows.
If the current is measured in two phases only (for example only IA/IB) or if there is no separate ground current measuring (e.g.: normally via a zero sequence CT), the supervision function should be deactivated.
www.eaton.com 437
Limit Value
Imax
I
Kd*Imax
IM02602004E ETR-4000
438 www.eaton.com
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: B
lock
ings
IX
Cal
cula
ted
IA
CTS.
Pick
up
CTS
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
si
gnal
s)
ICIB IX
Σ+ -
KdCTS. ΔI
2
AND
40C
TS.t
t 0Ph
ase
or G
roun
d Cu
rrent
Tra
nsfo
rmer
Fai
lure
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Device Planning Parameters of the Current Transformer Supervision
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Do not use [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameter of the Current Transformer Supervision
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT Winding Side
Measuring values will be used from this winding side
CTS[1]: W1CTS[2]: W2
CTS[1]: W1CTS[2]: W2
[Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/CTS[1]]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/CTS[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/CTS[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the Current Transformer Supervision
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Supervision/CTS[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Protection Para/<1..4>/Supervision/CTS[1]]
ΔI In order to prevent faulty tripping of phase selective protection functions that use the current as tripping criterion. If the difference of the measured ground current and the calculated value I0 is higher than the pick up value ΔI, an pickup event is generated after expiring of the excitation time. In such a case, a fuse failure, a broken wire or a faulty measuring circuit can be assumed.
0.10 – 1.00 In 0.50 In [Protection Para/<1..4>/Supervision/CTS[1]]
Pickup delay Pickup delay 0.1 – 9999.0 s 1.0 s [Protection Para/<1..4>/Supervision/CTS[1]]
www.eaton.com 439
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Kd Dynamic correction factor for the evaluation of the difference between calculated and measured ground current. This correction factor allows transformer faults, caused by higher currents, to be compensated.
0.00 - 0.99 0.00 [Protection Para/<1..4>/Supervision/CTS[1]]
Current Transformer Supervision Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/CTS[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para/Global Prot Para/Supervision/CTS[1]]
Current Transformer Supervision Signals (Outputs States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingPickup Signal: Pickup Current Transformer Measuring Circuit Supervision
Commissioning: Current Transformer Failure Supervision
Preconditions:1.Measurement of all three-phase currents (are applied to the measuring inputs of the device).2.The ground current is detected via a zero sequence transformer (not in residual connection).
Object to Be Tested:
• Check of the CT Supervision (by comparing the calculated with the measured ground current).
Necessary Means:
• Three-phase current source.
Procedure, Part 1:
• Set the limiting value of the CTs to »delta I=0.1*In«.• Feed a three-phase, symmetrical current system (approx. nominal current) to the secondary side.• Disconnect the current of one phase from one of the measuring inputs (the symmetrical feeding at the
secondary side has to be maintained).
440 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
• Make sure that the »CTS.ALARM« signal is generated.
Successful Test Result, Part 1:
The »CTS.ALARM« signal is generated.
Procedure, Part 2:
• Feed a three-phase, symmetrical current system (approx. nominal current) to the secondary side.• Feed a current that is higher than the threshold value for the measuring circuit supervision to the ground
current measuring input.• Make sure that the »CTS.ALARM« signal is generated.
Successful Test Result, Part 2:
The »CTS.ALARM« signal is generated.
Self SupervisionThe System-OK contact (SC relay, life-contact) cannot be configured. The system contact is a Form “C” contact that picks up when the device is free from internal faults. While the device is booting up, the System OK relay (SC) remains dropped-off (unenergized). As soon as the system is properly started (and protection is active), the System Contact picks up and the System LED is activated accordingly.
The devices are continuously monitored and supervised by different methods during normal operation as well as during the start-up phase.
Results of this supervision may be:
• Messages appearing within the event recorder;• Indications within the display or PowerPort-E;• Corrective measures;• Restart of the device; or• Any combination of the above results.
In case of failures that cannot be corrected immediately, 3 restarts within 20 minutes are accepted before the device will be deactivated. In such a case, the device should be removed for service to ensure continuous correct operation. The Eaton Customer Service contact information and address can be found at the front of this manual.
In case of any failures, the recorders of the device should be left untouched to ensure an easy diagnosis and proper repair at the factory. Besides the records and visible indications to the customer, there is internal information about failures. These allow Eaton service personnel at the repair facility to make a detailed analysis of files with failure reports.
Self supervision is applied by different functions at different cyclic or non-cyclic timings to the following parts and functions of the device:
• Faultless cyclic execution of the software;• Functional capability of memory boards;• Consistency of data;• Functional capability of hardware sub-assemblies; and• Faultless operation of the measuring unit.
Faultless cyclic operation of the software is supervised by timing analysis and checking results of different functions.
www.eaton.com 441
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Errors of the software (watchdog function) lead to restarting the device and switching off the System-OK contact (life contact). In addition, the “System-OK” LED will blink red after 3 unsuccessful attempts to restart the device within a time period of 20 minutes.
The main processor cyclically monitors the operation of the signal processor and initiates corrective actions or restart of the device in case of faulty operation. Data and files are generally secured against unintended overwriting or faulty changes by check-sums.
The measuring unit continuously checks the measured data by comparing received data with data from a second channel sampled in parallel.
The auxiliary voltage is monitored continuously. If the voltage of one of the different supply circuits falls below a certain threshold, a restart of the device is initiated. If the voltage staggers around the threshold, the device also starts again after several seconds. Additionally the level of all internal supply voltage groups are continuously monitored.
Independent of these separate monitoring functions, the intermediate voltage circuit is buffered until all important and relevant operational and fault-data have been saved and the device initiates a restart.
Error Messages / Codes
After a reboot of the device, the reason for rebooting will be displayed under [Operation/Status Display/Sys/Reboot]. For more information about the reboot reason, please refer to the information in this section.
The reboot will also be logged within the event recorder. Rebooting causes an event named “Sys.Reboot”.
Numeric Reboot Codes
Error Messages/Codes
1. Reboot after clean switching off of the device - Normal reboot after clean shut-down of the device.2. Reboot by User command - User-initiated reboot through panel command.3. Super reset - Reset to factory settings.4. Restart by debugger - Eaton internally for system-analysis purposes.5. Restart because of configuration changes.6. General failure - Reboot without definite reason.7. Reboot by “SW-system abort” (HOST-side) - Summary of several reboot reasons detected by the
software (i.e.: wrong pointer, corrupted files, etc.).8. Reboot by watchdog timeout (HOST-side) - Signaling if the protection-class-task hangs.9. Reboot by system abort (DSP-side) - Summary of several reboot reasons detected by software (i.e.:
wrong pointer, DSP-side).10. Reboot by watchdog timeout (DSP-side) - Appears when DSP sequence needs too long for one
cycle.11. Loss of auxiliary voltage or low voltage reboot after loss of auxiliary voltage or voltage dropping
below reboot level but not becoming zero.12. Faulty memory access - Message of MMU (memory mapping unit) that prohibited memory access
has occurred.
442 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Programmable LogicAvailable Elements (Equations):Logic
General DescriptionThe protective device includes programmable logic equations for programming inputs, outputs, blocking of protective functions, and custom logic functions in the relay.
The logic provides control of the relay output contacts based on the state of the inputs that can be chosen from the assignment list (protective function pickups, protective function states, breaker states, system alarms, and module inputs). The User can use the output signals of a logic equation as inputs in higher equations (e.g.: the output signal of logic equation 10 might be used as an input of logic equation 11).
Principle Overview.
If no signal is assigned to a logic gate (All inputs are "0"), then the output of the gate will be set as follows:
• "0" for an AND gate • "1" for a NAND gate• "0" for an OR gate• "1" for a NOR gate
If at least one input signal is assigned to a gate all not assigned inputs are set to:
• "1" for AND / NAND gates• "0" for an OR / NOR gates
www.eaton.com 443
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
Reset Latched
Inverting settable
Inverting settable
Inverting settable
Inverting settable
AND
OR
NAND
NOR
Inverting settable
Inverting settable
t-On Delay
t-Off Delay
Gate Out
Timer Out
Out
Out inverted
Set
Reset
Type of logic gate selectable
Delay Timer
S
R
Q
Q
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Detailed Overview – Overall Logic Diagram.
444 www.eaton.com
φ
AN
DO
RN
AN
DN
OR
t-O
n D
elay
t-Off
Del
ay
Gat
e O
ut
Tim
er O
ut Out
Out
inve
rted
Del
ay T
imer
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
LE[x
].IN
1
Activ
e
Inac
tive
Inve
rting
1XO
R
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
LE[x
].IN
2
Activ
e
Inac
tive
Inve
rting
2XO
R
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
LE[x
].IN
3
Activ
e
Inac
tive
Inve
rting
3XO
R
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
LE[x
].IN
4
Activ
e
Inac
tive
Inve
rting
4XO
R
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
LE[x
].Res
et L
atch
ed
Activ
e
Inac
tive
Inve
rting
Res
etXO
R
Gat
e
AN
D
OR
NA
ND
NO
R
Activ
e
Inac
tive
Inve
rting
Set
XOR
S
Q
R
Q
LE[1
]...[n
]
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Available Gates (Operators)
Within the Logic Equation, the following Gates can be used.
Input Signals
The User can assign up to four Input signals (from the assignment list) to the inputs of the gate.
As an option, each of the four input signals can be inverted (negated).
Timer Gate (On Delay and Off Delay)
The output of the gate can be delayed. The User has the option to set an On and an Off delay.
Latching
The timer issues two signals: an unlatched and a latched signal. The latched output can optionally be inverted.
In order to reset the latched signal, the User has to assign a reset signal from the assignment list. Optionally, the reset signal can also be inverted.
If no »Reset Latched« signal is assigned, then the »LATCH OUT «signal will be identical with the »TIMER OUT « signal.
Cascading Logical Outputs
The device will evaluate output states of the logic equations starting from “Logic Equation 1” up to the logic equation with the highest number. This evaluation cycle will be continuously repeated.
Cascading Logic Equations in an ascending sequence.
Cascading in an ascending sequence means that the User utilizes the output signal of “Logic Equation n” as input of “Logic Equation n+1”. If the state of “Logic Equation n” changes, the state of the output of “Logic Equation n+1” will be updated within the same cycle.
Cascading Logic Equations in a descending sequence.
Cascading in a descending sequence means that the User utilizes the output signal of “Logic Equation n+1” as input of “Logic Equation n”. If the output of “Logic Equation n+1” changes, this change of the feed back signal at the input of “Logic Equation n” will be delayed for one cycle.
www.eaton.com 445
AND ORAND OR
AND NAND OR NOR
Gate
IM02602004E ETR-4000
446 www.eaton.com
Logic Equation1
LE1.IN1
LE1.IN2
LE1.IN3
LE1.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 1
Logic Equation2
LE2.IN2
LE2.IN3
LE2.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 2
Update within the same evaluation cycle
Update within the next evaluation cycle (1 cycle delay )
Logic Equation2
LE2.IN1
LE2.IN2
LE2.IN3
LE2.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 2
Logic Equation1
LE1.IN2
LE1.IN3
LE1.IN4
Output of Logic Equation1
Update within the next evaluation cycle (1 cycle delay )
Logic Equation2
LE2.IN2
LE2.IN3
LE2.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 2
Logic Equation1
LE1.IN2
LE1.IN3
LE1.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 1
Logic Equation3
LE3.IN1
LE3.IN2
LE3.IN3
LE3.IN4
Logic Equation2
Output of Logic Equation 1
LE2.IN2
LE2.IN3
LE2.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 2
Logic Equation3
LE3.IN2
LE3.IN3
LE3.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 3
Logic Equation1
LE1.IN1
LE1.IN2
LE1.IN3
LE1.IN4
Update within the same evaluation cycle
Update within the same evaluation cycle
Update within the next but one evaluation cycle (2 cycles delay)
Update within the same evaluation cycle
Output of Logic Equation 3
Cascading in Ascending Order
Cascading in Descending Order
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Programmable Logic at the Panel
WARNING improper use of logic equations might result in personal injury or damage the electrical equipment.
Do not use logic equations unless the User can ensure the safe functionality.
How to configure a logic equation?
• Within the Device Planning, set the number of required Logic Equations.
• Call up the [Logic] menu.
• Select a Logic Equation that is to be set.
• Set the Input Signals (where necessary, invert them).
• If required, configure the timer (»On delay« and »Off delay«).
• If the latched output signal is used, assign a reset signal to the reset input.
• Within the »status display«, the User can check the status of the logical inputs and outputs of the logic equation.
In case the logic equations should be cascaded, the User has to be aware of timing delays (cycles) in case of descending sequences (Please refer to the Cascading Logical Outputs section).
By means of the Status Display [Operation/Status Display], the logical states can be verified.
Programmable Logic Via PowerPort-E
WARNING improper use of logic equations might result in personal injury or damage the electrical equipment.
Do not use logic equations unless the User can ensure the safe functionality.
It is recommended to configure the logic via the PowerPort-E application.
How to configure a logic equation?
• Within the Device Planning, set the number of required Logic Equations.
• Call up the [Logic] menu.
• Set the Input Signals (where necessary, invert them).
• If required, configure the timer (»On delay« and »Off delay«).
• If the latched output signal is used, assign a reset signal to the reset input.
www.eaton.com 447
IM02602004E ETR-4000
• Within the »status display«, the User can check the status of the logical inputs and outputs of the logic equation.
In case the logic equations should be cascaded, the User has to be aware of timing delays (cycles) in case of descending sequences (Please refer to section: Cascading Logical Outputs).
By means of the Status Display [Operation/Status Display], the logical states can be verified.
Device Planning Parameters of the Programmable Logic
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
No of Equations:
Number of required Logic Equations: 0, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80
20 [Device Planning]
Selection List for Logic Input Signals
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Bkr[1].CES SG not ready Command Execution Supervision: Switchgear not ready
448 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Bkr[1].CES Field Interl Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not executed because of field interlocking.Bkr[1].CES SyncTimeout Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not executed No Synchronization signal while t-sync
was running.Bkr[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandBkr[1].Ack TripCmd Signal: Acknowledge Trip CommandBkr[1].Bwear Slow Breaker Signal: Slow Breaker AlarmBkr[1].Res Bwear Sl Breaker
Signal: Resetting the slow breaker alarm
Bkr[1].CLOSE Cmd Signal: CLOSE command issued to the switchgear. Depending on the setting the signal may include the CLOSE command of the Prot module.
Bkr[1].OPEN Cmd Signal: OPEN command issued to the switchgear. Depending on the setting the signal may include the OPEN command of the Prot module.
Bkr[1].CLOSE Cmd manual
Signal: CLOSE Cmd manual
Bkr[1].OPEN Cmd manual Signal: OPEN Cmd manualBkr[1].Sync CLOSE request
Signal: Synchronous CLOSE request
Bkr[2].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and disturbed Positions cannot be detected.
www.eaton.com 449
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Bkr[2].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[2].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[2].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[2].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[2].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[2].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[2].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[2].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[2].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[2].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[2].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[2].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[2].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Bkr[2].CES SG not ready Command Execution Supervision: Switchgear not ready
450 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Bkr[2].CES Field Interl Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not executed because of field interlocking.Bkr[2].CES SyncTimeout Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not executed No Synchronization signal while t-sync
was running.Bkr[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandBkr[2].Ack TripCmd Signal: Acknowledge Trip CommandBkr[2].Bwear Slow Breaker Signal: Slow Breaker AlarmBkr[2].Res Bwear Sl Breaker
Signal: Resetting the slow breaker alarm
Bkr[2].CLOSE Cmd Signal: CLOSE command issued to the switchgear. Depending on the setting the signal may include the CLOSE command of the Prot module.
Bkr[2].OPEN Cmd Signal: OPEN command issued to the switchgear. Depending on the setting the signal may include the OPEN command of the Prot module.
Bkr[2].CLOSE Cmd manual
Signal: CLOSE Cmd manual
Bkr[2].OPEN Cmd manual Signal: OPEN Cmd manualBkr[2].Sync CLOSE request
Signal: Synchronous CLOSE request
87.Pickup Signal: Pickup87.Trip Signal: Trip
www.eaton.com 451
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
87.TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87H.Pickup Signal: Pickup87H.Trip Signal: Trip87H.TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GD[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup87GD[1].Trip Signal: Trip87GD[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GDH[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup87GDH[1].Trip Signal: Trip87GDH[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GD[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup87GD[2].Trip Signal: Trip87GD[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GDH[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup87GDH[2].Trip Signal: Trip87GDH[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup
452 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
50P[1].Trip Signal: Trip50P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup50P[2].Trip Signal: Trip50P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup50P[3].Trip Signal: Trip50P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[4].Pickup Signal: Pickup50P[4].Trip Signal: Trip50P[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup51P[1].Trip Signal: Trip51P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup51P[2].Trip Signal: Trip51P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
www.eaton.com 453
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
51P[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup51P[3].Trip Signal: Trip51P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[4].Pickup Signal: Pickup51P[4].Trip Signal: Trip51P[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR50X[1].Trip Signal: Trip50X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR50X[2].Trip Signal: Trip50X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR51X[1].Trip Signal: Trip51X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR51X[2].Trip Signal: Trip
454 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
51X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR50R[1].Trip Signal: Trip50R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR50R[2].Trip Signal: Trip50R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR51R[1].Trip Signal: Trip51R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR51R[2].Trip Signal: Trip51R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51Q[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup51Q[1].Trip Signal: Trip51Q[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51Q[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup
www.eaton.com 455
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
51Q[2].Trip Signal: Trip51Q[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandZI[1].Ground OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground OUTZI[1].Ground Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground PickupZI[1].Ground Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground Trip ZI[1].IN Signal: Zone Interlocking INZI[1].OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUTZI[1].Phase OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase OUTZI[1].Phase Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase PickupZI[1].Phase Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase Trip ZI[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Zone InterlockingZI[1].Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking TripZI[1].TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip CommandZI[2].Ground OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground OUTZI[2].Ground Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground PickupZI[2].Ground Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground Trip ZI[2].IN Signal: Zone Interlocking IN
456 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
ZI[2].OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUTZI[2].Phase OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase OUTZI[2].Phase Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase PickupZI[2].Phase Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase Trip ZI[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Zone InterlockingZI[2].Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking TripZI[2].TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip CommandSOTF.Active Signal: ActiveSOTF.enabled Signal: Switch Onto Fault enabled. This Signal can be used to modify Overcurrent Protection Settings.SOTF.I< Signal: No Load Current.CLPU.detected Signal: Cold Load detectedCLPU.enabled Signal: Cold Load enabledCLPU.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingCLPU.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External BlockingCLPU.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External BlockingCLPU.I< Signal: No Load Current.CLPU.Load Inrush Signal: Load Inrush
www.eaton.com 457
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
CLPU.Settle Time Signal: Settle TimeExP[1].Alarm Signal: AlarmExP[1].Trip Signal: TripExP[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[2].Alarm Signal: AlarmExP[2].Trip Signal: TripExP[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[3].Alarm Signal: AlarmExP[3].Trip Signal: TripExP[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[4].Alarm Signal: AlarmExP[4].Trip Signal: TripExP[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandSudden Press.Alarm Signal: AlarmSudden Press.Trip Signal: TripSudden Press.TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExt Oil Temp.Alarm Signal: Alarm
458 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Ext Oil Temp.Trip Signal: TripExt Oil Temp.TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExt Temp Superv[1].Alarm Signal: AlarmExt Temp Superv[1].Trip Signal: TripExt Temp Superv[1].TripCmd
Signal: Trip Command
Ext Temp Superv[2].Alarm Signal: AlarmExt Temp Superv[2].Trip Signal: TripExt Temp Superv[2].TripCmd
Signal: Trip Command
Ext Temp Superv[3].Alarm Signal: AlarmExt Temp Superv[3].Trip Signal: TripExt Temp Superv[3].TripCmd
Signal: Trip Command
RTD.Alarm Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.Trip Signal: TripRTD.TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandRTD.W1-A Trip Winding1 Phase A Signal: Trip
www.eaton.com 459
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
RTD.W1-A Alarm Winding1 Phase A Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.W1-A Timeout Alarm Winding1 Phase A Timeout AlarmRTD.W1-B Trip Winding1 Phase B Signal: TripRTD.W1-B Alarm Winding1 Phase B Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.W1-B Timeout Alarm Winding1 Phase B Timeout AlarmRTD.W1-C Trip Winding1 Phase C Signal: TripRTD.W1-C Alarm Winding1 Phase C Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.W1-C Timeout Alarm Winding1 Phase C Timeout AlarmRTD.W2-A Trip Winding2 Phase A Signal: TripRTD.W2-A Alarm Winding2 Phase A Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.W2-A Timeout Alarm Winding2 Phase A Timeout AlarmRTD.W2-B Trip Winding2 Phase B Signal: TripRTD.W2-B Alarm Winding2 Phase B Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.W2-B Timeout Alarm Winding2 Phase B Timeout AlarmRTD.W2-C Trip Winding2 Phase C Signal: TripRTD.W2-C Alarm Winding2 Phase C Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.W2-C Timeout Alarm Winding2 Phase C Timeout Alarm
460 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
RTD.Amb 1 Trip Ambient 1 Signal: TripRTD.Amb 1 Alarm Ambient 1 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.Amb 1 Timeout Alarm
Ambient 1 Timeout Alarm
RTD.Amb 2 Trip Ambient 2 Signal: TripRTD.Amb 2 Alarm Ambient 2 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.Amb 2 Timeout Alarm
Ambient 2 Timeout Alarm
RTD.Aux 1 Trip Auxiliary 1 Signal: TripRTD.Aux 1 Alarm Auxiliary 1 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.Aux 1 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 1 Timeout AlarmRTD.Aux 2 Trip Auxiliary 2 Signal: TripRTD.Aux 2 Alarm Auxiliary 2 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.Aux 2 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 2 Timeout AlarmRTD.Aux 3 Trip Auxiliary 3 Signal: TripRTD.Aux 3 Alarm Auxiliary 3 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.Aux 3 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 3 Timeout AlarmRTD.Aux4 Trip Auxiliary 4 Signal: Trip
www.eaton.com 461
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
RTD.Aux4 Alarm Auxiliary 4 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.Aux4 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 4 Timeout AlarmRTD.Trip WD W1 Group Trip all Windings of group W1RTD.Alarm WD W1 Group Alarm all Windings of group W1RTD.TimeoutAlmWDW1Grp
Timeout Alarm of group W1
RTD.Trip WD W2 Group Trip all Windings of group W2RTD.Alarm WD W2 Group Alarm all Windings of group W2RTD.TimeoutAlmWDW2Grp
Timeout Alarm of group W2
RTD.Trip Amb Group Trip all Windings of group AmbientRTD.Alarm Amb Group Alarm all Windings of group AmbientRTD.TimeoutAlmAmbGrp Timeout Alarm of group AmbientRTD.Trip Aux Group Trip Auxiliary GroupRTD.Alarm Aux Group Alarm Auxiliary GroupRTD.TimeoutAlmAuxGrp Timeout Alarm Auxiliary GroupRTD.Trip Any Group Trip Any GroupRTD.Alarm Any Group Alarm Any Group
462 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
RTD.TimeoutAlmAnyGrp Timeout Alarm Any GroupRTD.Timeout Alarm Alarm timeout expiredRTD.Voting Trip Grp 1 Voting Trip Group 1RTD.Voting Trip Grp 2 Voting Trip Group 2BF[1].Lockout Signal: LockoutBF[1].Pickup Signal: BF-Module Started (Pickup)BF[1].Trip Signal: Breaker Failure TripBF[2].Lockout Signal: LockoutBF[2].Pickup Signal: BF-Module Started (Pickup)BF[2].Trip Signal: Breaker Failure TripTCM[1].Not Possible Not possible because no state indicator assigned to the breaker.TCM[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Trip Circuit SupervisionTCM[2].Not Possible Not possible because no state indicator assigned to the breaker.TCM[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Trip Circuit SupervisionCTS[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Current Transformer Measuring Circuit SupervisionCTS[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Current Transformer Measuring Circuit SupervisionSysA.Alm Current Demd Signal: Alarm Current demand value
www.eaton.com 463
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
SysA.Alarm I THD Signal: Alarm Total Harmonic Distortion CurrentSysA.Trip Current Demand
Signal: Trip Current demand value
SysA.Trip I THD Signal: Trip Total Harmonic Distortion CurrentWired Inputs.52a M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker ClosedWired Inputs.52b M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker OpenWired Inputs.TOCa M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Connected Wired Inputs.43/10 M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Selected To Trip Wired Inputs.52a M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker ClosedWired Inputs.52b M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker OpenWired Inputs.TOCa M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Connected Wired Inputs.43/10 M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Selected To TripWired Inputs.52a T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker ClosedWired Inputs.52b T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker OpenWired Inputs.TOCa T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Connected Wired Inputs.43/10 T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Selected To TripWired Inputs.43 M-I State of the module input: System In Manual
464 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Wired Inputs.43 A-I State of the module input: System in AutoWired Inputs.43 P1-I State of the module input: Preferred Source 1Wired Inputs.43 P2-I State of the module input: Preferred Source 2Wired Inputs.Bkr Trouble-I Breaker TroubleDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputRO-4Z X2.ZI OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUTRO-4Z X2.RO 1 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X2.RO 2 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X2.RO 3 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X2.RO 4 Signal: Relay Output
www.eaton.com 465
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
RO-4Z X5.ZI OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUTRO-4Z X5.RO 1 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X5.RO 2 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X5.RO 3 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X5.RO 4 Signal: Relay OutputIEC61850.VirtOut1-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut2-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut3-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut4-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut5-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut6-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut7-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut8-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut9-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut10-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut11-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut12-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
466 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
IEC61850.VirtOut13-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut14-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut15-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut16-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtInp1 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp2 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp3 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp4 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp5 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp6 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp7 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp8 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp9 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp10 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp11 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp12 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp13 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
www.eaton.com 467
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
IEC61850.VirtInp14 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp15 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp16 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)Logic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
468 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 469
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
470 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 471
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
472 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 473
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
474 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 475
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
476 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 477
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
478 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 479
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
480 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 481
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
482 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 483
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
484 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 485
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
486 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Sys.Maint Mode Active Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance ActiveSys.Maint Mode Comm Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Comm ModeSys.Maint Mode DI Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Digital Input ModeSys.Maint Mode Inactive Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance InactiveSys.MaintMode Manually Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Manual ModeSys.Maint Mode-I Module Input State: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance SwitchSys.Min. 1 param changed Signal: At least one parameter has been changedSys.PS 1 Signal: Parameter Set 1Sys.PS 2 Signal: Parameter Set 2Sys.PS 3 Signal: Parameter Set 3Sys.PS 4 Signal: Parameter Set 4Sys.PS1-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.Sys.PS2-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.Sys.PS3-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.Sys.PS4-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.Sys.PSS manual Signal: Manual switch over of a Parameter SetSys.PSS via Comm Signal: Parameter Set Switch via Communication
www.eaton.com 487
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectively Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Sys.PSS via Inp fct Signal: Parameter Set Switch via Input FunctionSys.Res AlarmCr Signal:: Res AlarmCrSys.Res OperationsCr Signal:: Res OperationsCrSys.Res TotalCr Signal:: Res TotalCrSys.Res TripCmdCr Signal:: Res TripCmdCr
Global Protection Parameter of the Programmable Logic
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
LE1.Gate Logic gate AND, OR, NAND, NOR
AND [Logic/LE 1]
LE1.IN1 Assignment of the Input Signal 1..n, LogicList -.- [Logic/LE 1]
LE1.Inverting1 Inverting the input signals.
Only available if an input signal has been assigned.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Logic/LE 1]
488 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
LE1.IN2 Assignment of the Input Signal 1..n, LogicList -.- [Logic/LE 1]
LE1.Inverting2 Inverting the input signals.
Only available if an input signal has been assigned.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Logic/LE 1]
LE1.IN3 Assignment of the Input Signal 1..n, LogicList -.- [Logic/LE 1]
LE1.Inverting3 Inverting the input signals.
Only available if an input signal has been assigned.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Logic/LE 1]
LE1.IN4 Assignment of the Input Signal 1..n, LogicList -.- [Logic/LE 1]
LE1.Inverting4 Inverting the input signals.
Only available if an input signal has been assigned.
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Logic/LE 1]
LE1.t-On Delay Switch On Delay 0.00 – 36000.00 s 0.00 s [Logic/LE 1]
LE1.t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 36000.00 s 0.00 s [Logic/LE 1]
LE1.Reset Latched
Reset Signal for the Latching 1..n, LogicList -.- [Logic/LE 1]
LE1.Inverting Reset
Inverting Reset Signal for the Latching Inactive, Active
Inactive [Logic/LE 1]
LE1.Inverting Set
Inverting the Setting Signal for the Latching Inactive, Active
Inactive [Logic/LE 1]
Programmable Logic Inputs
Name Description Assignment Via
LE1.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal [Logic/LE 1]
LE1.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal [Logic/LE 1]
LE1.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal [Logic/LE 1]
LE1.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal [Logic/LE 1]
LE1.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching [Logic/LE 1]
Programmable Logic Outputs
Name Description
LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 489
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
490 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
CommissioningBefore starting work on an open switchboard, it is required that the switchboard is de-energized and the following five safety regulations have been met.
Safety precautions:• Disconnect the power supply;• Secure against reconnection;• Verify that the equipment is de-energized;• Connect to ground and short-circuit all phases; and• Cover or safeguard all live adjacent parts.
The secondary circuit of a current transformer must never be opened during operation. The prevailing high voltages can cause severe injury or death.
Even when the auxiliary voltage is switched off, it is likely that there are still hazardous voltages at the component connections.
All locally applicable national and international installation and safety regulations for working at electrical power installations MUST always to be followed.
Prior to the initial voltage connection, the following must be guaranteed:
• Correct grounding of the device;• That all signal circuits are tested;• That all control circuits are tested;• Transformer wiring is checked;• Correct rating of the CTs;• Correct burden of the CTs;• That the operational conditions are in line with the Technical Data;• Correct rating of the transformer protection;• Function of the transformer fuses;• Correct wiring of all digital inputs;• Polarity and capacity of the supply voltage; and• Correct wiring of the analog inputs and outputs.
The permissible deviations of measuring values and device adjustment are dependent on the Technical Data/Tolerances.
Commissioning/Protection Test
Commissioning/protection test must be carried out by authorized and qualified personnel. Before the device is put into operation, the related documentation MUST be read and understood.
www.eaton.com 491
IM02602004E ETR-4000
With any test of the protection functions, the following has to be checked:
• Is activation/tripping saved in the event recorder?• Is tripping saved in the fault recorder?• Is tripping saved in the waveform recorder?• Are all signals/messages correctly generated?• Do all generally configured blocking functions work properly?• Do all temporarily configured (via DI) blocking functions work properly?• To enable checks on all LEDs and relay functions, these have to be
provided with the relevant pickup (alarm) and tripping functions of the respective protection functions/elements. This MUST be tested in practical operation.
Check of all temporary blockings (via digital inputs).
• In order to avoid malfunctions, all blockings related to tripping/non-tripping of protection function MUST be tested. The test can be very complex and should therefore be performed by the same personnel who set up the protection concept.
Check all general trip blockings. All general trip blockings MUST be tested.
Prior to the initial operation of the protection device, all tripping times and values shown in the adjustment list MUST be confirmed by a secondary test.
Any description of functions, parameters, inputs, or outputs that does not match the device in hand can be ignored.
Decommissioning – Removing the Plug from the Relay
Dismounting the relay will lead to a loss of the protection functionality. Ensure that there is a back-up protection. If you are not aware of the consequences of decommissioning the device – STOP! DO NOT start.
492 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Inform SCADA before you start.
Switch-off the power supply.
Ensure that the cabinet is de-energized and that there are no voltages that could lead to injury of personnel.
Disconnect the terminals at the rear-side of the device. DO NOT pull any cable – pull on the plug! If it is stuck, use a screw driver.
Fasten the cables and terminals in the cabinet by means of cable clips to ensure that no accidental electrical connections are caused.
Hold the device at the front-side while removing the mounting nuts.
Remove the device carefully from the cabinet.
In case no other device is to be mounted or replaced, cover/close the cut-out in the front-door.
Close the cabinet.
www.eaton.com 493
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Service and Commissioning SupportWithin the service menu, various functions support maintenance and commissioning of the device.
General
Within the [Service/General] menu, the User can initiate a reboot of the device.
Maintenance Mode
Principle – General UseThe Maintenance Mode can be used to reduce arc flash levels. Refer to Std. NFPA70E.
DO NOT attempt to install or perform maintenance on equipment while it is energized. Severe personal injury or death can result from contact with energized equipment. Verify that no voltage is present before opening doors of the switchboard.
If maintenance will be performed on a device, special protective clothing and equipment MUST BE USED and all industry standard procedures MUST BE FOLLOWED. Failure to do so can result in severe personal injury or death.
The Maintenance Mode can improve safety by providing a simple and reliable method to reduce fault clearing time and lower incident energy levels at energized panels. The Maintenance Mode allows the User to switch to more sensitive settings via the HMI/panel, Communication, or via a Digital Input while maintenance work is being performed at an energized panel or device. The more sensitive settings provide greater security for maintenance personnel and helps reduce the possibility of injury.
The status of the Maintenance Mode (active/inactive) is stored power fail-safe.
Manual activation is only possible via the HMI/panel (not via PowerPort-E).
The Maintenance Mode can be activated:
• Manually (only at the HMI/panel);• Via communication; or• Via a digital input.
Changing to another mode is only possible if there is no active Activation Signal (e.g.: if the device is in the “Via Digital Input Mode” and while the assigned Digital Input is “true”, the User cannot switch to the “Manual Mode”).
Before Use
The sensitivity settings for the Maintenance Mode have to be calculated and programmed into the device (according to Std. NFPA70E). They are not part of the device by default.
494 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
When the Maintenance Mode is enabled and fault current causes its operation, the fault clearing time of the associated breaker has to be very fast. Calculate the sensitivity setting on the basis of Std. NFPA70E.
Program those sensitivity settings either into a setting group or into Adaptive Parameters.
How to Use the Maintenance ModeCalculate the sensitivity setting on the basis of Std. NFPA70E. Program those sensitivity settings either into a setting group or into Adaptive Parameters.
The Maintenance Mode offers two output signals: “Maint Mode activated” and “Maint Mode not activated”.
The »Maint Mode.ACTIVATED« signal should be used to:
• Switch to another setting group (in case the sensitivity settings are saved within this setting group);• Activate “Adaptive Parameters” (in case the sensitivity settings are saved within these adaptive parameters);
and/or• Block or activate dedicated functions.
Please see the Adaptive Parameters section for more details.
The »Maint Mode.NOT ACTIVATED« signal should be used to:
• Switch back to the standard setting group when Maintenance Mode should not be used.
For fast access, the Maintenance Mode can be accessed by means of the »Softkey« Maint on the start screen (root) of the device.
www.eaton.com 495
IM02602004E ETR-4000
496 www.eaton.com
1..n
, Dig
Inpu
ts
Sys.
Mai
nt M
ode
Activ
ated
by
Inac
tive
Sys.
Mai
nt M
ode
Mod
e
Activ
atio
n M
anua
lly
Activ
atio
n vi
a C
omm
Act
ivat
ion
via D
I
Inac
tive
Sys.
Mai
ntM
ode
Man
ually
Activ
e
Com
m C
md
Sys.
Mai
nt M
ode
Activ
e
Sys.
Mai
nt M
ode
Inac
tive
Sys.
Mai
ntM
ode
Man
ually
Sys.
Mai
nt M
ode
Com
m
Sys.
Mai
nt M
ode
DI
Mai
nt M
ode
Sys.
Mai
nt M
ode-
I
AND
AND
AND
OR
Sys
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Forcing the Relay Output Contacts
The parameters, their defaults, and setting ranges have to be taken from Relay Output Contacts section.
Principle – General Use
The User MUST ENSURE that the relay output contacts operate normally after maintenance is completed. If the relay output contacts do not operate normally, the protective device WILL NOT provide protection.
For commissioning purposes or for maintenance, relay output contacts can be set by force.
Within this mode [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Force RO], relay output contacts can be set by force:
• Permanent; or• Via timeout.
If they are set with a timeout, they will keep their “Force Position” only as long as this timer runs. If the timer expires, the relay will operate normally. If they are set as Permanent, they will keep the “Force Position” continuously.
There are two options available:
• Forcing a single relay »Force Rox«; and• Forcing an entire group of relay output contacts »Force all Outs«.
Forcing an entire group takes precedence over forcing a single relay output contact!
A relay output contact WILL NOT follow a force command as long as it is disarmed at the same time.
A relay output contact WILL follow a force command:
• If it is not disarmed; and • If the Direct Command is applied to the relay(s).
Keep in mind, that forcing all relay output contacts (of the same assembly group) takes precedence over the force command of a single relay output contact.
Disarming the Relay Output Contacts
The parameters, their defaults, and setting ranges have to be taken from the Relay Output Contacts section.
Principle – General Use
Within this mode [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/DISARMED], entire groups of relay output contacts can be disabled. By means of this test mode, contact outputs switching actions of the relay output contacts are prevented. If the relay output contacts are disarmed, maintenance actions can be carried out without the risk of
www.eaton.com 497
IM02602004E ETR-4000
taking entire processes off-line.
The User MUST ENSURE that the relay output contacts are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance is complete. If they are not armed, the protective device WILL NOT provide protection.
Zone Interlocking Output and the Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed.
Within this mode [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/DISARMED] entire groups of relay output contacts can be disarmed:
• Permanent; or• Via timeout.
If they are set with a timeout, they will keep their “Disarm Position” only as long as this timer runs. If the timer expires, the relay output contacts will operate normally. If they are set Permanent, they will keep the “Disarm State” continuously.
A relay output contact WILL NOT be disarmed as long as:
• A relay output contact WILL NOT be disarmed if it is latched (and not yet reset).
• A relay output contact WILL NOT be disarmed as long as a running t-OFF-delay timer is not yet expired (hold time of a relay output contact).
• If the Disarm Control is not set to active.
• If the Direct Command is not applied.
A relay output contact WILL be disarmed if it is not latched and:
• If there is no running t-OFF-delay timer (hold time of a relay output contact); and
• If the DISARM Control is set to active; and
• If the Direct Command Disarm is applied.
Forcing RTDs*• = Availability depends on ordered device.
The parameters, their defaults, and setting ranges have to be taken from RTD/UTRD section.
498 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Principle – General Use
The User MUST ENSURE that the RTDs operate normally after maintenance is completed. If the RTDs do not operate normally, the protective device WILL NOT provide protection.
For commissioning purposes or for maintenance, RTD temperatures can be set by force.
Within this mode [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/URTD], RTD temperatures can be set by force:
• Permanent; or• Via timeout.
If they are set with a timeout, they will keep their “Forced Temperature” only as long as this timer runs. If the timer expires, the RTD will operate normally. If they are set as »Permanent«, they will keep the “Forced Temperature” continuously. This menu will show the measured values of the RTDs until the User activates the force mode by calling up the »Function«. As soon as the force mode is activated, the shown values will be frozen as long as this mode is active. Now the User can force RTD values. As soon as the force mode is deactivated, measured values will again be shown.
Forcing Analog Outputs*• = Availability depends on ordered device.
The parameters, their defaults, and setting ranges have to be taken from Analog Output section.
Principle – General Use
The User MUST ENSURE that the Analog Outputs operate normally after maintenance is completed. Do not use this mode if forced Analog Outputs cause issues in external processes.
For commissioning purposes or for maintenance, Analog Outputs can be set by force.
Within this mode [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Analog Outputs], Analog Outputs can be set by force:
• Permanent; or• Via timeout.
If they are set with a timeout, they will keep their “Forced Value” only as long as this timer runs. If the timer expires, the Analog Output will operate normally. If they are set as »Permanent«, they will keep the “Forced Value” continuously. This menu will show the current value that is assigned to the Analog Output until the User activates the force mode by calling up the »Function«. As soon as the force mode is activated, the shown values will be frozen as long as this mode is active. Now the User can force Analog Output values. As soon as the force mode is deactivated, measured values will again be shown.
www.eaton.com 499
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Forcing Analog Inputs*• = Availability depends on ordered device.
The parameters, their defaults, and setting ranges have to be taken from Analog Inputs section.
Principle – General Use
The User MUST ENSURE that the Analog Inputs operate normally after maintenance is completed.
For commissioning purposes or for maintenance, Analog Inputs can be set by force.
Within this mode [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Analog Inputs], Analog Inputs can be set by force:
• Permanent; or• Via timeout.
If they are set with a timeout, they will keep their “Forced Value” only as long as this timer runs. If the timer expires, the Analog Input will operate normally. If they are set as »Permanent«, they will keep the “Forced Value” continuously. This menu will show the current value that is fed to the Analog Input until the User activates the force mode by calling up the »Function«. As soon as the force mode is activated, the shown value will be frozen as long as this mode is active. Now the User can force the Analog Input value. As soon as the force mode is deactivated, measured value will be shown again.
Failure Simulator (Sequencer)*Available Elements:Sgen
* = Availability depends on ordered device. This applies especially to the availability of voltage and current. Voltage simulation is only available in voltage relays, current simulation is only available in current relays.
For commissioning support and in order to analyze failures, the protective device offers the option to simulate measuring quantities. The simulation menu can be found within the [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sine wave gen] menu. The simulation cycle consists of three states:
• Pre-failure;• Failure; and• Post-failure State (Phase).
Within the [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sine wave gen/Configuration] sub-menu, the duration of each phase can be set. In addition; the measuring quantities to be simulated can be determined (e.g.: voltages, currents, and the corresponding angles) for each phase (and ground). The simulation will be terminated, if a phase current exceeds 0.1 times In. A simulation can be restarted, five seconds after the current has fallen below 0.1 times In.
Setting the device into the simulation mode means taking the protective device out of operation for the duration of the simulation. Do not use this feature during operation of the device if the User cannot guarantee that there is a running and properly working backup protection.
500 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
The energy counters will be stopped while the failure simulator is running.
The simulation voltages are always phase to neutral voltages, irrespectively of the mains voltage transformers' connection method (Phase-to-phase / Wey / Open Delta).
Application Options of the Fault Simulator**:
Stop Options Cold Simulation (Option 1) Hot Simulation (Option 2)
Do not stop
Run complete: Pre Failure, Failure, Post Failure.
How To?: Call up [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sine wave gen/Process] Ex Force Post = no assignment and
Press/Call up Start Simulation.
Simulation without tripping the breaker:Blocking protective Trips to the Breaker. That means verifying if the protective device generates a trip without energizing the trip coil of the breaker (similar to disarm the relay output contact).
How To?: Call up [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sine wave gen/Process]
Trip Cmd Mode = No Trip
Simulation is authorized to trip the breaker:How To?: Call up [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sine wave gen/Process]
Trip Cmd Mode = Trip
www.eaton.com 501
pre postFailure Simulation
PreFault FaultSimulation PostFault
Sgen
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Stop Options Cold Simulation (Option 1) Hot Simulation (Option 2)
Stop by external signal
Force Post: As soon as this signal becomes true, the Fault Simulation will be forced to switch into the Post Failure mode.
How To?: Call up [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sine wave gen/Process]
Ex Force Post = Assigned Signal
Manual stop
As soon as this signal becomes true, the Fault Simulation will be terminated and the device changes back to normal operation.
How To?: Call up [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sine wave gen/Process]
Press/Call up Stop Simulation.
**Please note: Due to internal dependencies, the frequency of the simulation module is 0.16% greater than the rated one.
Device Planning Parameters of the Failure Simulator
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use, Use
Use [Device Planning]
Global Protection Parameter of the Failure Simulator
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
PreFault Pre Fault Duration 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.0 s [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/Times]
FaultSimulation Duration of Fault Simulation 0.00 – 10800.00 s 0.0 s [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/Times]
502 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
PostFault PostFault 0.00 – 300.00 s 0. 0s [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/Times]
TripCmd Mode Trip Command Mode No TripCmd, With TripCmd
No TripCmd [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Process]
Ex Start Simulation
External Start of Fault Simulation (Using the test parameters)
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Process]
ExBlo External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List Bkr[1].Pos CLOSE
[Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Process]
Ex ForcePost Force Post state. Abort simulation. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Process]
Current Parameter of the Failure Simulator
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT W1.IA Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Pre State: Phase A
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PreFault/CT W1]
CT W1.IB Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Pre State: Phase B
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PreFault/CT W1]
www.eaton.com 503
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT W1.IC Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Pre State: Phase C
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PreFault/CT W1]
CT W1.IX meas Fund.
Current Fundamental Magnitude in Pre State: IX
0.00 – 25.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PreFault/CT W1]
CT W1.Angle IA Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Pre Phase:Phase A
-360 - 360° 0° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PreFault/CT W1]
CT W1.Angle IB Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Pre Phase:Phase B
-360 - 360° 240° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PreFault/CT W1]
CT W1.Angle IC Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Pre Phase:Phase C
-360 - 360° 120° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PreFault/CT W1]
CT W1.Angle IX meas Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Pre Phase: IX
-360 - 360° 0° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PreFault/CT W1]
504 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT W1.IA Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Fault State: Phase A
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/FaultSimulation/CT W1]
CT W1.IB Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Fault State: Phase B
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/FaultSimulation/CT W1]
CT W1.IC Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Fault State: Phase C
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/FaultSimulation/CT W1]
CT W1.IX meas Fund.
Current Fundamental Magnitude in Fault State: IX
0.00 - 25.00In 0.0In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/FaultSimulation/CT W1]
CT W1.Angle IA Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Fault Phase:Phase A
-360 - 360° 0° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/FaultSimulation/CT W1]
CT W1.Angle IB Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Fault Phase:Phase B
-360 - 360° 240° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/FaultSimulation/CT W1]
www.eaton.com 505
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT W1.Angle IC Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Fault Phase:Phase C
-360 - 360° 120° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/FaultSimulation/CT W1]
CT W1.Angle IX meas Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Fault Phase: IX
-360 - 360° 0° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/FaultSimulation/CT W1]
CT W1.IA Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude during Post phase: Phase A
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PostFault/CT W1]
CT W1.IB Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude during Post phase: Phase B
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PostFault/CT W1]
CT W1.IC Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude during Post phase: Phase C
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PostFault/CT W1]
CT W1.IX meas Fund.
Current Fundamental Magnitude during Post phase: IX
0.00 – 25.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PostFault/CT W1]
506 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT W1.Angle IA Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Post phase: Phase A
-360 - 360° 0° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PostFault/CT W1]
CT W1.Angle IB Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Post phase: Phase B
-360 - 360° 240° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PostFault/CT W1]
CT W1.Angle IC Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Post phase: Phase C
-360 - 360° 120° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PostFault/CT W1]
CT W1.Angle IX meas Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Post phase: IX
-360 - 360° 0° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PostFault/CT W1]
CT W2.IA Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Pre State: Phase A
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PreFault/CT W2]
CT W2.IB Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Pre State: Phase B
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PreFault/CT W2]
www.eaton.com 507
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT W2.IC Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Pre State: Phase C
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PreFault/CT W2]
CT W2.IX meas Fund.
Current Fundamental Magnitude in Pre State: IX
0.00 – 25.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PreFault/CT W2]
CT W2.Angle IA Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Pre Phase:Phase A
-360 - 360° 0° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PreFault/CT W2]
CT W2.Angle IB Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Pre Phase:Phase B
-360 - 360° 240° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PreFault/CT W2]
CT W2.Angle IC Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Pre Phase:Phase C
-360 - 360° 120° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PreFault/CT W2]
CT W2.Angle IX meas Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Pre Phase: IX
-360 - 360° 0° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PreFault/CT W2]
508 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT W2.IA Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Fault State: Phase A
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/FaultSimulation/CT W2]
CT W2.IB Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Fault State: Phase B
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/FaultSimulation/CT W2]
CT W2.IC Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Fault State: Phase C
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/FaultSimulation/CT W2]
CT W2.IX meas Fund.
Current Fundamental Magnitude in Fault State: IX
0.00 – 25.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/FaultSimulation/CT W2]
CT W2.Angle IA Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Fault Phase:Phase A
-360 - 360° 0° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/FaultSimulation/CT W2]
CT W2.Angle IB Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Fault Phase:Phase B
-360 - 360° 240° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/FaultSimulation/CT W2]
www.eaton.com 509
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT W2.Angle IC Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Fault Phase:Phase C
-360 - 360° 120° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/FaultSimulation/CT W2]
CT W2.Angle IX meas Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Fault Phase: IX
-360 - 360° 0° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/FaultSimulation/CT W2]
CT W2.IA Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude during Post phase: Phase A
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PostFault/CT W2]
CT W2.IB Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude during Post phase: Phase B
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PostFault/CT W2]
CT W2.IC Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude during Post phase: Phase C
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PostFault/CT W2]
CT W2.IX meas Fund.
Current Fundamental Magnitude during Post phase: IX
0.00 – 25.00 In 0.0 In [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PostFault/CT W2]
510 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT W2.Angle IA Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Post phase: Phase A
-360 - 360° 0° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PostFault/CT W2]
CT W2.Angle IB Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Post phase: Phase B
-360 - 360° 240° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PostFault/CT W2]
CT W2.Angle IC Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Post phase: Phase C
-360 - 360° 120° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PostFault/CT W2]
CT W2.Angle IX meas Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Post phase: IX
-360 - 360° 0° [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Configuration/PostFault/CT W2]
States of the Inputs of the Failure Simulator
Name Description Assignment Via
Ex Start Simulation-I State of the module input:External Start of Fault Simulation (Using the test parameters)
[Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Process]
ExBlo Module Input State: External Blocking [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Process]
Ex ForcePost-I State of the module input:Force Post state. Abort simulation. [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Process]
www.eaton.com 511
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Signals of the Failure Simulator (States of the Outputs)
Name Description
Running Signal: Measuring value simulation is running
Direct Commands of the Failure Simulator
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Start Simulation Start Fault Simulation (Using the test parameters)
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Process]
Stop Simulation Stop Fault Simulation (Using the test parameters)
Inactive, Active
Inactive [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/Process]
Failure Simulator Values
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
State Wave generation states: 0=Off, 1=PreFault, 2=Fault, 3=PostFault, 4=InitReset
Off Off, PreFault, FaultSimulation, PostFault, Init Res
[Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sgen/State]
512 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Technical Data
Use Copper conductors only, 75°C (167°F).Conductor size AWG 14 [2.5 mm].
Climatic Environmental ConditionsStorage Temperature: -30°C to +70°C (-22°F to 158°F)Operating Temperature: -20°C to +60°C (-4°F to 140°F)Permissible Humidity at Ann. Average: <75% rel. (on 56d up to 95% rel.)Permissible Installation Altitude: <2,000 m (6,561.67 ft) above sea level
If 4,000 m (13,123.35 ft) altitude applies, a changed classification of the operating and test voltages may be necessary.
Degree of Protection EN 60529
HMI Front Panel with Seal: IP54Rear Side Terminals: IP20
Routine TestInsulation Test Acc. to IEC60255-5: All tests to be carried out against ground and other input and
output circuits.Aux. Voltage Supply, Digital Inputs, Current Measuring Inputs, Signal Relay Output Contacts:
2.5 kV (eff.) / 50 Hz
Voltage Measuring Inputs: 3.0 kV (eff.) / 50 HzAll Wire-Bound Communication Interfaces:
1.5 kV DC
HousingHousing B2: Height / Width 183 mm (7.205 in.)/ 212.7 mm (8.374 in.)Housing Depth (Incl. Terminals): 208 mm (8.189 in.)Material, Housing: Aluminum extruded sectionMaterial, Front Panel: Aluminum/Foil frontMounting Position: Horizontal (±45° around the X-axis must be permitted)
Weight: Approx. 4.2 kg (9.259 lb)
Current and Ground Current Measurement
Plug-in Connector with Integrated Short-Circuiter (Conventional Current Inputs)
Phase and Ground Current Inputs:
Nominal Currents: 1 A / 5 AMax. Measuring Range: Up to 40 x In (phase currents)
Up to 25 x In (ground current standard)
www.eaton.com 513
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Phase and Ground Current Inputs:
Capacity:Overcurrent Proof:
4 x In/continuously30 x In / 10 s100 x In / 1 s250 x In / 10 ms (1 half-wave)
Power Consumption: Phase current inputs At In = 1 A S = 25 mVAAt In = 5 A S = 120 mVA
Ground current inputAt In = 1 A S = 25 mVA At In = 5 A S = 120 mVA
Sensitive Ground Current Inputs:
Nominal Currents: 1 A / 5 A with 50:0.025 core balance CTMax. Measuring Range: Up to 2.5 x InCapacity:Overcurrent Proof:
2 x In/continuously10 x In / 10 s25 x In / 1 s100 x In / 10 ms (1 half-wave)
Power Consumption: At In = 1 A S = 170 mVA At In = 0.1 A S = 1,7 mVA At In = 5 A S = 540 mVAAt In = 0.5 A S = 5,4 mVA
Frequency Range: 50 Hz / 60 Hz ±10%Terminals:
Screws
Screw-type terminals with integrated short-circuiters (contacts)
M4, captive type acc. to VDEW
Connection Cross Sections: 1 x or 2 x 2.5 mm² (2 x AWG 14) with wire end ferrule1 x or 2 x 4.0 mm² (2 x AWG 12) with ring cable sleeve or cable sleeve1 x or 2 x 6 mm² (2 x AWG 10) with ring cable sleeve or cable sleeve
The current measuring board´s terminal blocks may be used as with 2 (double) conductors AWG 10,12,14 otherwise with single conductors only.
Voltage SupplyAux. Voltage: 24 - 270 Vdc / 48 - 230 Vac (-20/+10%) ≂Buffer Time in Case of Supply Failure: >= 50 ms at minimal aux. voltage
Interrupted communication is permitted.Max. Permissible Making Current: 18 A peak value for <0.25 ms
12 A peak value for <1 ms
The voltage supply must be protected by a fuse of:• 2,5 A time-lag miniature fuse 5 x 20 mm (approx. 0.2 x 0.8 in.) according to IEC 60127• 3,5 A time-lag miniature fuse 6,3 x 32 mm (approx. 0.25 x 1.25 in.) according to UL 248-14
514 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Power ConsumptionPower Supply Range: Power consumption
in Idle ModeMax. Power Consumption
24 - 270 Vdc: Approx. 8 W Approx.13 W48 - 230 Vac(For Frequencies of 50-60 Hz):
Approx. 8 W / 16 VA Approx.13 W / 21 VA
DisplayDisplay Type: LCD with LED background illuminationResolution - Graphics Display: 128 x 64 pixel
LED - Type: Two colored: red / greenNumber of LEDs, Housing B2: 15
Front Interface RS232Baud Rates: 115,200 BaudHandshake: RTS and CTSConnection: 9-pole D-Sub plug
Real Time ClockRunning Reserve of the Real Time Clock:
1 year min.
Digital InputsMax. Input Voltage: 300 Vdc / 259 Vac
Input Current: DC <4 mAAC <16 mA
Reaction Time: <20 ms
Drop-out Time:Shorted inputsOpen inputs
<30 ms<90 ms
www.eaton.com 515
COMDI8DI2DI1 COMDI8DI2DI1
L+L-
L+L-
Open inputs Shorted inputs
IM02602004E ETR-4000
(Safe State of the Digital Inputs)
Switching Thresholds: Un = 24 Vdc, 48 Vdc, 60 Vdc,110 Vac / dc, 230 Vac / dc
Un = 24 VdcSwitching Threshold 1 ON:Switching Threshold 1 OFF:
Min. 19.2 VdcMax. 9.6 Vdc
Un = 48 V / 60VdcSwitching Threshold 2 ON:Switching Threshold 2 OFF:
Min. 42.6 VdcMax. 21.3 Vdc
Un = 110 / 120 Vac / dcSwitching Threshold 3 ON:Switching Threshold 3 OFF:
Min. 88.0 Vdc / 88.0 VacMax. 44.0 Vdc / 44.0 Vac
Un = 230 / 240 Vac / dcSwitching Threshold 4 ON:Switching Threshold 4 OFF:
Min. 184 Vdc / 184 VacMax. 92 Vdc / 92 Vac
Terminals: Screw-type terminal
Relay Output ContactsContinuous Current: 5 A ac / dcMax. Make Current: 25 A ac / 25 A dc for 4 s
30 A / 230Vac according to ANSI IEEE Std C37.90-200530 A / 250Vdc according to ANSI IEEE Std C37.90-2005
Max. Breaking Current: 5 A ac up to 240 Vac5 A dc up to 30 V (resistive)0.3 A dc at 250 V (resistive)
Max. Switching Voltage: 250 V ac / 250 VdcSwitching Capacity: 1,250 VAContact Type: Form C or normally open contactTerminals: Screw-type terminals
Supervision Contact (SC)Continuous Current: 5 A ac / dcMax. Switch-on Current: 15 A ac / 15 A dc for 4 s Max. Breaking Current: 5 A ac up to 250 Vac
5 A dc up to 30 Vdc (resistive)0,25 A at 250 Vdc (resistive)
Max. Switching Voltage: 250 V ac / 250 VdcSwitching Capacity: 1,250 VAContact Type: Form CTerminals: Screw-type terminals
Time Synchronization IRIG-B00XNominal input voltage: 5 VConnection: Screw-type terminals (twisted pair)
516 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Zone InterlockingOnly for Zone Interlock Tripping Outputs (Zone Interlock, semiconductor output): 5 Vdc, <2mA for connection to electronic inputs only.
Zone Out:Output voltage (High) 4.75 to 5.25 VdcOutput voltage (Low) 0.0 to +0.5 Vdc
Zone In:Nominal input voltage +5 VdcMax. input voltage +5.5 VdcSwitching threshold ON min. 4.0 VdcSwitching threshold OFF max. 1.5 Vdc
Galvanic isolation 2.5 kV ac (to ground and other IO)Connection: Screw-type terminals (twisted pair)
RS485*Master/Slave: SlaveConnection: 6 screw-clamping terminals RM 3.5 mm (138 MIL)
(terminating resistors internal)
The RS485 interface is realized via terminals. The communication cable has to be shielded. The shielding has to be fixed at the screw that is marked with the ground symbol (rear side of the device).
Fiber Optic*Master/Slave: SlaveConnection: ST-Plug
URTD-Interface*Connection: Versatile Link
*availability depends on device
Boot PhaseAfter switching on the power supply, the protection will be available in approximately 11 seconds. After approximately 201 seconds, the boot phase is completed (HMI and Communication initialized).
www.eaton.com 517
IM02602004E ETR-4000
StandardsApprovals
• UL-listed file: E217753
Design StandardsGeneric Standard EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-3Product Standard IEC 60255-6
EN 50178 UL 508 (Industrial Control Equipment)CSA C22.2 No. 14-95 (Industrial Control Equipment)ANSI C37.90
High Voltage Tests (IEC 60255-6)High Frequency Interference TestIEC 60255-22-1Class 3
Within one circuit
Circuit to ground
Circuit to circuit
1 kV/2 s
2.5 kV/2 s
2.5 kV/2 s
Insulation Voltage TestIEC 60255-5EN 50178
All circuits to other circuits and exposed conductive parts
Except interfaces
Voltage measuring input
2.5 kV (eff.)/50Hz, 1 min.
1.5 kV DC, 1 min.
3 kV (eff.)/50 Hz, 1 min.
Impulse Voltage TestIEC 60255-5 5 kV/0.5J, 1.2/50 µs
EMC Immunity TestsFast Transient Disturbance Immunity Test (Burst)IEC 60255-22-4IEC 61000-4-4Class 4ANSI C37.90.1
Power supply, mains inputs
Other in- and outputs
±4 kV, 2.5 kHz
±2 kV, 5 kHz (coupling network)±4 kV, 2.5 kHz (coupling clamp)
Surge Immunity TestIEC 61000-4-5Class 4
Within one circuit
Circuit to ground
2 kV
4 kV
Class 3 Communication cables to ground 2 kV
518 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Electrical Discharge Immunity TestIEC 60255-22-2IEC 61000-4-2Class 3
Air discharge
Contact discharge
8 kV
6 kV
Radiated Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Field Immunity TestIEC 61000-4-3ANSI C37.90.2
26 MHz – 80 MHz80 MHz – 1 GHz1 GHz – 3 GHz
10 V/m35 V/m10 V/m
Immunity to Conducted Disturbances Induced by Radio Frequency FieldsIEC 61000-4-6Class 3
10 V
Power Frequency Magnetic Field Immunity TestIEC 61000-4-8Class 4
Continuous
3 sec
30 A/m
300 A/m
EMC Emission Tests
Radio Interference Suppression TestIEC/CISPR11 Limit value class B
Radio Interference Radiation TestIEC/CISPR11 Limit value class B
Environmental Tests
Classification:IEC 60068-1 Climatic
Classification
20/060/56
IEC 60721-3-1 Classification of ambient conditions (Storage)
1K5/1B1/1C1L/1S1/1M2but min. -30°C (-22°F)
IEC 60721-3-2 Classification of ambient conditions (Transportation)
2K4/2B1/2C1/2S1/2M2but min. -30°C (-22°F)
IEC 60721-3-3 Classification of ambient conditions (Stationary use at weather protected locations)
3K6/3B1/3C1/3S1/3M2 but min. -20°C (-4°F) /max 60°C (140°F)
Test Ad: ColdIEC 60068-2-1 Temperature
Test duration-20°C (-4°F)16 h
Test Bd: Dry HeatIEC 60068-2-2 Temperature
Relative humidityTest duration
60°C (140°F)<50%72 h
www.eaton.com 519
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Test Cab: Damp Heat (Steady State)IEC 60068-2-78 Temperature
Relative humidityTest duration
40°C (104°F)93%12 h
Test Db: Damp Heat (Cyclic)IEC 60068-2-30 Temperature
Relative humidityCycles (12 + 12-hour)
60°C (140°F)95%2
Mechanical TestsTest Fc: Vibration Response TestIEC 60068-2-6IEC 60255-21-1Class 1
(10 Hz – 59 Hz)Displacement
(59Hz – 150Hz)Acceleration
Number of cycles in each axis
0.0014 in. (0.035 mm)
0.5 gn
1
Test Fc: Vibration Endurance TestIEC 60068-2-6IEC 60255-21-1Class 1
(10 Hz – 150 Hz)Acceleration
Number of cycles in each axis
1.0 gn
20
Test Ea: Shock TestIEC 60068-2-27IEC 60255-21-2Class 1
Shock response test 5 gn, 11 ms, 3 impulses in each direction
Shock resistance test 15 gn, 11 ms, 3 impulses in each direction
Test Eb: Shock Endurance TestIEC 60068-2-29IEC 60255-21-2Class 1
Shock endurance test 10 gn, 16 ms, 1,000 impulses in each direction
Test Fe: Earthquake TestIEC 60068-3-3KTA 3503IEC 60255-21-3
Single axis earthquake vibration test 3 – 7 Hz: Horizontal 0.394 in. (10 mm), 1 cycle each axis
Class 2 7 – 35 Hz Horizontal: 2 gn, 1 cycle each axis
520 www.eaton.com
SpecificationsSpecifications of the Real Time Clock
Resolution: 1 msTolerance: <1 minute / month (+20°C [68°F])
<±1 ms if synchronized via IRIG-B
Specifications of the Measured Value Acquisition
Phase and Ground Current Measuring
Please Note: The precision does not depend on the nominal value but is referenced to 100 mA (with In =1 A) respectively. 500 mA (with In = 5 A)
Nominal current (In): 1A or 5A (separat terminal inputs)Max measuring range: 40 A Frequency Range: 50 Hz / 60 Hz ± 10%Accuracy: Class 0.5Amplitude Error if I < 1 In: ±0.5% of the rated valueAmplitude Error if I > In: ±0.5% of the measured valueAmplitude Error if I > 2 In: ±1.0% of the measured valueResolution: 0.01 AHarmonics: Up to 20% 3rd harmonic ±1%
Up to 20% 5th harmonic ±1%Frequency Influence: <±2% / Hz in the range of ±5 Hz of the configured nominal frequencyTemperature Influence: <±1% within the range of 0°C to +60°C (+32°F to +140°F)
Protection Elements Accuracy
The tripping delay relates to the time between alarm and trip. The accuracy of the operating time relates to the time between when the measured value has exceeded the threshold until the protection element is Picked-up.
Overcurrent Protection Elements: 50P[x]
Range Step Accuracy
Pickup 0.02 … 20.00 x In 0.01 x In ±1.5% of the setting value resp. 1% x In.Dropout Ratio 97% or 0.5% x Int 0.00 ... 300.00 s 0.01 s DEFT
±1% resp. ±10 msOperating TimeStarting from I higher than 1.1 x I>
<35 ms
Disengaging Time <45 ms
www.eaton.com
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Overcurrent Protection Elements: 51P[x]
Range Step Accuracy
Pickup 0.02 … 4.00 x In 0.01 x In ±1.5% of the setting value resp. 1% x In.Dropout Ratio 97% or 0.5% x InOperating TimeStarting from I higher than 1.1 x I>
<35 ms
Disengaging Time <45 mst-Multiplier 0.02 … 2.00 0.01 ±5%
IEC NINVIEC VINVIEC EINVIEC LINV
0.02 … 20.00 0.01 ±5%ANSI MINVANSI VINVANSI EINVThermal FlatItI2tI4t
Reset Mode Calculated,(Instantaneous,t-delay)
±5%IEC NINVIEC VINVIEC EINVIEC LINV ANSI MINVANSI VINVANSI EINVFlatItI2tI4t
t-reset (Reset Mode = t-delay) 0.00 ... 60.00 s 0.01 s ±1% resp. ±10 ms
Ground Current Elements: 50X[x], 50R[x]
Range Step Accuracy
Pickup (measured ground current)Pickup (calculated ground current)
0.02 … 4.00 x In 0.01 x In ±1.5% of the setting value, Resp. 1% x In±2.0% of the setting value, Resp. 1.5% x In
Dropout Ratio 97% or 0.5% x Int 0.00 ... 300.00 s 0.01 s DEFT
±1% resp. ±10 msOperating TimeStarting from IE higher than 1.1 x IE>
<35 ms
Disengaging Time <45 mst-reset (Reset Mode = t-delay) 0.00 ... 60.00 s 0.01 s ±1% resp. ±10 ms
Ground Current Elements: 51X[x], 51R[x]
Range Step Accuracy
Pickup (measured ground current)Pickup (calculated ground current)
0.02 … 4.00 x In 0.01 x In ±1.5% of the setting value, Resp. 1% x In±2.0% of the setting value, Resp. 1.5% x In
Dropout Ratio 97% or 0.5% x In
522 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Ground Current Elements: 51X[x], 51R[x]
Range Step Accuracy
Operating TimeStarting from IE higher than 1.1 x IE>
<35 ms
Disengaging Time <45 mst-Multiplier 0.02 … 2.00 0.01 ±5%
IEC NINVIEC VINVIEC EINVIEC LINV
0.02 … 20.00 0.01 ±5%ANSI MINVANSI VINVANSI EINVFlatItI2tI4t
Reset Mode Calculated,(Instantaneous,t-delay)
±5%IEC NINVIEC VINVIEC EINVIEC LINV ANSI MINVANSI VINVANSI EINVFlatItI2tI4t
t-reset (Reset Mode = t-delay) 0.00 ... 60.00 s 0.01 s ±1% resp. ±10 ms
Overcurrent Protection Elements: 51Q[x]
Range Step Accuracy
Pickup 0.02 … 4.00 x In 0.01 x In ±1.5% of the setting value resp. 1% x In.Dropout Ratio 97% or 0.5% x InOperating TimeStarting from I higher than 1.1 x I>
<35 ms
Disengaging Time <45 mst-Multiplier 0.02 … 2.00 0.01 ±5%
IEC NINVIEC VINVIEC EINVIEC LINV
0.02 … 20.00 0.01 ±5%ANSI MINVANSI VINVANSI EINVThermal FlatItI2tI4t
www.eaton.com 523
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Overcurrent Protection Elements: 51Q[x]
Range Step Accuracy
Reset Mode Calculated,(Instantaneous,t-delay)
±5%IEC NINVIEC VINVIEC EINVIEC LINV ANSI MINVANSI VINVANSI EINVFlatItI2tI4t
t-reset (Reset Mode = t-delay) 0.00 ... 60.00 s 0.01 s ±1% resp. ±10 ms
Phase Differential Protection: 87[x]
Range Step Accuracy
Id min 0.1 … 1.0 x Ib 0.1 x Ib ±3% of the setting value resp. 1% In.Id(Ir0) 0.0 … 1.0 x Ib 0.1 x Ib ±3% of the setting value resp. 1% In.Id(Ir1) 0.2 … 2.0 x Ib 0.1 x Ib ±3% of the setting value resp. 1% In.Id(Ir2) 2.0 … 8.0 x Ib 0.1 x Ib ±3% of the setting value resp. 1% In.d(H,m) 0.0 … 30.0 x Ib 0.1 x Ib ±3% of the setting value resp. 1% In.H2/H1 Stat 10 … 50% 1.00%H2/H1 Trans 10 … 25% 1.00%H4/H1 10 … 50% 1.00%H5/H1 Stat 10 … 50% 1.00%H5/H1 Trans 10 … 25% 1.00%t-Trans 0.05 … 120.00 s 0.01 sCT Satur Sensitvn 100 … 500% 1.00%Operating timeId > 0.3 x In < 35 msId > 0.5 x In < 25 msId > 1.5 x In < 20 ms
Unrestrained Phase Differential Protection:87H[x]
Range Step Accuracy
Id >> 2.0 … 30.0 x Ib 0.1 x Ib ±3% of the setting value resp. 1% In.
Ground Differential Protection:87G[x]
Range Step Accuracy
IdG min 0.05 … 1.0 x Ib 0.1 x Ib ±3% of the setting value resp. 1% In.IdG(Ir0) 0.0 … 1.0 x Ib 0.1 x Ib ±3% of the setting value resp. 1% In.IdG(Ir1) 0.2 … 2.0 x Ib 0.1 x Ib ±3% of the setting value resp. 1% In.IdG(Ir2) 2.0 … 8.0 x Ib 0.1 x Ib ±3% of the setting value resp. 1% In.Operating timeIde > 0.3 x In < 35 msIde > 0.5 x In < 25 msIde > 1.5 x In < 20 ms
Unrestrained Ground Differential Protection: 87GH[x]
Range Step Accuracy
IdG >> 2.0 … 20.0 x Ib 0.1 x Ib ±3% of the setting value resp. 1% In.
524 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Thermal Replica: ThR
Range Step Accuracy
Ib 0.01 … 4.00 x In ±2% of the setting value Resp. 1% InK 0.80 … 1.20 0.01Alarm Threshold 50 … 100% 1.00%t-warm 1 …. 60000 s 1 s ±1% resp. ± 10 mst-cool 1 …. 60000 s 1 s ±1% resp. ± 10 msPickup ThR ±1.5 % of the setting value
Inrush Supervision IH2 Range Step AccuracyIH2/IH1 10 … 40 % 1.00% ±1% InResetting Ratio 1% x In
or 5% x IH2Inrush supervision is possible, if the fundamental Harmonic > 0.1 x In and 2nd Harmonic > 0.01 x In.
Breaker Failure Protection:50BF
Range Step Accuracy
I-BF> 0.02 … 0.10 x In 0.01 x In ±1.5% of the setting value resp.1% x Int-BF 0.00 … 10.00 s 0.01 s ±1% resp. ±10 ms
Resetting Ratio 0.5% x InOperating TimeStarting from I Higher than 1.3 x I-BF>
<40 ms
Disengaging Time <40 ms
Trip Circuit Monitoring:TCM
Range Step Accuracy
t-TCM 0.10 … 10.00 s 0.01 s ±1% resp. ±10 ms
Current Transformer Supervision: CTS
Range Step Accuracy
ΔI 0.10 … 1.00 xIn 0.01 xIn ±2% of the setting value resp. 1.5% InPickup delay 0.1 … 9999.0 s 0.1 s ±1% resp. ± 10 msKd – Correction factor 0.00 … 0.99 0.01Dropout Ratio 94%
www.eaton.com 525
IM02602004E ETR-4000
AppendixThe following terms, abbreviations, and acronyms are used in this manual. Please refer to this section for their meanings / definitions.
A Ampere(s), Amp(s)AC Alternating currentA/D Analog to digitalAck. AcknowledgeAMP Ampere(s), Amp(s)AND Logical gate (The output becomes true if all Input signals are true.)ANG AngleANSI American National Standards InstituteAR Automatic reclosureAUX AuxiliaryAVG, avg AverageAWG American wire gaugeBF Breaker failureBFI Breaker failure initiateBKR, bkr BreakerBlo Blocking(s)°C Degrees Celsiuscalc CalculatedCB Circuit breakerCD Compact diskChar Curve shapeCHK CheckCHNL ChannelCmd. CommandCMND CommandCMN Common inputCOM Common inputComm CommunicationCOMP Compensated, comparisonCONN ConnectionCONT Continuous, contactCPU Central processing unitCr. Counter(s)CRT, CRNT CurrentCSA Canadian Standards AssociationCT Control transformerCtrl. ControlCTS Current transformer supervisiond DayD/A Digital to analogD-Sub-Plug Communication interfaceDC, dc Direct currentDEFT Definite time characteristic (Tripping time does not depend on the height of the current.)DFLT DefaultDGNST DiagnosticsDI Digital InputDiagn. DiagnosisDiagn Cr Diagnosis counter(s)
526 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
DIFF DifferentialDIN Deutsche Industrie NormDIR, dir DirectionalDMD DemandDPO DropoutDSP Digital signal processordt Rate of changeEINV Extremely inverse tripping characteristicEMC Electromagnetic compatibilityEN Europäische Normerr. / Err. ErrorEVTcon Parameter determines if the residual voltage is measured or calculated.Ex ExternalExBlo External blocking(s)ExP External protectionEXT Extension, external°F Degrees FahrenheitF FieldFc Function (Enable or disable functionality = allow or disallow.)FIFO First in first outFIFO Principal First in first outFLA Full load currentFO Fiber opticFTP File transfer protocolfund Fundamental (ground wave)FWD ForwardG, g Generatorgn Acceleration of the earth in vertical direction (9.81 m/s2)GND GroundGPS Global positioning systemh HourHARM Harmonic / harmonicsHMI Human machine interface (Front of the protective relay)HTL Manufacturer internal product designationHTTP Hyper text transfer protocolHz HertzI Fault currentI CurrentI0 Zero current (symmetrical components), Zero sequence currentI1 Positive sequence current (symmetrical components)I2 Negative sequence current (symmetrical components)IA Phase A currentIAB Phase A minus B currentIB Phase B currentIBC Phase B minus C currentI-BF Tripping thresholdIC Phase C currentIC's Manufacturer internal product designationICA Phase C minus A currentID IdentificationIEC International Electrotechnical CommissionIED Intelligent electronic deviceIEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
www.eaton.com 527
IM02602004E ETR-4000
IG Ground current (not residual)IG Fault currentIgd Differential ground currentIGnom Nominal ground currentIH1 Fundamental harmonic (1st harmonic)IH2 2nd harmonicIINV Inversein. Inchincl. Include, includingInfo. InformationInterl. InterlockingINV Inverse characteristic (The tripping time will be calculated depending on the height of the current)I/O Input / outputIOC Instantaneous overcurrentIOV Instantaneous overvoltageIR Calculated ground currentIRIG Input for time synchronization (Clock), Inter-range instrumentation groupISO International Standards OrganizationIT Thermal CharacteristicI2T Thermal CharacteristicI4T Thermal CharacteristicIUV Instantaneous undervoltageIX 4th measuring input of the current measuring assembly group (either ground or neutral current)J JoulekA Kiloamperekg KilogramkHz KilohertzkV Kilovolt(s)kVdc or kVDC Kilovolt(s) direct currentL1 Phase AL2 Phase BL3 Phase Cl/ln Ratio of current to nominal current.LED Light emitting diodelb-in Pound-inchLINV Long time inverse tripping characteristicLV Low voltagem MeterM MachinemA Milliampere(s), Milliamp(s)MAG MagnitudeMAN, man. Manual / manuallyMAX, max. Maximummeas MeasuredMIN, min. Minimummin. MinuteMINV Moderately Inverse Tripping CharacteristicMK Manufacturer Internal Product Designation Codemm MillimeterMMU Memory mapping unitMRT Minimum response timems Milli-second(s)MTA Maximum torque angle
528 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
MTR MotorMV Medium voltagemVA Milli volt amperes (Power)MVA Mega volt-ampere (total 3-phase)MVA A Mega volt-ampere (phase A)MVA B Mega volt-ampere (phase B)MVA C Mega volt-ampere (phase C)MVAR Mega Var (total 3-phase)MVAR A Mega Var (phase A)MVAR B Mega Var (phase B)MVAR C Mega Var (phase C)MVARH Mega Var-HourMW Megawatt(s) (total 3-phase)MW A Megawatt(s) (phase A)MW B Megawatt(s) (phase B)MW C Megawatt(s) (phase C)MWH Megawatt-Hour(s)N NeutralN/A, n/a Not applicableN.C. Not connectedNEG NegativeNINV Normal inverse tripping characteristicNm Newton-meterNo NumberN.O. Normal open (Contact)NOM, Nom. NominalNT Manufacturer internal product designation codeO OverOC, O/C OvercurrentO/P, Op, OUT OutputOV OvervoltageOVERFREQ Over-frequencyOVLD OverloadP PhasePara. ParameterPC Personal computerPCB Printed circuit boardPE Protected EarthPF Power factor (total 3-phase)PF A Power factor (phase A)PF B Power factor (phase B)PF C Power factor (phase C)Ph PhasePOS PositivePRESS PressurePRI, pri PrimaryPROT, Prot Protection Module (Master Module), protectionPS1 Parameter set 1PS2 Parameter set 2PS3 Parameter set 3PS4 Parameter set 4PSet Parameter setPSS Parameter set switch (Switching from one parameter set to another)
www.eaton.com 529
IM02602004E ETR-4000
pu Per unitPWM Pulse width modulatedPWR PowerR Resetrec. RecordREF Referencerel RelativeREM Remoteres ResetResetFct Reset functionREV ReverseRevData Review dataRMS Root mean squareRO Relay OutputRO1 1st Relay OutputRO2 2nd Relay OutputRO3 3rd Relay OutputRst ResetRTD Resistance-temperature detectorRX (Rx) Receive, receivers SecondS SensitiveSAT CT saturationSC Supervision contactSca SCADASCADA Communication module, supervisory control and data acquisitionsec Second(s)SEC, sec SecondarySENS SensitiveSEQ SequenceSig. SignalSNTP Simple network time protocolSRC SourceStartFct Start functionSTATS StatisticsSum SummationSUPERV SupervisionSW SoftwareSYNC Sync-check, SynchrocheckSYNCHCHK Sync-check, SynchrocheckSys. Systemt or t. Timet Tripping delayT Time, transformerTcmd Trip commandTCP Transmission control protocolTCP/IP Communication protocolTEMP, temp TemperatureTHD Total harmonic distortionTI Manufacturer internal product designation codeTOC Time overcurrentTOV Time overvoltageTRANS Transient
530 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
TripCmd Trip commandTX (Tx) Transmit, transmittertxt TextUC UndercurrentUL Underwriters LaboratoriesUMZ DEFT (definite time tripping characteristic)URTD Universal resistance-temperature detectorUSB Universal serial busV VoltsV0 Zero sequence voltageV1 Positive sequence voltageV2 Negative sequence voltageVA Phase A voltageVAB Phase A to B voltageVac / V ac Volts alternating currentVAG Phase A to ground voltageVARH Var-hour voltageVB Phase B voltageVBA Phase B to A voltageVBG Phase B to ground voltageVC Phase C voltageVCA Phase C to A voltageVCG Phase C to ground voltageVdc / V dc Volts direct currentVDE Verband Deutscher ElektrotechnikVDEW Verband der ElektrizitätswirtschaftVE Residual voltageV/Hz Volts per HertzVINV Very inverse tripping characteristicVT Voltage transformerVTS Voltage transformer supervisionW Watt(s)WDC Watch dog contact (supervision contact)WDG WindingWH Watthourwww World wide webX ReactanceXCT 4th current measuring input (ground or neutral current)XInv Inverse characteristicZ Impedance, zone
www.eaton.com 531
Instantaneous Current Curves (Phase)Explanation:
www.eaton.com
t = Tripping delay
I = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip .
t [s]
PickupI
1 100.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 100.01
0.1
1
10
100
tt
4040
300 s300 s
0.0 s0.0 s
0.010.01PickupI
DEFT
Time Current Curves (PHASE)The following characteristics are available:
• NINV (IEC/XInv);• VINV (IEC/XInv);• LINV (IEC/XInv);• EINV (IEC/XInv);• MINV (ANSI/XInv);• VINV (ANSI/XInv);• EINV (ANSI/XInv);• Thermal Flat;• Therm Flat IT;• Therm Flat I2T; and• Therm Flat I4T.
Explanation:
www.eaton.com
t = Tripping delay
t-multiplier = Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor. The setting range depends on the selected tripping curve.I = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
IM02602004E ETR-4000
534 www.eaton.com
t-multiplier
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
TripReset
t = 0.14 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2 t = 0.14 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )0.02
t [s]
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IEC NINV
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 535
t [s]t-multiplier
t = 13.5 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )t = 13.5 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IEC VINV
IM02602004E ETR-4000
536 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
t = 120 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2
t = 120 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IEC LINV
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 537
t [s] t-multiplier
t = 80 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2t = 80 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IEC EINV
IM02602004E ETR-4000
538 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
t = 4.85 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2 t = 0.0515 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )0.02 + 0.1140( )
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
ANSI MINV
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 539
t [s] t-multiplier
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
t = 19.61 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2 + 0.491( )t = 21.6 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
ANSI VINV
IM02602004E ETR-4000
540 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
t = 29.1 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
t = 28.2 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2 + 0.1217( )
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
ANSI EINV
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 541
t [s] t-multiplier
x * In (Multiples of the Nominal Current)
TripReset
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]2
InI( )
0t = 5*1 *t-multiplier [s]
InI( )
0
2
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic , delayed, and instantaneous .
Therm Flat
t = 45*t-multiplier [s]
0.01 0.1 1 10 1000.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 103×
1 104×
TM[s]=
10
5
2
1.0
0.5
0.05
IM02602004E ETR-4000
542 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
x * In (Multiples of the Nominal Current)
TripReset
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]2
InI( )
0
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous .
IT
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]1
InI( )
1
0.01 0.1 1 10 1000.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 103×
1 104×
TM[s]=
10
5
2
1.0
0.5
0.05
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 543
0.01 0.1 1 10 1000.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 103×
1 104×
TM[s]=
10
5
2
1.0
0.50.05
t [s] t-multiplier
x * In (Multiples of the Nominal Current)
TripReset
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]2
InI( )
0
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous .
I2T
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]
InI( )
2
2
IM02602004E ETR-4000
544 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
x * In (Multiples of the Nominal Current)
TripReset
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]2
InI( )
0
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous .
I4T
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]
InI( )
4
4
0.01 0.1 1 10 1000.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 103×
1 104×
TM[s]=
10
52
1.00.5
0.05
Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Calculated)The following characteristics is available:
• DEFT (definite time).
Explanation:
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents; but this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
www.eaton.com
t = Tripping delay
IG = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip .
t [s]
1 100.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 100.01
0.1
1
10
100
I/I>
tt
4020
300 s300 s
0.0 s0.0 s
0.010.01
PickupIR calc
PickupIR calc
DEFT
Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Measured)
The following characteristics is available:
• DEFT (definite time).
Explanation:
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents; but this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
www.eaton.com
t = Tripping delay
IX = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip .
t [s]
1 100.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 100.01
0.1
1
10
100
I/I>
tt
4020
300 s300 s
0.0 s0.0 s
0.010.01
PickupIX
PickupIX
DEFT
Time Current Curves (Ground Current)
The following characteristics are available:
• NINV (IEC/XInv);• VINV (IEC/XInv);• LINV (IEC/XInv);• EINV (IEC/XInv);• MINV (ANSI/XInv);• VINV (ANSI/XInv);• EINV (ANSI/XInv);• Thermal Flat;• Therm Flat IT;• Therm Flat I2T; and• Therm Flat I4T.
Explanation:
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents; but this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
www.eaton.com
t = Tripping delay
t-multiplier = Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor. The setting range depends on the selected tripping curve.IG = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
IM02602004E ETR-4000
548 www.eaton.com
t-multiplier
t = 0.14 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )0.02
TripReset
t = 0.14 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )2
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
t [s]
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IEC NINV
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 549
t [s]t-multiplier
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
t = 13.5 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )2
t = 13.5 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IEC VINV
IM02602004E ETR-4000
550 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
TripReset
t = 120 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )t = 120 *t-multiplier [s]
-1IG( )2
Pickup
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IEC LINV
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 551
t [s] t-multiplier
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
TripReset
t = 80 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )2 t = 80 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )2
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IEC EINV
IM02602004E ETR-4000
552 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
t = 0.0515 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )0.02 + 0.1140( )t = 4.85 *t-multiplier [s]
-1IG( )2
Pickup
TripReset
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
ANSI MINV
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 553
t [s] t-multiplier
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
TripReset
t = 21.6 *t-multiplier [s]-1IG( )2
Pickup
t = 19.61 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )2 + 0.491( )
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
ANSI VINV
IM02602004E ETR-4000
554 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
TripReset
t = 28.2 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )2 + 0.1217( )t = 29.1 *t-multiplier [s]
-1IG( )2
Pickup
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
ANSI EINV
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 555
t [s] t-multiplier
TripReset
t = 5*1 *t-multiplier [s]2
IG( )0
IGnom
x * In (Multiples of the Nominal Current)
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous .
Therm Flat
t = 5 *t-multiplier [s]
IGnomIG( )
0
t = 5 *t-multiplier [s]
0.01 0.1 1 10 1000.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 103×
1 104×
TM[s]=
10
5
2
1.0
0.5
0.05
IM02602004E ETR-4000
556 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
TripReset
x * In (Multiples of the Nominal Current)
t = 5*1 *t-multiplier [s]2
IG( )0
IGnom
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous .
IT
t = 5*1 *t-multiplier [s]
IGnomIG( )
1
1
0.01 0.1 1 10 1000.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 103×
1 10×
TM[s]=
510
5 2
2
1.0
0.5
0.05
4
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 557
t [s] t-multiplier
TripReset
x * In (Multiples of the Nominal Current)
t = 5*1 *t-multiplier [s]2
IG( )0
IGnom
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous .
I2T
t = 5*1 *t-multiplier [s]
IGnomIG( )
2
2
0.01 0.1 1 10 1000.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 103×
1 104×
TM[s]=
10
5
2
1.00.50.05
IM02602004E ETR-4000
558 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
TripReset
x * In (Multiples of the Nominal Current)
t =
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous .
I4T
t = 5*1 *t-multiplier [s]
IGnomIG( )
4
45*1 *t-multiplier [s]2
IGnomIG( )
0
0.01 0.1 1 10 1000.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 103×
1 104×
TM[s]=
10
5
2
1.0
0.50.05
Instantaneous Current Curves (I2)
The following characteristics are available:
• NINV (IEC/XInv)• VINV (IEC/XInv)• LINV (IEC/XInv)• EINV (IEC/XInv)• MINV (ANSI/XInv)• VINV (ANSI/XInv)• EINV (ANSI/XInv)• Thermal Flat• Therm Flat IT• Therm Flat I2T• Therm Flat I4T
Explanation:
At the moment of breaker closure, negative-sequence current might be the result of transients.
www.eaton.com
t = Tripping delay
t-multiplier = Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor . The setting range depends on the selected tripping curve.I2 = Measured value (calculated): Unbalanced load current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip .
IM02602004E ETR-4000
560 www.eaton.com
t-multiplier
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
TripReset
t = 0.14 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I2( )2 t = 0.14 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I2( )0.02
t [s]
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous .
IEC NINV
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 561
t [s]t-multiplier
t = 13.5 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I2( )t = 13.5 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I2( )2
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous .
IEC VINV
IM02602004E ETR-4000
562 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
t = 120 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I2( )2
t = 120 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I2( )
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous .
IEC LINV
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 563
t [s] t-multiplier
t = 80 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I2( )2t = 80 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I2( )2
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous .
IEC EINV
IM02602004E ETR-4000
564 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
t = 4.85 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I2( )2 t = 0.0515 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I2( )0.02 + 0.1140( )
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous .
ANSI MINV
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 565
t [s] t-multiplier
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
t = 19.61 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I2( )2 + 0.491( )t = 21.6 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I2( )2
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous .
ANSI VINV
IM02602004E ETR-4000
566 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
t = 29.1 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I2( )2
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
t = 28.2 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I2( )2 + 0.1217( )
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous .
ANSI EINV
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 567
t [s] t-multiplier
x * In (Multiples of the Nominal Current)
TripReset
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]2
InI2( )
0t = 5*1 *t-multiplier [s]
InI2( )
0
2
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic , delayed, and instantaneous .
Therm Flat
t = 45*t-multiplier [s]
IM02602004E ETR-4000
568 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
x * In (Multiples of the Nominal Current)
TripReset
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]2
InI2( )
0
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous .
IT
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]1
InI2( )
1
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
www.eaton.com 569
t [s] t-multiplier
x * In (Multiples of the Nominal Current)
TripReset
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]2
InI2( )
0
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous .
I2T
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]
InI2( )
2
2
IM02602004E ETR-4000
570 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
x *In (Multiples of the Nominal Current)
TripReset
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]2
InI2( )
0
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous .
I4T
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]
InI2( )
4
4
Assignment ListThe »ASSIGNMENT LIST« below summarizes all module outputs (signals) and inputs (e.g.: states of the assignments).
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteBkr[1].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and
disturbed Positions cannot be detected.Bkr[1].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[1].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[1].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[1].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[1].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[1].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[1].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[1].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[1].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[1].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[1].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[1].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectivly Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[1].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
www.eaton.com
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteBkr[1].CES SG not ready Command Execution Supervision: Switchgear not readyBkr[1].CES Field Interl Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not executed because of field interlocking.Bkr[1].CES SyncTimeout Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not excecuted. No Synchronization signal while t-sync
was running.Bkr[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandBkr[1].Ack TripCmd Signal: Acknowledge Trip CommandBkr[1].Bwear Slow Breaker Signal: Slow Breaker AlarmBkr[1].Res Bwear Sl Breaker
Signal: Resetting the slow breaker alarm
Bkr[1].CLOSE Cmd Signal: CLOSE command issued to the switchgear. Depending on the setting the signal may include the CLOSE command of the Prot module.
Bkr[1].OPEN Cmd Signal: OPEN command issued to the switchgear. Depending on the setting the signal may include the OPEN command of the Prot module.
Bkr[1].CLOSE Cmd manual
Signal: CLOSE Cmd manual
Bkr[1].OPEN Cmd manual Signal: OPEN Cmd manualBkr[1].Sync CLOSE request
Signal: Synchronous CLOSE request
Bkr[1].CinBkr-52a-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr (52a)Bkr[1].CinBkr-52b-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52b)Bkr[1].Ready-I Module Input State: Breaker ReadyBkr[1].Sys-in-Sync-I State of the module input: This signals has to become true within the synchronization time. If not, switching is
unsuccessful.
572 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteBkr[1].Ack TripCmd-I State of the module input: Acknowledgment Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment). Module input signalBkr[1].Interl CLOSE1-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE commandBkr[1].Interl CLOSE2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE commandBkr[1].Interl CLOSE3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE commandBkr[1].Interl OPEN1-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN commandBkr[1].Interl OPEN2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN commandBkr[1].Interl OPEN3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN commandBkr[1].SC CLOSE-I State of the module input: Switching CLOSE Command, e.g. the state of the Logic or the state of the digital
inputBkr[1].SC OPEN-I State of the module input: Switching OPEN Command, e.g. the state of the Logic or the state of the digital inputBkr[1].Operations Alarm Signal: Service Alarm, too many OperationsBkr[1].Isum Intr trip: IA Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting (tripping) currents exceeded: IABkr[1].Isum Intr trip: IB Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting (tripping) currents exceeded: IBBkr[1].Isum Intr trip: IC Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting (tripping) currents exceeded: ICBkr[1].Isum Intr trip Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting (tripping) currents exceeded in at least one phase.Bkr[1].Res TripCmdCr Signal: Resetting of the Counter: total number of trip commandsBkr[1].Res Isum trip Signal: Reset summation of the tripping currentsBkr[1].WearLevel Alarm Signal: Breaker Wear curve AlarmBkr[1].WearLevel Lockout Signal: Breaker Wear Curve Lockout LevelBkr[1].Res Bwear Curve Signal: Reset of the Breaker Wear maintenance curve.Bkr[1].Isum Intr ph Alm Signal: Alarm, the per hour Sum (Limit) of interrupting currents has been exceeded.
www.eaton.com 573
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteBkr[1].Res Isum Intr ph Alm
Signal: Reset of the Alarm, "the per hour Sum (Limit) of interrupting currents has been exceeded".
Bkr[2].SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and disturbed Positions cannot be detected.
Bkr[2].Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBkr[2].Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBkr[2].Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBkr[2].Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBkr[2].Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-back signals (Position Indicators) contradict
themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.Bkr[2].Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Bkr[2].Interl CLOSE Signal: One or more IL_Close inputs are active.Bkr[2].Interl OPEN Signal: One or more IL_Open inputs are active.Bkr[2].CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed successfully.Bkr[2].CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Bkr[2].CES Fail TripCmd Command Execution Supervision: Command execution failed because trip command is pending.Bkr[2].CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision respectivly Switching Direction Control: This signal becomes true, if a switch
command is issued even though the switchgear is already in the requested position. Example: A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly). The same applies to CLOSE commands.
Bkr[2].CES CLOSE d OPEN
Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Bkr[2].CES SG not ready Command Execution Supervision: Switchgear not ready
574 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteBkr[2].CES Field Interl Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not executed because of field interlocking.Bkr[2].CES SyncTimeout Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not excecuted. No Synchronization signal while t-sync
was running.Bkr[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandBkr[2].Ack TripCmd Signal: Acknowledge Trip CommandBkr[2].Bwear Slow Breaker Signal: Slow Breaker AlarmBkr[2].Res Bwear Sl Breaker
Signal: Resetting the slow breaker alarm
Bkr[2].CLOSE Cmd Signal: CLOSE command issued to the switchgear. Depending on the setting the signal may include the CLOSE command of the Prot module.
Bkr[2].OPEN Cmd Signal: OPEN command issued to the switchgear. Depending on the setting the signal may include the OPEN command of the Prot module.
Bkr[2].CLOSE Cmd manual
Signal: CLOSE Cmd manual
Bkr[2].OPEN Cmd manual Signal: OPEN Cmd manualBkr[2].Sync CLOSE request
Signal: Synchronous CLOSE request
Bkr[2].CinBkr-52a-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr (52a)Bkr[2].CinBkr-52b-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52b)Bkr[2].Ready-I Module Input State: Breaker ReadyBkr[2].Sys-in-Sync-I State of the module input: This signals has to become true within the synchronization time. If not, switching is
unsuccessful.Bkr[2].Ack TripCmd-I State of the module input: Acknowledgment Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment). Module input signal
www.eaton.com 575
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteBkr[2].Interl CLOSE1-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE commandBkr[2].Interl CLOSE2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE commandBkr[2].Interl CLOSE3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE commandBkr[2].Interl OPEN1-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN commandBkr[2].Interl OPEN2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN commandBkr[2].Interl OPEN3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN commandBkr[2].SC CLOSE-I State of the module input: Switching CLOSE Command, e.g. the state of the Logic or the state of the digital
inputBkr[2].SC OPEN-I State of the module input: Switching OPEN Command, e.g. the state of the Logic or the state of the digital inputBkr[2].Operations Alarm Signal: Service Alarm, too many OperationsBkr[2].Isum Intr trip: IA Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting (tripping) currents exceeded: IABkr[2].Isum Intr trip: IB Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting (tripping) currents exceeded: IBBkr[2].Isum Intr trip: IC Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting (tripping) currents exceeded: ICBkr[2].Isum Intr trip Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting (tripping) currents exceeded in at least one phase.Bkr[2].Res TripCmdCr Signal: Resetting of the Counter: total number of trip commandsBkr[2].Res Isum trip Signal: Reset summation of the tripping currentsBkr[2].WearLevel Alarm Signal: Breaker Wear curve AlarmBkr[2].WearLevel Lockout Signal: Breaker Wear Curve Lockout LevelBkr[2].Res Bwear Curve Signal: Reset of the Breaker Wear maintenance curve.Bkr[2].Isum Intr ph Alm Signal: Alarm, the per hour Sum (Limit) of interrupting currents has been exceeded.
576 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteBkr[2].Res Isum Intr ph Alm
Signal: Reset of the Alarm, "the per hour Sum (Limit) of interrupting currents has been exceeded".
87.Active Signal: Active87.ExBlo Signal: External Blocking87.Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked87.ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command87.Alarm A Signal: Pickup System Phase A87.Alarm B Signal: Pickup System Phase B87.Alarm C Signal: Pickup System C87.Pickup Signal: Pickup87.Trip A Signal: Trip System Phase A87.Trip B Signal: Trip System Phase B87.Trip C Signal: Trip System Phase C87.Trip Signal: Trip87.TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87.Blo H2 Signal: Blocked by Harmonic:287.Blo H4 Signal: Blocked by Harmonic:487.Blo H5 Signal: Blocked by Harmonic:587.H2,H4,H5 Blo Signal: Blocked by Harmonics (Inhibit)87.Slope Blo Signal: Differential protection was blocked by current transformer saturation. The tripping characteristic was
lifted because of current transformer saturation.
www.eaton.com 577
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote87.Transient Signal: Temporary restraining of the differential protection afterwards the transformer is being engergized.87.Restraining Signal: Restraining of the differential protection by means of rising the tripping curve.87.Slope Blo: A Slope Blo: A87.Slope Blo: B Slope Blo: B87.Slope Blo: C Slope Blo: C87.Restraining: A Restraining: A87.Restraining: B Restraining: B87.Restraining: C Restraining: C87.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking187.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking287.ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command87H.Active Signal: Active87H.ExBlo Signal: External Blocking87H.Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked87H.ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command87H.Alarm A Signal: Pickup System Phase A87H.Alarm B Signal: Pickup System Phase B87H.Alarm C Signal: Pickup System C87H.Pickup Signal: Pickup87H.Trip A Signal: Trip System Phase A
578 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote87H.Trip B Signal: Trip System Phase B87H.Trip C Signal: Trip System Phase C87H.Trip Signal: Trip87H.TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87H.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking187H.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking287H.ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command87GD[1].Active Signal: Active87GD[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking87GD[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked87GD[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command87GD[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup87GD[1].Trip Signal: Trip87GD[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GD[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking187GD[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking287GD[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command87GDH[1].Active Signal: Active87GDH[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking87GDH[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked87GDH[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
www.eaton.com 579
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote87GDH[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup87GDH[1].Trip Signal: Trip87GDH[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GDH[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking187GDH[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking287GDH[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I
Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
87GD[2].Active Signal: Active87GD[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking87GD[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked87GD[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command87GD[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup87GD[2].Trip Signal: Trip87GD[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GD[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking187GD[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking287GD[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command87GDH[2].Active Signal: Active87GDH[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking87GDH[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked87GDH[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
580 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote87GDH[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup87GDH[2].Trip Signal: Trip87GDH[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command87GDH[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking187GDH[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking287GDH[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I
Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
50P[1].Active Signal: Active50P[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking50P[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking50P[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked50P[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command50P[1].IH2 Blo Signal: Blocking the trip command by IH250P[1].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA50P[1].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB50P[1].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC50P[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup50P[1].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A50P[1].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B50P[1].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C50P[1].Trip Signal: Trip
www.eaton.com 581
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote50P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set50P[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 150P[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 250P[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 350P[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 450P[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking150P[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking250P[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command50P[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking50P[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter150P[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter250P[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter350P[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter450P[2].Active Signal: Active50P[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking50P[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking50P[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked50P[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command50P[2].IH2 Blo Signal: Blocking the trip command by IH2
582 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote50P[2].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA50P[2].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB50P[2].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC50P[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup50P[2].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A50P[2].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B50P[2].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C50P[2].Trip Signal: Trip50P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set50P[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 150P[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 250P[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 350P[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 450P[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking150P[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking250P[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command50P[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking50P[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter150P[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter250P[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter3
www.eaton.com 583
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote50P[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter450P[3].Active Signal: Active50P[3].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking50P[3].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking50P[3].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked50P[3].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command50P[3].IH2 Blo Signal: Blocking the trip command by IH250P[3].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA50P[3].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB50P[3].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC50P[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup50P[3].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A50P[3].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B50P[3].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C50P[3].Trip Signal: Trip50P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[3].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set50P[3].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 150P[3].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 250P[3].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
584 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote50P[3].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 450P[3].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking150P[3].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking250P[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command50P[3].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking50P[3].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter150P[3].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter250P[3].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter350P[3].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter450P[4].Active Signal: Active50P[4].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking50P[4].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking50P[4].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked50P[4].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command50P[4].IH2 Blo Signal: Blocking the trip command by IH250P[4].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA50P[4].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB50P[4].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC50P[4].Pickup Signal: Pickup50P[4].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A50P[4].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
www.eaton.com 585
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote50P[4].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C50P[4].Trip Signal: Trip50P[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[4].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set50P[4].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 150P[4].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 250P[4].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 350P[4].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 450P[4].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking150P[4].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking250P[4].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command50P[4].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking50P[4].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter150P[4].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter250P[4].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter350P[4].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter451P[1].Active Signal: Active51P[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking51P[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking51P[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
586 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote51P[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command51P[1].IH2 Blo Signal: Blocking the trip command by IH251P[1].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA51P[1].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB51P[1].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC51P[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup51P[1].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A51P[1].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B51P[1].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C51P[1].Trip Signal: Trip51P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set51P[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 151P[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 251P[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 351P[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 451P[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking151P[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking251P[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command51P[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking51P[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter1
www.eaton.com 587
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote51P[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter251P[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter351P[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter451P[2].Active Signal: Active51P[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking51P[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking51P[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked51P[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command51P[2].IH2 Blo Signal: Blocking the trip command by IH251P[2].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA51P[2].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB51P[2].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC51P[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup51P[2].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A51P[2].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B51P[2].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C51P[2].Trip Signal: Trip51P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set51P[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
588 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote51P[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 251P[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 351P[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 451P[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking151P[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking251P[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command51P[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking51P[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter151P[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter251P[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter351P[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter451P[3].Active Signal: Active51P[3].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking51P[3].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking51P[3].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked51P[3].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command51P[3].IH2 Blo Signal: Blocking the trip command by IH251P[3].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA51P[3].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB51P[3].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC51P[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup
www.eaton.com 589
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote51P[3].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A51P[3].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B51P[3].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C51P[3].Trip Signal: Trip51P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[3].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set51P[3].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 151P[3].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 251P[3].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 351P[3].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 451P[3].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking151P[3].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking251P[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command51P[3].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking51P[3].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter151P[3].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter251P[3].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter351P[3].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter451P[4].Active Signal: Active51P[4].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
590 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote51P[4].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking51P[4].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked51P[4].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command51P[4].IH2 Blo Signal: Blocking the trip command by IH251P[4].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA51P[4].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB51P[4].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC51P[4].Pickup Signal: Pickup51P[4].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A51P[4].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B51P[4].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C51P[4].Trip Signal: Trip51P[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[4].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set51P[4].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 151P[4].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 251P[4].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 351P[4].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 451P[4].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking151P[4].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking251P[4].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
www.eaton.com 591
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote51P[4].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking51P[4].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter151P[4].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter251P[4].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter351P[4].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter450X[1].Active Signal: Active50X[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking50X[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking50X[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked50X[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command50X[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR50X[1].Trip Signal: Trip50X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[1].IGH2 Blo Signal: Blocked by IH250X[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set50X[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 150X[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 250X[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 350X[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 450X[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1
592 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote50X[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking250X[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command50X[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking50X[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter150X[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter250X[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter350X[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter450X[2].Active Signal: Active50X[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking50X[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking50X[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked50X[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command50X[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR50X[2].Trip Signal: Trip50X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[2].IGH2 Blo Signal: Blocked by IH250X[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set50X[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 150X[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 250X[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 350X[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
www.eaton.com 593
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote50X[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking150X[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking250X[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command50X[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking50X[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter150X[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter250X[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter350X[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter451X[1].Active Signal: Active51X[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking51X[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking51X[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked51X[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command51X[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR51X[1].Trip Signal: Trip51X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[1].IGH2 Blo Signal: Blocked by IH251X[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set51X[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 151X[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
594 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote51X[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 351X[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 451X[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking151X[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking251X[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command51X[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking51X[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter151X[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter251X[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter351X[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter451X[2].Active Signal: Active51X[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking51X[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking51X[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked51X[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command51X[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR51X[2].Trip Signal: Trip51X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[2].IGH2 Blo Signal: Blocked by IH251X[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set51X[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
www.eaton.com 595
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote51X[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 251X[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 351X[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 451X[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking151X[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking251X[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command51X[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking51X[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter151X[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter251X[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter351X[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter450R[1].Active Signal: Active50R[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking50R[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking50R[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked50R[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command50R[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR50R[1].Trip Signal: Trip50R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[1].IGH2 Blo Signal: Blocked by IH2
596 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote50R[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set50R[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 150R[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 250R[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 350R[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 450R[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking150R[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking250R[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command50R[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking50R[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter150R[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter250R[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter350R[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter450R[2].Active Signal: Active50R[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking50R[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking50R[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked50R[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command50R[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR50R[2].Trip Signal: Trip50R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
www.eaton.com 597
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote50R[2].IGH2 Blo Signal: Blocked by IH250R[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set50R[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 150R[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 250R[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 350R[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 450R[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking150R[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking250R[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command50R[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking50R[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter150R[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter250R[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter350R[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter451R[1].Active Signal: Active51R[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking51R[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking51R[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked51R[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command51R[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
598 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote51R[1].Trip Signal: Trip51R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[1].IGH2 Blo Signal: Blocked by IH251R[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set51R[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 151R[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 251R[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 351R[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 451R[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking151R[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking251R[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command51R[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking51R[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter151R[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter251R[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter351R[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter451R[2].Active Signal: Active51R[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking51R[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking51R[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked51R[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
www.eaton.com 599
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote51R[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR51R[2].Trip Signal: Trip51R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[2].IGH2 Blo Signal: Blocked by IH251R[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set51R[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 151R[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 251R[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 351R[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 451R[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking151R[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking251R[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command51R[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking51R[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter151R[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter251R[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter351R[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter449.Active Signal: Active49.ExBlo Signal: External Blocking49.Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
600 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote49.ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command49.Alarm Signal: Alarm Thermal Overload49.Trip Signal: Trip49.TripCmd Signal: Trip Command49.Res Thermal Cap Signal: Resetting Thermal Replica49.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking149.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking249.ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command51Q[1].Active Signal: Active51Q[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking51Q[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking51Q[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked51Q[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command51Q[1].IH2 Blo Signal: Blocking the trip command by IH251Q[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup51Q[1].Trip Signal: Trip51Q[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51Q[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set51Q[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 151Q[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 251Q[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
www.eaton.com 601
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote51Q[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 451Q[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking151Q[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking251Q[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command51Q[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking51Q[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter151Q[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter251Q[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter351Q[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter451Q[2].Active Signal: Active51Q[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking51Q[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking51Q[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked51Q[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command51Q[2].IH2 Blo Signal: Blocking the trip command by IH251Q[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup51Q[2].Trip Signal: Trip51Q[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51Q[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set51Q[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
602 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: Remote51Q[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 251Q[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 351Q[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 451Q[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking151Q[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking251Q[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command51Q[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking51Q[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter151Q[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter251Q[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter351Q[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter4IH2[1].Active Signal: ActiveIH2[1].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingIH2[1].Blo Phase A Signal: Blocked Phase AIH2[1].Blo Phase B Signal: Blocked Phase BIH2[1].Blo Phase C Signal: Blocked Phase CIH2[1].Blo IG meas Signal: Blocking of the ground protection module (measured ground current)IH2[1].Blo IG calc Signal: Blocking of the ground protection module (calculated ground current)IH2[1].3-ph Blo Signal: Inrush was detected in at least one phase - trip command blocked.IH2[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1IH2[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2
www.eaton.com 603
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteIH2[2].Active Signal: ActiveIH2[2].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingIH2[2].Blo Phase A Signal: Blocked Phase AIH2[2].Blo Phase B Signal: Blocked Phase BIH2[2].Blo Phase C Signal: Blocked Phase CIH2[2].Blo IG meas Signal: Blocking of the ground protection module (measured ground current)IH2[2].Blo IG calc Signal: Blocking of the ground protection module (calculated ground current)IH2[2].3-ph Blo Signal: Inrush was detected in at least one phase - trip command blocked.IH2[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1IH2[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2ZI[1].Active Signal: ActiveZI[1].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingZI[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedZI[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandZI[1].Bkr Blo Signal: Blocked by Breaker FailureZI[1].Phase Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase PickupZI[1].Phase Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase Trip ZI[1].Ground Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground PickupZI[1].Ground Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground Trip ZI[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Zone Interlocking
604 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteZI[1].Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking TripZI[1].TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip CommandZI[1].Phase OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase OUTZI[1].Ground OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground OUTZI[1].OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUTZI[1].IN Signal: Zone Interlocking INZI[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1ZI[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2ZI[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip CommandZI[2].Active Signal: ActiveZI[2].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingZI[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedZI[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandZI[2].Bkr Blo Signal: Blocked by Breaker FailureZI[2].Phase Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase PickupZI[2].Phase Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase Trip ZI[2].Ground Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground PickupZI[2].Ground Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground Trip ZI[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Zone InterlockingZI[2].Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking TripZI[2].TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip Command
www.eaton.com 605
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteZI[2].Phase OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase OUTZI[2].Ground OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground OUTZI[2].OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUTZI[2].IN Signal: Zone Interlocking INZI[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1ZI[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2ZI[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip CommandSOTF.Active Signal: ActiveSOTF.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingSOTF.Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingSOTF.enabled Signal: Switch Onto Fault enabled. This Signal can be used to modify Overcurrent Protection Settings.SOTF.I< Signal: No Load Current.SOTF.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External BlockingSOTF.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External BlockingSOTF.Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse BlockingSOTF.Ext SOTF-I Module Input State: External Switch Onto Fault AlarmCLPU.Active Signal: ActiveCLPU.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingCLPU.Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingCLPU.enabled Signal: Cold Load enabled
606 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteCLPU.detected Signal: Cold Load detectedCLPU.I< Signal: No Load Current.CLPU.Load Inrush Signal: Load InrushCLPU.Settle Time Signal: Settle TimeCLPU.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External BlockingCLPU.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External BlockingCLPU.Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse BlockingExP[1].Active Signal: ActiveExP[1].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingExP[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExP[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandExP[1].Alarm Signal: AlarmExP[1].Trip Signal: TripExP[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1ExP[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2ExP[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip CommandExP[1].Alarm-I Module Input State: AlarmExP[1].Trip-I Module Input State: TripExP[2].Active Signal: ActiveExP[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
www.eaton.com 607
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteExP[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExP[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandExP[2].Alarm Signal: AlarmExP[2].Trip Signal: TripExP[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1ExP[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2ExP[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip CommandExP[2].Alarm-I Module Input State: AlarmExP[2].Trip-I Module Input State: TripExP[3].Active Signal: ActiveExP[3].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingExP[3].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExP[3].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandExP[3].Alarm Signal: AlarmExP[3].Trip Signal: TripExP[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[3].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1ExP[3].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2ExP[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
608 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteExP[3].Alarm-I Module Input State: AlarmExP[3].Trip-I Module Input State: TripExP[4].Active Signal: ActiveExP[4].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingExP[4].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExP[4].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandExP[4].Alarm Signal: AlarmExP[4].Trip Signal: TripExP[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[4].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1ExP[4].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2ExP[4].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip CommandExP[4].Alarm-I Module Input State: AlarmExP[4].Trip-I Module Input State: TripSudden Press.Active Signal: ActiveSudden Press.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingSudden Press.Blo TripCmd
Signal: Trip Command blocked
Sudden Press.ExBlo TripCmd
Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Sudden Press.Alarm Signal: Alarm
www.eaton.com 609
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteSudden Press.Trip Signal: TripSudden Press.TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandSudden Press.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Sudden Press.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Sudden Press.ExBlo TripCmd-I
Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Sudden Press.Alarm-I Module Input State: AlarmSudden Press.Trip-I Module Input State: TripExt Oil Temp.Active Signal: ActiveExt Oil Temp.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingExt Oil Temp.Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExt Oil Temp.ExBlo TripCmd
Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Ext Oil Temp.Alarm Signal: AlarmExt Oil Temp.Trip Signal: TripExt Oil Temp.TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExt Oil Temp.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Ext Oil Temp.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ext Oil Temp.ExBlo TripCmd-I
Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Ext Oil Temp.Alarm-I Module Input State: Alarm
610 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteExt Oil Temp.Trip-I Module Input State: TripExt Temp Superv[1].Active Signal: ActiveExt Temp Superv[1].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingExt Temp Superv[1].Blo TripCmd
Signal: Trip Command blocked
Ext Temp Superv[1].ExBlo TripCmd
Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Ext Temp Superv[1].Alarm Signal: AlarmExt Temp Superv[1].Trip Signal: TripExt Temp Superv[1].TripCmd
Signal: Trip Command
Ext Temp Superv[1].ExBlo1-I
Module Input State: External Blocking1
Ext Temp Superv[1].ExBlo2-I
Module Input State: External Blocking2
Ext Temp Superv[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I
Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Ext Temp Superv[1].Alarm-I
Module Input State: Alarm
Ext Temp Superv[1].Trip-I Module Input State: TripExt Temp Superv[2].Active Signal: ActiveExt Temp Superv[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
www.eaton.com 611
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteExt Temp Superv[2].Blo TripCmd
Signal: Trip Command blocked
Ext Temp Superv[2].ExBlo TripCmd
Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Ext Temp Superv[2].Alarm Signal: AlarmExt Temp Superv[2].Trip Signal: TripExt Temp Superv[2].TripCmd
Signal: Trip Command
Ext Temp Superv[2].ExBlo1-I
Module Input State: External Blocking1
Ext Temp Superv[2].ExBlo2-I
Module Input State: External Blocking2
Ext Temp Superv[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I
Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Ext Temp Superv[2].Alarm-I
Module Input State: Alarm
Ext Temp Superv[2].Trip-I Module Input State: TripExt Temp Superv[3].Active Signal: ActiveExt Temp Superv[3].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingExt Temp Superv[3].Blo TripCmd
Signal: Trip Command blocked
Ext Temp Superv[3].ExBlo TripCmd
Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
612 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteExt Temp Superv[3].Alarm Signal: AlarmExt Temp Superv[3].Trip Signal: TripExt Temp Superv[3].TripCmd
Signal: Trip Command
Ext Temp Superv[3].ExBlo1-I
Module Input State: External Blocking1
Ext Temp Superv[3].ExBlo2-I
Module Input State: External Blocking2
Ext Temp Superv[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I
Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Ext Temp Superv[3].Alarm-I
Module Input State: Alarm
Ext Temp Superv[3].Trip-I Module Input State: TripURTD.W1-A Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Winding1 Phase AURTD.W1-B Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Winding1 Phase BURTD.W1-C Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Winding1 Phase CURTD.W2-A Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Winding2 Phase AURTD.W2-B Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Winding2 Phase BURTD.W2-C Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Winding2 Phase CURTD.Amb1 Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Ambient1URTD.Amb2 Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Ambient2URTD.Aux1 Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Auxiliary1
www.eaton.com 613
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteURTD.Aux2 Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Auxiliary2URTD.Aux3 Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Auxiliary3URTD.Aux4 Superv Signal: Supervision Channel Auxiliary4URTD.Superv Signal: URTD Supervision ChannelURTD.active Signal: URTD activeURTD.Outs forced Signal: The State of at least one Relay Output has been set by force. That means that the state of at least one
Relay is forced and hence does not show the state of the assigned signals.RTD.Active Signal: ActiveRTD.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingRTD.Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedRTD.ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandRTD.Alarm Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.Trip Signal: TripRTD.TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandRTD.W1-A Trip Winding1 Phase A Signal: TripRTD.W1-A Alarm Winding1 Phase A Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.W1-A Timeout Alarm Winding1 Phase A Timeout AlarmRTD.W1-A Invalid Winding1 Phase A Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g caused by an defective or interrupted
RTD Measurement)RTD.W1-B Trip Winding1 Phase B Signal: TripRTD.W1-B Alarm Winding1 Phase B Alarm RTD Temperature Protection
614 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteRTD.W1-B Timeout Alarm Winding1 Phase B Timeout AlarmRTD.W1-B Invalid Winding1 Phase B Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g caused by an defective or interrupted
RTD Measurement)RTD.W1-C Trip Winding1 Phase C Signal: TripRTD.W1-C Alarm Winding1 Phase C Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.W1-C Timeout Alarm Winding1 Phase C Timeout AlarmRTD.W1-C Invalid Winding1 Phase C Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g caused by an defective or interrupted
RTD Measurement)RTD.W2-A Trip Winding2 Phase A Signal: TripRTD.W2-A Alarm Winding2 Phase A Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.W2-A Timeout Alarm Winding2 Phase A Timeout AlarmRTD.W2-A Invalid Winding2 Phase A Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g caused by an defective or interrupted
RTD Measurement)RTD.W2-B Trip Winding2 Phase B Signal: TripRTD.W2-B Alarm Winding2 Phase B Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.W2-B Timeout Alarm Winding2 Phase B Timeout AlarmRTD.W2-B Invalid Winding2 Phase B Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g caused by an defective or interrupted
RTD Measurement)RTD.W2-C Trip Winding2 Phase C Signal: TripRTD.W2-C Alarm Winding2 Phase C Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.W2-C Timeout Alarm Winding2 Phase C Timeout Alarm
www.eaton.com 615
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteRTD.W2-C Invalid Winding2 Phase C Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g caused by an defective or interrupted
RTD Measurement)RTD.Amb 1 Trip Ambient 1 Signal: TripRTD.Amb 1 Alarm Ambient 1 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.Amb 1 Timeout Alarm
Ambient 1 Timeout Alarm
RTD.Amb 1 Invalid Ambient 1 Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)
RTD.Amb 2 Trip Ambient 2 Signal: TripRTD.Amb 2 Alarm Ambient 2 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.Amb 2 Timeout Alarm
Ambient 2 Timeout Alarm
RTD.Amb 2 Invalid Ambient 2 Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)
RTD.Aux 1 Trip Auxiliary 1 Signal: TripRTD.Aux 1 Alarm Auxiliary 1 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.Aux 1 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 1 Timeout AlarmRTD.Aux 1 Invalid Auxiliary 1 Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g caused by an defective or interrupted RTD
Measurement)RTD.Aux 2 Trip Auxiliary 2 Signal: TripRTD.Aux 2 Alarm Auxiliary 2 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.Aux 2 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 2 Timeout Alarm
616 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteRTD.Aux 2 Invalid Auxiliary 2 Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g caused by an defective or interrupted RTD
Measurement)RTD.Aux 3 Trip Auxiliary 3 Signal: TripRTD.Aux 3 Alarm Auxiliary 3 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.Aux 3 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 3 Timeout AlarmRTD.Aux 3 Invalid Auxiliary 4 Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g caused by an defective or interrupted RTD
Measurement)RTD.Aux4 Trip Auxiliary 4 Signal: TripRTD.Aux4 Alarm Auxiliary 4 Alarm RTD Temperature ProtectionRTD.Aux4 Timeout Alarm Auxiliary 4 Timeout AlarmRTD.Aux4 Invalid Auxiliary 4 Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g caused by an defective or interrupted RTD
Measurement)RTD.Trip WD W1 Group Trip all Windings of group W1RTD.Alarm WD W1 Group Alarm all Windings of group W1RTD.TimeoutAlmWDW1Grp
Timeout Alarm of group W1
RTD.WD W1 Group Invalid
Winding W1 Group Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)
RTD.Trip WD W2 Group Trip all Windings of group W2RTD.Alarm WD W2 Group Alarm all Windings of group W2RTD.TimeoutAlmWDW2Grp
Timeout Alarm of group W2
www.eaton.com 617
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteRTD.WD W2 Group Invalid
Winding W2 Group Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g caused by an defective or interrupted RTD Measurement)
RTD.Trip Amb Group Trip all Windings of group AmbientRTD.Alarm Amb Group Alarm all Windings of group AmbientRTD.TimeoutAlmAmbGrp Timeout Alarm of group AmbientRTD.Amb Group Invalid Ambient Group Signal: Invalid Temperature Measurement Value (e.g caused by an defective or interrupted
RTD Measurement)RTD.Trip Any Group Trip Any GroupRTD.Alarm Any Group Alarm Any GroupRTD.TimeoutAlmAnyGrp Timeout Alarm Any GroupRTD.Voting Trip Grp 1 Voting Trip Group 1RTD.Voting Trip Grp 2 Voting Trip Group 2RTD.Timeout Alarm Alarm timeout expiredRTD.Trip Aux Group Trip Auxiliary GroupRTD.Alarm Aux Group Alarm Auxiliary GroupRTD.TimeoutAlmAuxGrp Timeout Alarm Auxiliary GroupRTD.AuxGrpInvalid Invalid Auxiliary GroupRTD.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1RTD.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2RTD.ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip CommandBF[1].Active Signal: Active
618 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteBF[1].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingBF[1].Pickup Signal: BF-Module Started (Pickup)BF[1].Trip Signal: Breaker Failure TripBF[1].Lockout Signal: LockoutBF[1].Res Lockout Signal: Reset LockoutBF[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1BF[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2BF[1].Trigger1 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BFBF[1].Trigger2 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BFBF[1].Trigger3 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BFBF[2].Active Signal: ActiveBF[2].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingBF[2].Pickup Signal: BF-Module Started (Pickup)BF[2].Trip Signal: Breaker Failure TripBF[2].Lockout Signal: LockoutBF[2].Res Lockout Signal: Reset LockoutBF[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1BF[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2BF[2].Trigger1 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BFBF[2].Trigger2 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BFBF[2].Trigger3 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BF
www.eaton.com 619
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteTCM[1].Active Signal: ActiveTCM[1].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingTCM[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Trip Circuit SupervisionTCM[1].Not Possible Not possible because no state indicator assigned to the breaker.TCM[1].CinBkr-52a-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr (52a)TCM[1].CinBkr-52b-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52b)TCM[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1TCM[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2TCM[2].Active Signal: ActiveTCM[2].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingTCM[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Trip Circuit SupervisionTCM[2].Not Possible Not possible because no state indicator assigned to the breaker.TCM[2].CinBkr-52a-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr (52a)TCM[2].CinBkr-52b-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52b)TCM[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1TCM[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2CTS[1].Active Signal: ActiveCTS[1].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingCTS[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Current Transformer Measuring Circuit SupervisionCTS[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1
620 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteCTS[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2CTS[2].Active Signal: ActiveCTS[2].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingCTS[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Current Transformer Measuring Circuit SupervisionCTS[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1CTS[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2SysA.Active Signal: ActiveSysA.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingSysA.Alm Current Demd Signal: Alarm Current demand valueSysA.Alarm I THD Signal: Alarm Total Harmonic Distortion CurrentSysA.Trip Current Demand
Signal: Trip Current demand value
SysA.Trip I THD Signal: Trip Total Harmonic Distortion CurrentSysA.ExBlo-I Module Input State: External BlockingWired Inputs.Bkr Trouble-I Breaker TroubleWired Inputs.52a M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker ClosedWired Inputs.52b M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker OpenWired Inputs.TOCa M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Connected Wired Inputs.43/10 M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Selected To Trip Wired Inputs.52a M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker ClosedWired Inputs.52b M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Open
www.eaton.com 621
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteWired Inputs.TOCa M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Connected Wired Inputs.43/10 M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Selected To TripWired Inputs.52a T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker ClosedWired Inputs.52b T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker OpenWired Inputs.TOCa T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Connected Wired Inputs.43/10 T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Selected To TripWired Inputs.43 M-I State of the module input: System In ManualWired Inputs.43 A-I State of the module input: System in AutoWired Inputs.43 P1-I State of the module input: Preferred Source 1Wired Inputs.43 P2-I State of the module input: Preferred Source 2DI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputRO-4Z X2.ZI OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUTRO-4Z X2.RO 1 Signal: Relay Output
622 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteRO-4Z X2.RO 2 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X2.RO 3 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X2.RO 4 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X2.DISARMED! Signal: CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform maintenance while eliminating the risk of
taking an entire process off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed). YOU MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance
RO-4Z X2.Outs forced Signal: The State of at least one Relay Output has been set by force. That means that the state of at least one Relay is forced and hence does not show the state of the assigned signals.
RO-4Z X5.ZI OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUTRO-4Z X5.RO 1 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X5.RO 2 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X5.RO 3 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X5.RO 4 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X5.DISARMED! Signal: CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform maintenance while eliminating the risk of
taking an entire process off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed). YOU MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance
RO-4Z X5.Outs forced Signal: The State of at least one Relay Output has been set by force. That means that the state of at least one Relay is forced and hence does not show the state of the assigned signals.
Event rec.Res all rec Signal: All records deletedWaveform rec.Recording Signal: RecordingWaveform rec.Memory full Signal: Memory FullWaveform rec.Clear fail Signal: Clear Failure in Memory
www.eaton.com 623
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteWaveform rec.Res all rec Signal: All records deletedWaveform rec.Res record Signal: Delete Record Waveform rec.Man. Trigger
Signal: Manual Trigger
Waveform rec.Start1-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if:Waveform rec.Start2-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if:Waveform rec.Start3-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if:Waveform rec.Start4-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if:Waveform rec.Start5-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if:Waveform rec.Start6-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if:Waveform rec.Start7-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if:Waveform rec.Start8-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if:Fault rec.Res record Signal: Delete Record Fault rec.Man. Trigger Signal: Manual TriggerFault rec.Start1-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if:Fault rec.Start2-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if:Fault rec.Start3-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if:Fault rec.Start4-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if:Fault rec.Start5-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if:Fault rec.Start6-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if:Fault rec.Start7-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if:
624 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteFault rec.Start8-I State of the module input:: Trigger event / start recording if:Trend rec.Hand Reset Hand ResetModbus.Transmission Signal: Communication ActiveModbus.Comm Cmd 1 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 2 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 3 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 4 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 5 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 6 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 7 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 8 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 9 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 10 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 11 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 12 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 13 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 14 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 15 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 16 Communication CommandIEC61850.VirtInp1 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp2 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
www.eaton.com 625
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteIEC61850.VirtInp3 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp4 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp5 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp6 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp7 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp8 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp9 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp10 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp11 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp12 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp13 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp14 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp15 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtInp16 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtOut1-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut2-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut3-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut4-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut5-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut6-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
626 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteIEC61850.VirtOut7-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut8-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut9-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut10-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut11-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut12-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut13-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut14-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut15-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtOut16-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IRIG-B.Active Signal: ActiveIRIG-B.Inverted Signal: IRIG-B invertedIRIG-B.Control Signal1 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal2 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal4 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal5 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal6 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal7 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal8 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal9 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal10 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
www.eaton.com 627
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteIRIG-B.Control Signal11 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal12 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal13 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal14 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal15 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal16 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal17 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal18 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalSNTP.SNTP active Signal: If there is no valid SNTP signal for 120 sec, SNTP is regarded as inactive.Statistics.ResFc all Signal: Resetting of all Statistic values (Current Demand, Power Demand, Min, Max)Statistics.ResFc I Demand Signal: Resetting of Statistics - Current Demand (avg, peak avg)Statistics.ResFc Max Signal: Resetting of all Maximum values Statistics.ResFc Min Signal: Resetting of all Minimum values Statistics.StartFc 1-I State of the module input: Start of Statistics 1 (Update the displayed Demand )Logic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE1.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE1.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
628 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE1.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE1.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE1.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE2.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE2.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE2.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE2.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE3.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE3.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE3.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE3.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
www.eaton.com 629
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE4.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE4.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE4.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE4.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE4.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE5.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE5.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE5.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE5.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE5.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
630 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE6.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE6.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE6.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE6.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE6.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE7.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE7.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE7.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE7.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE7.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE8.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
www.eaton.com 631
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE8.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE8.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE8.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE8.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE9.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE9.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE9.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE9.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE9.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE10.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE10.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE10.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
632 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE10.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE10.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE11.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE11.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE11.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE11.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE11.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE12.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE12.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE12.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE12.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE12.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 633
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE13.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE13.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE13.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE13.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE13.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE14.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE14.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE14.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE14.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE14.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
634 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE15.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE15.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE15.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE15.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE15.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE16.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE16.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE16.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE16.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE16.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE17.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE17.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
www.eaton.com 635
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE17.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE17.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE17.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE18.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE18.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE18.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE18.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE18.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE19.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE19.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE19.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE19.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
636 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE19.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE20.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE20.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE20.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE20.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE20.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE21.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE21.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE21.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE21.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE21.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 637
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE22.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE22.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE22.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE22.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE22.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE23.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE23.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE23.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE23.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE23.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
638 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE24.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE24.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE24.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE24.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE24.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE25.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE25.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE25.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE25.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE25.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE26.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE26.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE26.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
www.eaton.com 639
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE26.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE26.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE27.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE27.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE27.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE27.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE27.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE28.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE28.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE28.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE28.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE28.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
640 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE29.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE29.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE29.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE29.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE29.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE30.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE30.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE30.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE30.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE30.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 641
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE31.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE31.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE31.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE31.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE31.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE32.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE32.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE32.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE32.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE32.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE33.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
642 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE33.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE33.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE33.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE33.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE34.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE34.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE34.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE34.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE34.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE35.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE35.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE35.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE35.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
www.eaton.com 643
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE35.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE36.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE36.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE36.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE36.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE36.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE37.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE37.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE37.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE37.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE37.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
644 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE38.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE38.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE38.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE38.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE38.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE39.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE39.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE39.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE39.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE39.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 645
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE40.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE40.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE40.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE40.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE40.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE41.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE41.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE41.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE41.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE41.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE42.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE42.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
646 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE42.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE42.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE42.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE43.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE43.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE43.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE43.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE43.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE44.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE44.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE44.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE44.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE44.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
www.eaton.com 647
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE45.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE45.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE45.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE45.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE45.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE46.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE46.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE46.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE46.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE46.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
648 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE47.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE47.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE47.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE47.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE47.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE48.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE48.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE48.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE48.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE48.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE49.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
www.eaton.com 649
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE49.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE49.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE49.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE49.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE50.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE50.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE50.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE50.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE50.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE51.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE51.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE51.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
650 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE51.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE51.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE52.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE52.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE52.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE52.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE52.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE53.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE53.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE53.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE53.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE53.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 651
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE54.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE54.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE54.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE54.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE54.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE55.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE55.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE55.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE55.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE55.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
652 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE56.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE56.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE56.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE56.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE56.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE57.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE57.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE57.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE57.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE57.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE58.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE58.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
www.eaton.com 653
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE58.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE58.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE58.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE59.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE59.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE59.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE59.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE59.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE60.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE60.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE60.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE60.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
654 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE60.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE61.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE61.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE61.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE61.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE61.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE62.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE62.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE62.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE62.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE62.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 655
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE63.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE63.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE63.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE63.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE63.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE64.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE64.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE64.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE64.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE64.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
656 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE65.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE65.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE65.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE65.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE65.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE66.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE66.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE66.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE66.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE66.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE67.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE67.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE67.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
www.eaton.com 657
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE67.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE67.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE68.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE68.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE68.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE68.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE68.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE69.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE69.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE69.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE69.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE69.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
658 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE70.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE70.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE70.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE70.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE70.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE71.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE71.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE71.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE71.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE71.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 659
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE72.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE72.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE72.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE72.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE72.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE73.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE73.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE73.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE73.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE73.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE74.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
660 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE74.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE74.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE74.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE74.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE75.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE75.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE75.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE75.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE75.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE76.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE76.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE76.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE76.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
www.eaton.com 661
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE76.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE77.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE77.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE77.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE77.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE77.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE78.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE78.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE78.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE78.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE78.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
662 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteLogic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE79.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE79.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE79.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE79.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE79.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE80.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE80.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE80.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE80.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE80.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingSgen.Running Signal: Measuring value simulation is runningSgen.Ex Start Simulation-I State of the module input:External Start of Fault Simulation (Using the test parameters)Sgen.ExBlo Module Input State: External BlockingSgen.Ex ForcePost-I State of the module input:Force Post state. Abort simulation.
www.eaton.com 663
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteSys.PS 1 Signal: Parameter Set 1Sys.PS 2 Signal: Parameter Set 2Sys.PS 3 Signal: Parameter Set 3Sys.PS 4 Signal: Parameter Set 4Sys.PSS manual Signal: Manual switch over of a Parameter SetSys.PSS via Comm Signal: Parameter Set Switch via CommunicationSys.PSS via Inp fct Signal: Parameter Set Switch via Input FunctionSys.Min. 1 param changed Signal: At least one parameter has been changedSys.Program Mode Bypass
Signal: Short-period bypass of the Program Mode.
Sys.Maint Mode Active Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance ActiveSys.Maint Mode Inactive Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance InactiveSys.MaintMode Manually Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Manual ModeSys.Maint Mode Comm Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Comm ModeSys.Maint Mode DI Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Digital Input ModeSys.Ack LED Signal: LEDs AcknowledgmentSys.Ack RO Signal: Acknowledgment of the Relay Output ContactsSys.Ack Comm Signal: Acknowledge CommunicationSys.Ack TripCmd Signal: Reset Trip CommandSys.Ack LED-HMI Signal: LEDs Acknowledgment :HMISys.Ack RO-HMI Signal: Acknowledgment of the Relay Output Contacts :HMI
664 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2Ctrl.Local Switching Authority: LocalCtrl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteSys.Ack Comm-HMI Signal: Acknowledge Communication :HMISys.Ack TripCmd-HMI Signal: Reset Trip Command :HMISys.Ack LED-Comm Signal: LEDs Acknowledgment :CommunicationSys.Ack RO-Comm Signal: Acknowledgment of the Relay Output Contacts :CommunicationSys.Ack Counter-Comm Signal: Reset of all Counters :CommunicationSys.Ack Comm-Comm Signal: Acknowledge Communication :CommunicationSys.Ack TripCmd-Comm Signal: Reset Trip Command :CommunicationSys.Ack LED-I Module Input State: LEDs Acknowledgment by Digital Input.Sys.Ack RO-I Module Input State: Acknowledgment of the Relay Output Contacts.Sys.Ack Comm-I Module Input State: Acknowledge Communication via Digital Input. The replica that Communication has
received from the device is to be reset.Sys.PS1-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.Sys.PS2-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.Sys.PS3-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.Sys.PS4-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.Sys.Maint Mode-I Module Input State: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Switch
www.eaton.com 665
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Special Assignment List for all Digital Input Signals and all Logic Outputs
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
666 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 667
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
668 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 669
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
670 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 671
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
672 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 673
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
674 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 675
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
676 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 677
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
678 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 679
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
680 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 681
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Notes:
682 www.eaton.com
ETR-4000 IM02602004E
Notes:
www.eaton.com 683
IM02602004E ETR-4000
Instruction Leaflet IM02602004EEffective 4/18/12
ETR-4000
This instruction leaflet is published solely for information purposes and should not be considered all-inclusive. If further information is required, you should consult an authorized Eaton sales representative.
The sale of the product shown in this literature is subject to the terms and conditions outlined in appropriate Eaton selling policies or other contractual agreement between the parties. This literature is not intended to and does not enlarge or add to any such contract. The sole source governing the rights and remedies of any purchaser of this equipment is the contract between the purchaser and Eaton.
NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR MERCHANTABILITY, OR WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ARE MADE REGARDING THE INFORMATION, RECOMMENDATIONS, AND DESCRIPTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN.
In no event will Eaton be responsible to the purchaser or User in contract, in tort (including negligence), strict liability or otherwise for any special, indirect, incidental or consequential damage or loss whatsoever, including but not limited to damage or loss of use of equipment, plant or power system, cost of capital, loss of power, additional expenses in the use of existing power facilities, or claims against the purchaser or User by its customers resulting from the use of the information, recommendations and description contained herein.
Eaton CorporationElectrical Group1000 Cherrington ParkwayMoon Township, PA 15108United States877-ETN-CARE (877-386-2273)Eaton.com© 2012 Eaton CorporationAll Rights ReservedPrinted in USAPublication No. IM02602004E/ 66A2410H02
PowerChain Management is a registeredtrademark of Eaton Corporation.All other trademarks are property of theirrespective owners.
684 www.eaton.com